Quantcast
Channel: HPANWO
Viewing all 83 articles
Browse latest View live

AMMACH Conference 2013

$
0
0
See here for the AMMACH homepage:http://alienabductionuk.com/
Here’s their YouTube channel with all their interviews:http://www.youtube.com/user/megawatts1066 
Here’s my HPANWO TV reportage on last year’s AMMACH Conference:http://hpanwo-tv.blogspot.co.uk/2012/09/ammach-conference-2012.html

The AMMACH Project is only just over two years old, yet in those twenty-seven months it has taken the UFO/conspiratorial community by storm. The Anomalous Mind Management Abductee Contactee Helpline (0795-1752-0813) has created a community of researchers, ET contact experiencers and their supporters, filmed hundreds of hours of interviews with witnesses and built a network of meet-ups and support groups, both closed and open. They’re based in England, but have operated in other countries too, like the United States and the Czech Republic. Their videos have been shown on the brilliant PSTV channel which is broadcast on Sky TV 191. AMMACH’s directors, Miles Johnston and Joanne Summerscales, are two people I have encountered before at other events before I did through AMMACH (see: http://hpanwo-tv.blogspot.co.uk/2010/12/rendlesham-forest-incident-30th.htmland: http://hpanwo-tv.blogspot.co.uk/2011/03/uk-probe-conference-march-2011.html) and they come across as very different characters indeed; but they obviously gel together very well in their working capacity to have achieved what they have.

It was a cold and grim morning as Ustane and I trudged through the Saturday morning streets of Nottingham. The spring of 2013 has been so cold that it’s virtually non-existent, an “Indian Winter”. We approached the venue with curiosity and trepidation because it was The Belgrave Rooms, see: http://www.belgraverooms.co.uk/. This imposing building on Goldsmith Street was built in 1880 and today is hired out for conferences and wedding receptions etc, but just a quick look at the exterior and interior will show that it is a FreemasonicTemple. Of course there are many buildings created by Masons that are no longer Freemasonic centres and have been converted by new owners to other functions, but it appears that The Belgrave Rooms are still actively used by Nottingham’s lodges, see: http://www.nottinghamshiremasons.co.uk/index.php?option=com_content&view=article&id=180&Itemid=355. I’ve made an accompanying HPANWO TV video, that will be uploaded shortly, in which I study the very blatant and ostentatious Illuminati symbolism of this building, see: http://hpanwo-tv.blogspot.co.uk/2013/04/ammach-conference-2013-vox-pop.html. Oddly enough Ustane and I had been there before to a Truth/UFO/conspiracy event; in 2009 Lloyd Pye, owner of the Starchild Skull, spoke there. Personally I don’t think it’s very sensible for we in the Truth Movement to hold our events at locations that are in any way associated with the Freemasons. I don’t know the circumstances in which AMMACH organized this conference, except that I heard they tried the Britannia Hotel again and it was not available; but I would have advised them never to consider The Belgrave Rooms unless it was an absolute last resort, or the only option for minimizing ticket costs etc. I was talking to one of the speakers afterwards and they said it “messed me up”. Ustane and I entered the building and were led to a large and elegant room called the “Ionic Dining Room”, a vaulted hall filled with round dinner tables covered by tablecloths. This was far bigger than the small conference room with rows of seats where Lloyd Pye had done his lecture. I think this conference had originally been planned for a smaller room and moved to this larger chamber at the last minute; therefore it took a while for Miles to set up all his equipment. But nobody minded because it gave us longer to socialize. It was great to meet up with friends like Cathi Morgan (see: http://hpanwo-radio.blogspot.co.uk/2012/12/programme-25-podcast-cathi-morgan.html) and fellow Critical Mass Radio host Sacha Christie (see Links column) Also my Probe-buddy Dave Morgan was there, and other friends like Ellis Taylor and Ann Andrews, who were speaking. Sadly Colin Woolford was not able to attend; he was very much missed by us all and I’m sure he regrets his absence too. As I sipped coffee in the entrance hall to the venue I was approached by a group of smart-looking young women who asked me to sign a TV disclosure form. I’ve dealt with these kinds of forms before and therefore recognized these people immediately as a TV production crew. I got talking to them and they told me they were from a company called Off the Fence Productions, see: http://www.offthefence.com/. They are commissioned to produce a documentary about AMMACH for Channel 4. Alarm bells rang! I hope Joanne and Miles know what they’re doing. Getting involved with mainstream TV is a precarious business; my own experience in that department is almost entirely negative, see: http://hpanwo-voice.blogspot.co.uk/2012/10/bbc-77-conspiracy-road-trip.html. However, after talking to them for a while I relaxed; I was quite impressed with how positive they sounded. I’ve often said that even in the mainstream media there’s a limit to what can be forcibly covered up and biased, see: http://hpanwo.blogspot.co.uk/2012/03/some-of-them-are-on-our-side.html; these people seemed very genuine. One of them said: “This project has been a real adventure for me, a life-changing journey”. The programme is scheduled to be broadcast in the autumn and I look forward to it; I feel that the quality of this forthcoming TV programme could be a major gauge by which to measure the impact on society of not only AMMACH, but UFO/conspiracy matters in general. At the moment I feel optimistic that Miles' and Joanne's gamble will pay off and it will be a well-composed and fair programme. Time will tell for sure.

(These reports on the speakers' addresses are based on notes I took during the speeches which I've recorded to the best of my abilities. If I've made any factual errors then I apologize.)

Jeff Scott
ET Surveillance and the Military
There’s a common notion among the Skeptics that people who go public with stories about alien contact and government surveillance do so because they’re desperate for attention and want to attract fame and fortune. This is total nonsense, and one look at Jeff Scott should prove that to anybody. Far from being a seeker of the limelight Jeff Scott is a very softly-spoken young man wearing casual clothes and with long dreadlock hair, who appears quite reluctant to appear on stage in front of many people; he is inexperienced in giving live lectures and has not made his public persona a high priority in life. In this way he reminds me very much of Chantelle Piper from last year’s AMMACH Conference. He says he comes from a mixture of Celtic, Jewish and Norwegian bloodlines and sees this as significant. Genetics and alien contact is a big subject, but I’m not sure general racial origins make any difference on their own; specific families however do and I’d be interested to know more about Jeff’s. What’s happened is that for all his life he has been abducted from his home in Reading, Berkshire by the Government in what is known as a “Military Abduction- MilAb”. The earliest one he remembered happened when he was aged four. He was also, as an adult, staying in a hotel in Manchester when he was taken from there by a group of people led by a blonde woman. He had electronic implants inserted into his body through his nose into his brain, a feature Marie Kayali would bring up later in the day. The relationship between MilAbs and alien abduction is one sprinkled with all kinds of theories. Some people regard one as a charade to disguise the other; I disagree with both. It’s particularly fashionable nowadays to claim that all alien abduction is nothing more than “stagecraft” to launder the activities of military abductors; but the more honest and intelligent researchers understand that this is simply fallacious. That being said however, the involvement of the Government and military in alien contact and those experiencing it is undeniable. Jeff is the son of a Ministry of Defence policeman who was responsible for nuclear weapons facilities like the Trident base in Scotland. In Reading there is an old stately home called CavershamPark used by BBC Monitoring, an organization set up in World War II and acts as a link between TV and the intelligence services. According to Jeff it’s guarded by Americans armed with guns and when he tried investigating this place he found himself under surveillance. He was followed by strange people and was then attacked by a man at a party in London whom he identified as a Mossad spy. He was even followed on holiday to Spain and had his luggage tampered with at the airport. Most disturbingly of all, he had his mobile phone replaced by a dummy that matched it in function but gave off a signal many times too powerful, so much so that it gave him a cyst in his mouth and made a lightbulb burst. He says that there is a base in south Oxfordshire near Junction 6 of the M40. This is just by Lewknor where the coaches stop on their way between Oxford and London. There is a major excavation there where the motorway cuts through the peaks of the Chiltern Hills, “the Stokenchurch Gap”, but I’ve seen nothing suspicious there myself. Although the area seems to have a strange microclimate; sometimes it's sunny on one side of the Gap and raining on the other. What's more, a dozen miles further east, just past High Wycombe, the motorway passes within sight of Egypt Wood, part of the Burnham Beeches area that is reputed to be the location of Satanic ritual. Jeff has a very mature attitude to alien contact and understands the point I made above: it isreal, but this does in no way diminish the reality and importance of MilAbs. He comes from a region of England that I’ve noticed has particular properties. It is many miles across and covers the southern border of Oxfordshire and into Berkshire as far as Reading. It is populated by people who appear disturbed and demoralized. Didcot, for instance, a few miles north of Reading, is a place where everybody seems miserable and irritable; the staff at the railway station are always rude and aggressive. Another feature of this area is that it contains a large number of large, heavy industrial scientific laboratories, like the Culham Centre for Fusion Energy, see: http://hpanwo-tv.blogspot.co.uk/2012/12/nuclear-fusion-power.html, the Rutherford Appleton Laboratory and the Diamond Light Synchrotron, see: http://www.diamond.ac.uk/. It’s also reputed to be the location of the Peasemore base, as described by James Casbolt/Michael Prince and Barry King. This is said to lie beneath the countryside at a depth of three hundred feet. It does look as if this region holds some kind of significance in that area and Jeff’s information adds to the evidence. It was a very interesting speech; Jeff was beaten by the clock in finishing, but he ended on a positive note that I wholeheartedly endorse: the key to planetary change is transformation of the collective consciousness of humanity. Kindness and compassion has to take the place of distrust and resentment.

Ann Andrews
The second speaker to take the stand was somebody I know very well and have met many times, Ann Andrews. The point I made above about attention-seekers applies even more to Ann Andrews. She is a gentle and maternal character who lives in a remote farmhouse. She has always maintained that she wanted nothing more from life than to be left in peace with her family and animals to bring up her two sons. She has been forced into the situation in which she finds herself today by her experiences. I myself have visited Ann’s home and can vouch for the strange things that go on there: http://hpanwo.blogspot.co.uk/2007/11/my-trip-to-haunted-house.html. The strange occurrences surrounding her younger son Jason started at his birth and continue to this day when he is aged almost thirty. Most significantly there was an incident when he was a small child in which a huge thunderclap was heard above their house and somebody knocked hard on the door. Jason then went into a trance and began reciting complicated mathematical formulae. To begin with Ann and her husband Paul took Jason to the doctor to try and heal his strange behaviour; they were not originally people naturally inclined to believing in “superstitious nonsense” and did what nearly all parents would do when concerned for their child. It was only when Jason’s psychiatrist failed to get to the bottom of his condition that Ann and Paul very reluctantly began to accept that they might be dealing with the fact that his alien encounters were real; they then approached the late and lamented Tony Dodd, a former police officer turned alien abduction researcher. It was then that Ann began recovering memories of her own alien contact experiences, and also mysterious events surrounding her own father, a Gypsy. Gypsies are people with a great tradition in mystical wisdom and esoteric arts and her father was a horse-whisperer. What's more, as I said above, these things often run in families. Unlike many people in Exopolitics, Ann thinks that the link between UFO’s and other paranormal phenomena, and indeed the spiritual, should be emphasized, not rejected. This I agree with and I’ve always doubted the classic Extraterrestrial Hypothesis; UFO’s are not necessarily nuts and bolts spacecraft, more sophisticated versions of our own Saturn V and Space Shuttle, piloted by flesh and blood aliens, flying here across light-years of space from a planet we could see if we had a good enough telescope. The truth may be very different, and far more interesting. I think studying the UFO phenomenon alongside other kinds of unexplained occurrences is very progressive. There is a definite link between them as John Keel discovered many years ago. Ann saw “ghosts”, including one of her dog, as well as aliens; this is why I called my article about her house My Trip to a Haunted House. She and her family have encountered men-in-black and have taken orb photographs. Interestingly a lot of these photos were taken on disposable film cameras, not digitals. This nullifies one of the main Skeptic arguments: that orbs are simply a product of digital photography. Ann’s family have been often harassed by the authorities, another feature of extraterrestrial contact. Her computer has been wiped and her home broken into. She has more recently had incidents happen in her life that make her think… or hope, that she is protected by otherworldly powers. A recent grassfire near her house was deflected away by a means she still doesn’t understand. Also her son was involved in a terrible car crash that under normal circumstances would probably have killed him, yet he walked away from with a few bruises. After seeing the high strangeness in Ann’s house for myself, along with reading Ann’s story, I find my normally resilient and diplomatic tolerance for the Skeptics strain. Ann is not… not… hankering after fame and fortune. Her connection with the world of the outlandish has caused her much heartache. In her books she reveals aspects of her contact experiences that she does not talk about live because the emotional agony of them is still so great. She is both an ordinary, and extraordinary, lady who has had to adapt her life to a world in which the unbelievable has become everyday. Both she and her family have had to struggle to do this and for them to adapt back would be a huge weight off their shoulders.

Ellis Taylor
A Life in the Daze
See Links Column   
My old mate Ellis Taylor hardly needs introducing to regular HPANWO-readers. He describes himself as an “otherworld traveller”, somebody who from an early age has experienced the worlds normally hidden from view behind what conventional wisdom calls “reality”. I have synchronistically just managed to get hold of a copy of the controversial new book by Rupert Sheldrake, The Science Delusion, (see: http://www.sheldrake.org/B&R/booksuk/) and was reading it on the coach on my way to Nottingham. So I was in a perfect frame of mind to understand Ellis’ lecture. To begin with he explained how science has changed the world so much for the better, it has taught us so much. Ellis is a fan of the American physicist and philosopher of science, Michio Kaku, as I am, and we are certainly not as the Skeptics like to portray us: “anti-science”. In fact it is scientists like Silas Beane who are more and more confirming what we so called “loonies” have been saying for centuries. Beane has described reality as a “grand computer simulation”. Yet Ellis also understands how science in the wrong hands can serve as a tool for suppression and limitation. Interestingly Rupert Sheldrake was attacked by a man wielding a knife, see: http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=8TaMvICAoT4(I’m sure I wrote an article about this at the time but it seems to have disappeared. I must replace it with a new one). Ellis related many of his particular experiences that I have written about before in articles like this one: http://hpanwo.blogspot.co.uk/2009/01/dogged-days-by-ellis-taylor.htmland: http://hpanwo.blogspot.co.uk/2010/09/bathing-into-history-part-4.html. The biggest secret, Ellis says, is not just the title of a book by David Icke, but is the true nature of reality, spiritual reality. This is the secret that governments keep from us more than any other; it’s bigger than aliens, bigger than 9/11, bigger than Free Energy, bigger than the Reptilians. Both science and religion, these two apparent opposites, are used to suppress this biggest secret; science says: “It’s mystical nonsense”, religion says: “It’s witchcraft and the Devil”. But I’ve seen how they will put all their “differences” aside and stand side by side, shoulder-to-shoulder, and unite in condemnation of anybody approaching that biggest secret. But there is a dark side to spirituality and the dark side has rallied with hoaxers and plants, the mainstream media playing a role. For Ellis “news” is an acronym: “NEWS- No Evidence Will Suffice”; very good! Must remember that one. It’s a shame because many journalists are taught the Journalists Creed by Walter Williams, see: http://www.mopress.com/creed.php, but everything in the practical reality of modern propaganda breaks this creed. But, as I’ve said above, there are limits on what can be kept from us, even in the most tightly controlled mainstream media. For instance nobody could prevent such an illustrious figure as John Lennon relating his own UFO experience, see: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Jdw4cibPh-U. But then he was assassinated by Mark Chapman, a man whose name means “dealer in war”. Ellis doesn’t think the names of people like his are a coincidence. I enjoyed this latest speech by Ellis as much as I have all of his others; along with the stories he tells every time he always includes something new. He has been speaking out for a long time and was one of the first esoteric researchers I encountered when I first became conspiratorially-aware. 

Marie Kayali
The AMMACH Conference 2013 is dedicated to the loving memory Marie Kayali's daughter Gina who died in suspicious circumstances on November the 2nd last year at the age of twenty. The banner of the conference, which I reproduce with the organizers' permission, is based on a painting she did just two hours before her death. The lovely, colourful butterfly motif is very poignant; it reminds me of the research of Elizabeth Kubler-Ross. Kubler-Ross visited many old death row prisons and death camps and saw time and time again that people had been carving pictures of butterflies on the walls and wooden bedsteads etc, as if the image, a classic symbol of rebirth and the Afterlife, had come into their heads just before their own passing. Marie herself has had contact experiences from the age of three at her home in Ireland; blue-suited Nordic beings coming out of the walls of her bedroom. She also saw "Angel Hair" in a field. Nowadays this is a rare addition to the UFO phenomenon, see: http://hpanwo-voice.blogspot.co.uk/2013/01/football-ufo-in-florence.html. She had another experience aged seventeen at her boyfriend's house when she moved to England. He was so traumatized by it that he had a nervous breakdown and has never recovered. Her surname is Arabic, not Irish, and this is because she was married to a Syrian intelligence agent who is the son of a famous diplomat; Henry Kissinger is a close family friend of the Kayali's. When she was pregnant with Gina she was told she had such a perfect pregnancy that she warranted "assisting with medical research"; something she regretted in later years. In 1998 her daughter, aged about 5 or 6 at the time, saw a triangular UFO. Like Jeff, Marie has also had implants put in her body, a dozen or more in her joints and head. Many of them are inside her brain and cannot be safely removed. However she had her first implant removed in 1966 as a small child. She's had a scan just a few weeks ago at the International UFO Congress in Arizona USA; the implants are still there. What sometimes happens is that even when implants are removed they often come back, with as much mystery as when they first appear. She allowed her examination by Steve Colbern (http://www.alienscalpel.com/) to be filmed: http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=gCRIvgA0NLM. Oddly enough Steve and his team had to drive two hundred and fifty miles to get to Congress and they have reported missing time on the way, and on the journey back. Marie has had no identifiable contact with the military and is positive that all her experiences are truly extraterrestrial. I've never had any experiences like hers myself, but I find opinion varies considerably and appearances can sometimes be deceptive. However, as I said above, there's no doubt the reality of both ET contact and MilAbs is true. Marie also revealed another aspect of her contact experiences that is also a common feature of the phenomenon, dating right back to George Adamski and his contemporaries; she was shown images of the planet Earth being destroyed by war, environmental damage and other human ecological crimes. The aliens often stress that these are not predictions, they are warnings. They are what will happen if we do not change our ways and evolve our consciousness to a higher spiritual level. Marie ended her speech with a dig at the media: "They treat UFO's as a joke. Well that in itself makes them a joke" Well said! Take note, Off the Fence Productions. Don't be like the others; break the mould! 


Sarah Goodley and Kate Baxter
The last address was a two-hander by two ladies involved with a new affiliated project AMMACH CHEX- Child Experiencer Reports. I have recently read Jon Ronson's book What I Do in which this renowned conspiratorial pundit pours scorn on the concept of "Indigo Children" and comes close to accusing parents who take the idea of ET contact seriously as virtually negligent, even abusive. In today's Britain, where Social Services will snatch children from the arms of their parents almost on the nod, those are dangerous words; the other side of the story needs to be told. For some reason children with a rhesus-negative blood group are statistically far more likely to be abducted by the State; this may be related to the Royal nature of that group. One of Henry VIII's wives probably had it due to the problems she experienced during pregnancy. Sarah comes from a family in which there have been many stillbirths; a life-shattering experience that I can sympathize with because it's affected my own family too. Her father spent most of his life in mental care and Sarah thinks he was an experiencer. She wistfully spoke about Turkey, a country in which experiencers are treated far better, and today Turkey has a productive UFOlogical community, see: http://www.womeninufology.com/farah-yurdozo.php. Children especially need institutions of support, freedom of expression and belief by parents and other adults. They need to be able to cope with duality because that invariably results. CHEX will provide child-parent workshops, eclectic methods and identification for further support. We're living in a world in which there is a War on Children, there's no other word for it. The State is intervening in child-rearing wherever it can, probably with a goal to breaking up families and replacing it with communal upbringing by a Big Brother government. Children are being hit with multiple vaccines and pharmaceuticals at every opportunity. ET contact experiences are one more way the Government can use to tear their lives apart.
Kate Baxter (I'm guessing that's not her real name) insisted on having all the cameras turned off when she took the stage. She is a serving midwife and if her employers found out she was speaking at AMMACH she'd be instantly discharged. Regular readers will know that I can put myself in her shoes very well indeed, see: http://hpanwo.blogspot.co.uk/2012/01/how-i-became-ex-hospital-porter.html. Also for nine years I was a Delivery Suite Porter and worked alongside midwives and obstetricians in the "birthing machine" as she called it. During the Q and A I asked her for more details and apparently they could easily have her on the NHS whistle-blowing policy. I gasp with frustration when people tell me that if there really were secrets in medicine we'd all hear about it because "the doctors would tell us"! Kate Baxter explained how so much of the drugs, medical interventions and post-natal treatments for babies are unnecessary, not only unnecessary but unnatural and pathogenic. In this way she echoes perfectly the research of Jeanice Barcelo; I highly recommend this interview: http://www.redicecreations.com/radio/2012/07/RIR-120708.php. Like Jeanice, Kate bravely speaks out bravely against the artificial and robotic nature of pregnancy and childbirth. Women conceiving babies without a good lover, being forced to work through their pregnancy, being induced, given harmful drugs, the babies not being allowed to be held by the mother and enduring as their first experience of life injections, being laid on cold tables, Jeanice speaks of them having their genitals mutilated. I do miss Hospital Portering, but my feelings are very ambivalent. Being out of it is a huge weight off my conscience! The mechanization of childbirth is a manifest symptom of the mechanization of humanity itself. Miles said himself during the Q and A that natural human beings are on the verge of extinction; we're being wiped out by the Illuminati elite and replaced with a slave race of cyborgs. Useful idiots like Ray Kurzweil trumpet the advantages of transhumanist technology without understanding that it contains the keys to our downfall as a species; and our planet, as Marie Kayali's experiences revealed.

After the Conference was over we all went to the pub for an informal celebration. There I had some brilliant conversations with the speakers and delegates. One of them was a young woman who used to be one of the early AMMACH witnesses, but had asked for her video to be removed after her child was taken into care, so corroborating the portent of Sarah Goodley's and Kate Simpson's. I took out my camera and shot a brief vox pop HPANWO TV video with some of the other AMMACH delegates there; it also contains footage of the venue, see: http://hpanwo-tv.blogspot.co.uk/2013/04/ammach-conference-2013-vox-pop.html I felt extremely tired by then. Conferences take a lot of my energy and the better they are the more tired they make me. Seems strange when all we're doing is quietly sitting down. Luckily Ellis Taylor was staying with me and Ustane and so we got a lift home in his car. I really enjoyed the AMMACH Conference 2013 and I'm very grateful to Miles and Joanne, all the speakers and everybody else involved with organizing it. It was even better than the conference last year, and that was very good as I've said. AMMACH has done a lot of good work and I hope it continues. Another interesting thing, out of the myriad of interesting things that happened that day, was that I was sitting in the auditorium writing the notes that are the basis for this article, and my pen ran dry. The pen was one I've been using for a number of months; it's a only a cheap, grey plastic disposable biro, much like any other. The remarkable, and possibly synchronous, thing was that it had printed along its barrel, the words: Britannia Hotels- Nottingham. Yes, I picked it up and first used it at the first AMMACH Conference last year, and it has lasted exactly long enough to run dry at the second. I've decided to keep the spent pen as a souvenir, along with my programme and ticket.



And:http://hpanwo-radio.blogspot.co.uk/2013/03/programme-38-podcast-sheva-burton.html

Helen Duncan

$
0
0
The strange case of Helen Duncan combines paranormal investigation with government conspiracy, a perfect blend for HPANWO. The case manifests on several levels and there is a lot of contemporary research into it still going on; it continues to arouse considerable controversy even though it came to a head almost seventy years ago. Helen Duncan was a psychic medium from Perthshire, Scotland. She was born in 1897 and died in 1956, and in 1944 she was the last person ever to be imprisoned under the archaic Witchcraft Act of 1735. According to the most prominent sources, she was a clever illusionist using magicians' tricks; however a new book has recently been written which calls that slur into question and attempt to redeem her, Helen Duncan- The Mystery Show Trial by Robert Hartley, published in 2007 see: http://www.amazon.co.uk/books/dp/0955342082

"Hellish Nell" got her nickname not from her paranormal talents but from her tomboy personality and fiery temper, something that she'd display her entire life. From cradle to grave she had psychic abilities of the rarest kind. She was never very much good at school but she found that if she placed her writing book under her desk for a while and took it out later "somebody" would have written in the correct answers. She also alarmed her classmates and teachers by going into a trance and yelling portents of doom at them. No doubt a Skeptic would say she was suffering from temporal lobe epilepsy, see: http://www.liveleak.com/view?i=9e2_1212867304. However she proved very useful in other circumstances; once when a man got lost in a snowstorm, Helen's remote viewing assisted a rescue party in finding him. As she grew to adulthood she found a way to control these experiences. She soon became a member of an elite order of mediumship, that of the physical medium; somebody with the ability to produce physical effects in the world around them via psychic means. A lot of nonsense had been written about the history of Spiritualism; contrary to popular belief it did not begin with the Fox sisters, but is something that has always been a part of the human world and probably always will, see: http://hpanwo.blogspot.co.uk/2011/04/paranormality-by-prof-richard-wiseman.html. Helen Duncan was no more than the modern equivalent of the shaman or village wise woman; what we today call the "supernatural" was once considered as natural as the air we breathe. She came from a poor family and both she and her husband were too sick to work so she decided to earn a living in the world of seance Spiritualism. She induced "raps"- loud knocking noises, spirit voices and telekinesis- moving objects without touching them. In 1929 she first channelled a spirit called "Albert", who in his last incarnation on Earth had been a man from Sydney, Australia who had died in 1909. Sitters at her seances also encountered a three year old girl called "Peggy" who had died the same year and worked alongside "Albert" in his contact with Helen. Helen also managed to produce "ectoplasm", a strange material that issues from a physical medium's body while in trance, that forms into recognizable shapes, like the faces and bodies of departed souls. In this segment of my new fictional novel, The Obscurati Chronicles, I describe an ectoplasmic emission; scroll down about half way: http://hpanwo-bb.blogspot.co.uk/2012/03/obscurati-chronicles-part-13.html
By 1930 Helen had gained a reputation as a highly proficient psychic and her business was booming. Then psychical researchers came knocking on her door anxious to discover if her apparently miraculous powers could be proven true scientifically. In October Helen jumped on a train to Englandfor an expenses-paid trip to the laboratories of the London Spiritualist Alliance. This trip was to prove very troublesome for Helen; she was denounced unequivocally as a fraud and numerous articles were published in the media discrediting her abilities as no more than conjuring tricks. However it's possible that these articles were biased due to personal issues because, being a guinea pig for the LSA, she signed an exclusivity contract which she subsequently broke, perhaps unwittingly. Maybe she didn't know it at the time but there was a lot of rivalry in psychical research in those days. The LSA were in stiff competition with a solo maverick in the field called Harry Price; here's his official website: http://www.harrypricewebsite.co.uk/. Price had initially tendered for the project to research Helen Duncan himself and had been passed over in favour of the LSA. This infuriated him. However he approached Helen privately and offered her a large sum of money to do some sittings in his own laboratory, and to keep this secret from the LSA. Helen agreed. When the LSA found out they hit the roof; Helen was staying in Londonon their tab and was moonlighting behind their back with their arch-enemy. There must have been some very heated phone calls ringing through to Price's office and Helen was caught in the middle. It eventually affected her relationship with Price and she had a blazing row with him one day in the laboratory and even struck him physically and walked out. She later apologized and the project continued. Skeptics have made a big deal out of this barney and claim it blew up because Price wanted to have her medically examined and she knew if she allowed this she'd be caught out as a fake; it was a textbook trick of mediums in those days to hide props in their mouth, nose and "pelvic region". The truth is very different; after Helen returned to the project she agreed to have a full examination of her body, including x-rays. However soon after she decided she had had enough of the entire business and began accusing Harry Price, his assistant Molly Goldney, and even her own husband, of manipulating her behind her back. This new argument centred around an employee of Helen's business Mary McGinley. McGinley had "revealed" that Helen was faking ectoplasm by swallowing and regurgitating cheesecloth to make it look like ectoplasm, the first time this possibility had even been suggested. However Price and the LSA wrote in their reports that this is exactly what Helen had been doing all along, even though hardly any of this alleged cheesecloth was ever obtained; Price claims to have taken a sample of it once which he says was cheesecloth mixed with egg white and tissue paper. How Helen managed to swallow this, keep it in her stomach, make it invisible to x-rays, bring it up in the laboratory and then swallow it again without leaving vomit stains everywhere, has never been explained. Skeptics have bent spoons, done cold reading and performed bare-handed surgery, but none have ever swallowed, regurgitated and then swallowed again, a six foot square piece of cloth, without using their hands and making no mess. It turned out that McGinley was probably a mole planted by the LSA, but the damage was done. Helen broke the agreement she'd made with Price by unexpectedly returning home before completing the number of experiments she'd promised to do. Price probably joined the LSA in their dismissal of his subject because he wanted to beat them to the line over which investigator had been humiliated the least by Helen. The 1930 study was used later in Helen's career to blacken her name, but it was not nearly as conclusive as its proponents state; it was not completed, either in its official form at the LSA or in its unofficial form after Price poached her. It was also catastrophically riven with personal animosity. What's more, as we'll see shortly, distinctive political and legal reasons to blacken her name would turn up a few years later.

Just when Helen may have wondered how things could possibly get any worse, along comes a woman with a nature as sinister as her name, Esson Maule. Esson Maule was a writer who approached Helen in 1932 with the professed intention to write a book about her. Helen was reeling from the Londondebacle and swiftly agreed in the hope that she could regain a bit of her formerly good reputation. Helen arranged to meet Maule in Edinburghto conduct a seance with her at a SpiritualistChurch. However during the seance it became clear that it was a trap. Maule believed that Helen was a charlatan and had tricked her into a position where she could expose her. At a prearranged signal during the seance, Maule and her accomplices jumped forward and made a grab for the ectoplasm. Helen screamed and there was a fight in which Helen swung a chair at Maule. Maule then contacted Harry Price and together they reported Helen to the police for fraud. The evidence was a white cotton slip that Maule and Price accused Helen of wearing at the start of the seance and then taking off and using to imitate ectoplasm. However Helen was a large, stocky woman and the slip was about five sizes too small for her; nevertheless the court still found her guilty and fined her ten shillings. The press reinforced their derision of Helen Duncan and it was only in the specialist Spiritualist newspapers that she found any support. The editor of the Psychic News (see: http://www.psychicnews.org.uk/) wrote an article highlighting a large number of discrepancies in Maule's testimony; also none of the other witnesses in the SpiritualistChurch would back up Maule's statement. The tiny cotton slip and Esson Maule's testimony formed the cornerstone of the case. So why did Helen lose? We'll come back to that later.
Over the following years, despite all the negative publicity, Helen continued to practice as a physical medium. In 1939 the UK declared war on Germany and World War II began; with all the people killed in the Blitz and mounting casualties in the armed forces, interest in Spiritualism burgeoned. Helen did not miss cashing in on this growth in the industry, however soon her activities would stray away from the world of Spiritualism into the realm of politics and espionage; the resulting calamity would make the Edinburgh trial pale into insignificance.
In 1941 Helen conducted a series of seances all around the country in which "Albert" appeared to the sitters in ectoplasmic form. The procedure for these seances was standard. The sitters would gather on rows of chairs in the SpiritualistChurchor seance room. Helen would strip off her clothes and undergo a thorough examination by a nurse to verify that she was not concealing anything about her person; this would be witnessed by several female members of the audience. Then Helen would put on a plain black dress and walk into the seance room and sit on another chair behind a curtain. The lights would all be switched off except for a single forty watt red bulb. Then the curtains would be parted and the seance would begin. But Helen's life changed forever when she conducted one of these events on the 27th of May 1941. "Albert" appeared as usual and announced to the sitters: "I'm sorry to have to tell you that a British battleship has just been sunk. I have fourteen hundred spirits newly arrived who were among her officers and men." There was a gasp from the audience; nobody had heard of any Royal Navy battleship being sunk. Such an occurrence would surely have been in the news, but it hadn't. Fatefully, one of the audience members was Brigadier Roy Firebrace, a famous astrologer and spiritual researcher, but also an army intelligence officer. After the seance he went straight to his office and made some enquiries with the Admiralty. It turned out that, yes, a British ship had been lost, HMS Hood, an Admiral-class battlecruiser, had been destroyed by the guns of the German warships, Bismark and Prinz Eugen. One thousand four hundred and fifteen men had gone down with her. Hood was the largest and most powerful ship the Royal Navy had and her loss was a major blow to the war effort. This came at a time when morale was very poor on the home front, it was the height of the Blitz and just one year since the Dunkirk Evacuation, people were expecting Hitler's forces to land at Doverany day; therefore the Government decided to keep the loss of Hood top secret. Firebrace was astounded; as a believer in Spiritualism himself he would have immediately understood what was going on. It seemed Helen Duncan was able to reveal state secrets via the testimony of the dead. You can bet this well and truly marked her card, in fact Firebrace confirmed this after the war, see here at about 13.00: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Ao0pmxxirpA. In November that same year Helen went on a tour of southern Englandand held a series of events in Portsmouthat a small makeshift Spiritualist centre called the MasterTemple; it was just a room in a house above a chemists shop. On the 25th during a seance at 4.30 PM Helen materialized a man who identified himself as a sailor aboard the battleship HMS Barham which was currently fighting in the Mediterranean theatre of operations. He told the audience that he had just been drowned as the ship sank. Again the audience was dumbstruck; they had heard nothing of the sort in the newspapers or on the radio. A woman in the second row recognized the apparition as her son and broke down with grief. The news delivered during the seance spread like wildfire all over Portsmouthand beyond. The wartime intelligence services would probably have started keeping an eye on Helen because of that, even if agents hadn't already been planted in her audiences. As with Hood, the Government chose not to publicize the loss of Barham; even relatives of the eight hundred and fifty crew members killed had not been informed. What was being whispered in hushed voices in the cabinet war rooms is not known, but Brig. Firebrace did confirm that he was consulted by the security services about what could be done. However the Government must have had a few Skeptics who spoke out against anybody who took Firebrace seriously. It seems that they chose not to act immediately because Helen was permitted to carry on practicing her mediumship for the next two years. Everything changed in January 1944 when Helen returned to Portsmouth. What happened next is one of the most unusual legal dramas in history; why you think it took place will depend on your point of view. Helen was arrested and prosecuted for fraud, as she had been in Edinburghtwelve years earlier; however this time her accusers drove it all up to a completely new league. 
Helen was probably expecting to be sent to the local magistrates again for another moderate fine or, at the very worst, a week or two inside under the Vagrancy Act; this was the usual way the law dealt with mediums, but to her shock her case was transferred to no less than the Central Criminal Court of London. Here Helen stood trial under the Witchcraft Act of 1735, an archaic statute very rarely used in over a hundred years. However if convicted the felon could be sentenced to as much as nine months in jail. The arrest occurred on Wednesday the 19th of January; when one of her seances was "busted" in the same way Esson Maule did it twelve years earlier. During one of the sessions two of the sitters switched on torches, leapt forward and "grabbed the fake ectoplasm". The two moles were a young naval officer Lt. Stanley Worth, and a policeman, Rupert Cross. It was an organized raid, a posse of policemen had been waiting outside and as soon as the two men disrupted the seance they burst in. The photo above shows Helen walking to the Old Bailey with her husband; I can imagine the confusion and distress that was going through her head. Why had her charge been escalated the way it had? Why was she appearing in a court that was usually used for trying lords, traitors and serial killers? Why was she denied bail? As I said above, how you analyze this event will depend on your opinions on the paranormal and how honest you think the Government is. On one level it was an open-and-shut case: Helen Duncan was advertizing herself as a psychic medium when all she was doing was psychological tricks and sleights of hand, the kind of scam James Randi would have exposed, if he hadn't been too busy at the time escaping from handcuffs while hanging over NiagraFalls. The State had a cast iron case because there was multiple, firsthand eyewitness testimony of her chicanery in action as well as a former conviction for the same offence and a psychical expert who rejected her paranormal abilities fourteen years earlier. What's more the pre-sentencing character witness, the Chief Constable of Portsmouth Police, told the Judge that she was "pest on society" a heartless exploiter of vulnerable, grief-stricken people; this left the Judge no choice but to impose the most severe sentence: nine months in prison, which, as far as a superficial glance can tell, she richly deserved. But is it really that simple?

Firstly, we need to look at the background of the personnel involved in the trial and Robert Hartley, the author of Helen Duncan- The Mystery Show Trial has done some painstaking research into their histories. Firstly the Crown chose John Cyril Maude KC to be the prosecuting counsel. This was despite the fact that Helen was being tried in Court Number 4 and Maude was simultaneously conducting another case next door in Court Number 1; he was defending a man accused of murder in, funnily enough, Portsmouth, the same place Helen has been arrested. One of the key witnesses to that case was Chief Constable Arthur West, the same Chief Constable who hammered home Helen's maximum sentence. As we shall see this was not the only role Chief Constable West played in the imprisonment of Helen Duncan. What's more the defendant in that other trial had accused West of framing him, and he ended up being acquitted. Maude was constantly nipping between Courts 1 and 4 as he juggled both cases. In his absence from Court 4 his assistant, Henry Elam, conducted the Crown's case against Helen. Why didn't the Crown simply bring in another barrister to prosecute Helen, somebody who could concentrate 100% on putting her away? Well, it's certainly true that John Maude KC was regarded as one of the finest and most successful barristers in the country, but could there be another reason for picking him? His education is almost monotonously textbook elite, EtonCollege, then ChristChurchCollege, Oxford. He was also a member of the MiddleTemple, one of the quasi-secret societies, the Inns of Court, which all barristers have to join. What's more a year after he sent Helen Duncan down Maude was elected a Member of Parliament. But perhaps most importantly of all John Maude was head of MI5's Section B19, a wartime unit responsible for tracking the sources of rumours; the kind of human intelligence gathering that would be necessary to monitor Spiritualist mediums. If that is the case then he would have investigated Helen in his job as an intelligence officer as well as jailing her in his job as a lawyer. The choice of judge is interesting too. It was His Honour the Recorder of London Sir Gerald Dodson, and there is an authentic letter in existence from the Department of Public Prosecutions (since 1986 called the Crown Prosecution Service) specifically recommending Dodson to preside over the trial of Helen Duncan. Sir Gerald Dodson was a former officer in the Royal Navy who was very active in charities and advocacy groups to do with the Navy and naval veterans; and he would therefore have been deeply involved emotionally in the sinking of HMS Hoodand HMS Barham. Another man who would almost certainly have advized the prosecution was a senior Naval Intelligence officer called Commander Ian Fleming. He had previously spied on Spainand also had monitored the Moscow Show Trials in 1933, and the manner in which Helen's trial was conducted indicates his influence. In a way Helen's prosecution was a show trial, hence the title of Hartley's book. Fleming was also very interested in the paranormal and occult. He was a member of the Society for Psychical Research as well as a close friend of the famous purveyor of Magick, Aleister Crowley. Like Firebrace, Fleming would have immediately grasped the implications of Helen's activities. If Ian Fleming's name sounds familiar to you, this is probably because he is today very famous for being the author of the James Bond novels, which have of course spawned a very popular series of films. Helen's defence counsel was Charles Loseby; he was not a barrister, so was not a member of any of the furtive and slippery Inns of Court, but he was a highly experienced solicitor and also an ardent Spiritualist. He believed passionately in Helen's cause and wanted badly to win the trial for her, but sadly he made some fatal mistakes; he thought that by proving Spiritualism true he could get Helen acquitted. The most obvious problem with that is that the indictment was against the personal machinations of a particular medium, not mediumship in general; the second problem was that he hinged his case on the false assumption that the court would give him the chance.

The prosecution witnesses all reported that they had been lured to the seance in Portsmouthby promises of seeing something truly supernatural and had instead been confronted merely with Helen Duncan herself covered in a white sheet pretending to be ectoplasm. The only problem was that this white sheet was never found even though one of the sitters reported seizing it at the moment the police rushed in. It is odd that on every occasion people have lambasted Helen for faking her act using white sheets or cheesecloth, they have never actually produced said textiles; even though she had performed innumerable times in both Spiritualist institutions and psychical research laboratories. The closest anybody came to it was Esson Maule and the extra-small vest mentioned above. Their case was centred around a series of witness testimonies; luckily for them the principle witness was a highly respected pillar of the community, a young naval officer called Lieutenant Stanley Raymond Worth. Worth is still alive and living in New Zealand; he reports that he was invited to the Portsmouthseances by some friends who regularly used to attend Spiritualist events, what they called "the spooks", as a form of entertainment. As soon as he saw Helen Duncan in action he could plainly see that she was a complete mountebank and made it his "duty to bring her to justice!" He reported her to the police and this is why the raid took place, and for no other reason. Lt Worth's links to the police are interesting. He's the son of one senior police officer and the nephew of another. He was also was a part-time Special Branch constable himself; not to mention the fact that his closest family friend was the aforementioned Chief Constable Arthur West he also knew the police officer in charge of the raid. Perhaps the dodgiest factor in the role of Lt. Stanley Worth is that he lied under oath when asked directly by Loseby if he was involved with the intelligence services. His direct answer was "no" and that he was simply "spying on his own account", whatever the hell that means! In fact it has been revealed since that he had been selected for detachment to the Naval Provost's intelligence division. This could well mean he could be reporting to Fleming and Maude; how strange considering the role of those two men in other parts of the trial. All the personnel on the prosecution side of Helen's trial are distinctly starting to look like some kind of secret cabal. Lt. Worth is further implicated because it seemed one of his acquaintances tried to make some money off Worth's clandestine campaign against Helen. One of the other regular sitters at Helen's events made a bet with a friend of his in Oxfordthat Helen Duncan would be arrested in Portsmouthwithin two weeks and that her principle accuser would be named Stanley Worth; he won the bet. The only way he could have known all this beforehand is that if Worth knew in advance what was planned and had let it slip, either accidentally or deliberately; did he even have a cut in the bet? The suspicious factors stack up even further when back into Helen's life came psychic investigator Harry Price; you'll recall they had met fourteen years earlier and he had allegedly revealed her trickery to the world. The DPP asked Price to consult, but he was not ordered to appear as an expert witness; his job was to brief the prosecution witnesses! In other words Worth, Cross and the other prosecution witnesses were coached. This is highly irregular and could be interpreted as an attempt to pervert the course of justice. 
Over the course of the trial all the sitters present at Helen's seances in Portsmouth were put in the witness box. The testimonies varied enormously between defence and prosecution witnesses. For example, all of the Crown's witnesses report the same basic effect: the curtains opened and a human figure that looked like Helen Duncan moved around with a white sheet draped over her; the voices they heard were all very like Helen's. Sometimes she revealed her face and it was definitely Helen Duncan's face. Clearly Harry Price coached them well. As I said above though, no white sheet was found by the police even though Worth and Cross said they "grabbed it" and the police were on the scene too in a matter of moments. When questioned by Loseby on this point Worth's answer was: "Well, obviously somebody hid it just in time."Obviously? This is very much a circular argument fallacy: Nobody found any sheet because somebody hid it- How do you know somebody hid it?- Well, how else could we have failed to find it? Worth said that somebody sitting in the audience wore an arm sling and that was where it must have been hidden. However it seems strange that the police didn't think of that and search for it there, even if somehow the concealment of a piece of linen big enough to cover a twenty stone woman could be secreted quickly enough to escape their gaze by somebody with one a bad arm; in the chaos of the raid too. Loseby's witnesses on the other hand, who received no coaching that I'm aware of, tell a very different story; they report seeing Helen sitting securely in a chair while a mysterious white semi-fluid substance issued from her mouth and nose. The fluid morphed into the shapes of people, dead people, whom some audience members recognized; for example, in the case of the Barham sailor. "Albert" and "Peggy" also appeared from time to time and were described in detail that matched from witness to witness. These entities conversed with the sitters, touched them and even in one case, kissed them. Another witness, Mrs Anne Potter, saw her mother who spoke to her from just two feet away and she was easily recognizable, down to the moles on the skin of her face. A parrot, a cat and several other animals also materialized in ectoplasm. When the spirit withdrew from the ectoplasm the witnesses report that it sank into the floor and evaporated. The prosecution placed a great deal of emphasis on the seance lighting. The seance room was a converted upstairs lounge above a chemists shop at 301 Copnor Road, Portsmouth. You can see from the modern photo of the premises below that it has a large bay window; that was the room in which Helen's events took place. However this was covered by a blackout blind, as most windows were during the Blitz. The room was lit by a white light when not in use, but when the seance started that light was switched off and the bulb was removed for safety; bright light can harm a medium in trance. The only light left on in the room was a forty watt red lamp; in fact occasionally "Albert" even requested that somebody put their handkerchief over it to shade it more. According to Lt. Worth the light was so deeply red and so dim that it was impossible to see the details the defence witnesses claimed they saw; but there's a contradiction here: Lt. Worth and PC Cross were in the second row of seats; yet they were very positive that they could identify Helen Duncan as the ghostly figure. Then they try to claim that the witness who saw their dead friends and relatives should not make such a claim because the light was too bad to be sure; this was even though some of those witnesses were in the front row, just a foot or two from the curtains. There were also multiple contradictions between their police statements, their preliminary magistrate testimonies and their Crown Court testimonies. Unfortunately Charles Loseby did not challenge these discrepancies enough during his cross-examination of the Crown's witnesses. This was because the plan for his defence was to wait until the next phase of the trial when he thought he could have the entire case dismissed in one fell swoop; he would get Helen to hold a seance in the courtroom and so prove that she was a genuine psychic!
"If Mrs Duncan is a materialization medium, then there is a Spiritworld near her at this moment... and a guide right here... possibly waiting for an opportunity to help her. Let us call him! Yes, here in the Central Criminal Court of London. Why not? She requires a curtained off partition and a red light; nothing more." So petitioned Loseby to the court. The judge refused point blank. After an appeal by the defence counsel Dodson agreed to let the jury decide. He polled them and they elected not to. I wonder how close that poll was! Who on the jury did not want to see something like that!? If I'd been there I'd have voted "yes" without a second thought. Dodson's refusal is of course legally understandable on one level, for the reasons I said above. The reality of Spiritualism was not on trial; a particular self-proclaimed Spiritualist medium was; whether the true manifestation of spirits was possible, or if it were even possible, whether Helen Duncan herself was capable of doing that herself, was not relevant to the case. She could have been the greatest medium the world had ever seen, spewing out ectoplasmic entities left, right and centre at will... but if on just one occasion in Portsmouth she decided to cheat with cheesecloth; that, and that alone, was the concern of the court. But there is another level to the issue; if Helen had been allowed to demonstrate her powers in court in front of the judge and jury it would devastate the prosecution's case because they would be in a position in which they'd have to prove that a woman who was provably capable of producing genuine psychic phenomena would need to cheat. Did she just have her off-days and had developed fool-proof illusionism for those occasions? Maude and Elamhad spent the entire trial portraying Helen as a ruthless harridan who had made a life-long career of double-dealing artifice; a successful demonstration to the court would show her to be a very different kind of woman indeed. What's more, if it were true that Dodson, Maude, Worth and all the rest were in league with each other to put Helen away on the orders of their Government then there's no length they would not go to the secure such an outcome... including rigging jury polls.
On Friday the 31st of March 1944, the judge summed up and the jury retired to consider their verdict; this took less than thirty minutes: Guilty. The following Monday Chief Constable Arthur West gave her a such damning character assessment that Helen could not have expected less than the maximum penalty: nine months in Holloway Prison. As she was taken down poor Helen cried out in her broad Scottish accent: "I ha' nae even done anythin'!... Oh God! Is there a God?" In June she appealed unsuccessfully against the sentence and was finally released at the completion of her term on Friday the 22nd of September. Mr and Mrs Homer, the couple running the MasterTemple in Portsmouth, were convicted as accessories and given a four month suspended sentence. On June the 6th, while Helen was languishing in her prison cell, there was a massive amphibious invasion of Normandy, Franceby British and Allied forces in Operation Overlord, catching the enemy completely unawares; history would come to know it as "D-Day".

The connection between the supernatural and warfare is stronger than you might think. It has a long history; both Julius Caesar and Alexander the Great used to consult soothsayers before going into battle. In 1429 a teenage peasant girl called Jeanne Roumée was put in charge of the French army because the king believed she was receiving divine guidance. The advice from Joan of Arc gave Francevictory over Englandat the Siege of Orleans. All through the Cold War both sides used psychic spies to keep tabs on what their enemy was up to. In the modern world paranormal powers are still a major part of government machinations, despite public ridicule of the notion, for example see: http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=TYO-iABnQd4. We are told that Helen Duncan's case was a simple and straightforward matter: she was a cheat and she had happened to be caught cheating. She had a fair trial and the outcome was that she was fairly convicted and punished for her crimes. But based on the fact of paranormal intervention into matters of statesmanship in the past, plus the other suspicious elements of her conviction, let me offer an alternative hypothesis: Helen Duncan was a real physical medium. The reason she was imprisoned was because her powers allowed her to gain classified information about the War from those who had been briefed into it and had subsequently passed away. She could then relate this information to anybody who happened to attend one of her seances, including Nazi spies. By 1944 preparations were underway for D-Day, a battle that was absolutely crucial to the outcome of the War. Preparations for the Normandy Landings included a massive top secret operation of training, logistics and deception. A fake village was even built in Dorset which you can visit today as a museum piece! The operation consisted of thousands of people sworn to secrecy; it was, to use my own terminology, a dangerously "top-heavy conspiracy". The planners knew very well how precarious the whole endeavour was. Helen Duncan represented an unpluggable leak; it would only take one of the people involved in D-Day to die before June the 6th, and only one enemy spy to be in the seance room when that person appeared in spirit, for secrecy of the whole invasion to be blown. Therefore the Government concocted a plan to put Helen somewhere where she could not practice her mediumship for the duration of the run-up to D-Day. They used intelligence agents in the police and legal system to frame Helen and imprison her. In fact in a way I'm pleased Helen was convicted and jailed because if that plan had failed they would probably have killed her. It's clear that the Prime Minister Winston Churchill was not cleared for the plan because he commented himself on the case on the 3rd of April. He sent a memo to the Home Secretary saying: "Let me have a report on why the Witchcraft Act of 1735 was used in a modern Court of Justice. What was the cost of this trial to the State, observing that witnesses were brought from Portsmouth and maintained here in this crowded London for a fortnight, and the Recorder kept busy with all this obsolete tomfoolery, to the detriment of necessary work in the Courts." Skeptics often claim that Helen was not a real medium at all, but because Winston Churchill was a believer in Spiritualism there was a sort of "climate of Woo" hanging over the British Government during his premiership; this memo comprehensively disproves that. To this day, the elderly Stanley Worth stands by his story, see: http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Ao0pmxxirpA. He doggedly maintains that he ended up at Helen Duncan's seance quite by chance because one of his mates invited him "to the spooks" for a laugh. He reported her to the police purely out of a feeling of personal indignation, and he feels that she got her just desserts. Is he being honest or is he still just doing his duty under the Official Secrets Act. Perhaps after sixty-nine years of telling this story, he has come to believe it himself. There's a fictional allegory in a novel by Brian Aldiss, a local Oxfordscience fiction writer, Helliconia Winter, the last book in a trilogy. The novel is set on an alien planet in which the inhabitants all have mediumistic abilities and regularly commune with their dead ancestors, a practice called "pauk" that is as common to them as eating and sleeping. One day the government on the planet decide to outlaw "pauk" because they're terrified that the spirits of the dead will reveal state secrets. When you can't silence somebody even by killing them, what do you do? Interestingly the government justified its policy by falsely claiming that "pauk" causes the spread of disease.

Helen Duncan went back to Spiritualism after being released from jail and had a few more brushes with the law, although none nearly as serious as the one in 1944. She was the last person ever to be tried under the Witchcraft Act; it was soon replaced with the Fraudulent Mediums Act of 1951, which made life difficult for many Spiritualists until it itself was repealed in 2008; there have happily been no equivalent replacements. However, in all the years since and with new laws on their side, the UK Government have never come down as hard on anybody as they did on Helen Duncan in 1944. Helen performed her last seance on the 28th of October 1956 at WestBridgfordSpiritualistChurchin Nottingham. The establishment was raided by the police and Helen was badly injured. She had never enjoyed good health in all her life; the shock of what happened in Nottingham probably aggravated her condition and indirectly caused her death just a few weeks later on the 6th of December, back home in Edinburgh. However, her supporters have not gone away; here's their website: http://www.helenduncan.org.uk/. They say that Helen has been in regular contact ever since.

Maybe there was a deeper issue at stake in the strange case of Helen Duncan. Maybe it explains why Recorder Dodson blocked Helen's courtroom demonstration and also why Esson Maule got her nailed in 1932. Maybe there was a far more long-term and strategic goal involved than just D-Day. It all comes down to the fact that the acceptance of the truth of Spiritualism would inevitably result in the acceptance that there is such thing as Life-After-Death. At a senior level of Government I think there are people who know very well that the Afterlife exists; but they just don't want us to know. They've kept it secret for much more fundamental reasons than merely the concealment of military attacks. The official acknowledgement that when we die our consciousness neither ceases to exist forever, nor is tossed into the merciless hands of some vengeful God because you didn't put enough money onto the church collection plate, would have a profound effect on every aspect of human society. Atheo-Skeptics like Richard Dawkins and Andrew Copson claim that Life-After-Death would somehow reduce the value of our current life on Earth; I've never understood why they think that. I speculate that the official Governmental revelation that the Afterlife exists would probably have a very positive effect on the human morale (unless your self-esteem is tied up with being an MBA-er of course! See: http://hpanwo-tv.blogspot.co.uk/2012/02/dr-peter-fenwick-mba-destroyer.html). It would probably eliminate the fear of dying; it would make grieving over the death of a loved one far easier to endure because it would constitute only a temporary separation, not a permanent loss; one which would eventually end with a happy reunion. From what I've seen, the Illuminati-controlled authorities guard the secret of spiritual reality closest of all. It's a bigger secret than the UFO's, bigger than Free Energy, bigger than 9/11, bigger than Atlantis, bigger than the Reptilians. This entails that its successful suppression must be even more quintessential to the survival of the New World Order than any of those other snippets of hidden knowledge. Why? I'm still not a hundred percent sure. I know why the Church wouldn't like it; it would mean that they could no longer control people using fear of Hellfire and damnation any more, but on a secular level it's more complicated. I suspect that the cover-up is still a long way from ending; in fact a few days ago I attempted to revise Helen Duncan's very biased Wikipedia page: http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Helen_Duncanand it was very speedily edited back. I think this is maybe the subject for another dedicated article. Perhaps one day we will all know the truth about the Afterlife and, who knows, in future court cases it may become perfectly normal legal practice to subpoena a ghost in the way Loseby wanted to subpoena "Albert".




Cloud Atlas

$
0
0
See here for an official trailer for Cloud Atlas: http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=hWnAqFyaQ5s

A few months ago word reached me of a new movie coming out with the intriguing title of Cloud Atlas; most people in the conspiracy/paranormal community who had seen it were raving about it. I tend to be cautious about excessive hype because I find it is rarely deserved, and falling too much into the spirit of its enthusiasm tends to lead to disappointment when I view the object of it. I walked into the cinema thinking that surely Cloud Atlas couldn’t be that good, could it? Yes it could, and it was. I’m so accustomed to reviewing books and films I can’t stand, so please indulge me while I review one I love for a change.

The film is by Andy and Lana Wachowski the cinematic siblings who brought us such greats as the Matrix Trilogy and V for Vendetta. The film’s intricate plot requires concentration to follow, but it is well worth the effort. The film is based on a novel by David Mitchell and the greater story arc evolves across six independent sub-stories that are set in different eras over a time period of nearly four hundred years; three are in the past, one in the present and two in the future. Despite this the events in one tale influence those in succeeding ones, and amazingly, preceding ones too. The way this occurs is found in Oriental philosophy, a subject that has influenced the Wachowskis in other films they’ve made. The different characters in the various scenarios are actually separate incarnations of immortal souls. This is explained several times in different ways; for instance Sonmi-451 in Scenario 5 says: “Our lives are not our own. From womb to tomb, we are bound to others, past and present; and by each crime and every kindness we birth our future”. In Scenario 3 the character Isaac Sachs experiences the same revelation although he describes it very differently because he’s a physicist: “Belief, like fear or love, is a force to be understood. As we understand the Theory of Relativity or the Principles of Uncertainty. Phenomena that determine the course of our lives… These forces that remake time and space, that can shape and alter who we imagine ourselves to bebegin long before we’re born and continue long after we perish. Our lives and our choices, like quantum trajectories, are understood moment to moment. At each point of intersection, each new encounter suggests a new potential direction.” What I find interesting is that the different souls incarnate as very different personalities playing very different roles. The various incarnations can be both protagonists and antagonists, depending on the scenario. Also some of them play major characters in one scenario and are virtually cameo in another. One of them, which I’ll call Soul TH because he’s played by the actor Tom Hanks, starts off as a murderous quack doctor then goes on to become a blackmailing hotel receptionist, a mild-mannered and thoughtful nuclear power station engineer, a violent Irish novelist, a movie actor and a troubled uncle. All the characters in the story have a birthmark on their skins resembling a comet; this suggests that they are what Michael Newton calls a “soul group”, a collection of separate spiritual entities who are, at a higher level, all one; excuse the cliché, but it is an accurate description. See: http://www.spiritualregression.org/. The soul reflects on itself by incarnating into these various alternating experiences.

The film takes a lot of stamina to watch and the most common criticism laid out is that it’s too long and complicated. It is epic in length, a hundred and seventy two minutes, and the film makers treat the viewer very roughly, but is this a bad thing? They want us to think and they demand the effort from us to do so. They consider the viewer an intelligent intellectual and provide a challenge that they feel is appropriate; they consider us up to the job and so push us hard. What a relief that is from a media whose role is normally the opposite! Cloud Atlas is definitely an art-house flick, not a general release film aimed simply at the mass market; if anybody doesn’t like it they can go vegetate themselves in front of Battle of Los Angeles! It is an independent production by the German producer Tom Tykwer; he also co-directed it along with the Wachowskis, and he composed its award-winning score. It’s one of the most expensive independent movies ever made, its $102 million budget coming mostly from German arts company sponsors. The production was deeply troubled; it almost went bankrupt and the film came perilously close to being cancelled more than once, but the cast and crew were determined to finish it and they even had a whip-round to fund some of it out of their own pockets; the thing was funded partly out of donations from the actors you see on the screen and the people behind the cameras who made it happen. I’m pleased to say that the film has so far grossed $28 million, with the DVD newly launched and home sales yet to come in. Along with the money problems were the logistics. The multiple scenarioes would have taken a couple of years to film with a single unit so the film was shot in parallel. The obvious problem was that any miscalculation of the schedule means that the actors or crew-members could be double-booked. Suppose the unit in the studio in Germany told Hugh Grant, or an indispensable technical expert, they needed him at the very same moment the location team in Edinburgh did? It must have given Tykwer nightmares! 
In discussing the plot it’s easiest to name the characters by the souls they have inside them through the entire film, not just the characters they play in the separate scenarioes. I’ve already mentioned Soul TH, played by Tom Hanks. The others I’ll call Soul HB, played by the actress Halle Berry; Soul JS, played by actor James Sturgess; Soul DB, played by actress Doona Bae; Soul JB, played by the actor Jim Broadbent; Soul BW, played by actor Ben Whishaw; Soul HW, played by the actor Hugo Weaving (Smith in the Wachowskis’ Matrix films of course); Soul JD, played by actor James D’Arcy; Soul ZX, played by actress Zhou Xun; Soul KD, played by actor Keith David; Soul DG, played by actor David Gyasi; Soul SS, played by actress Susan Sarandon; and Soul HG, played by actor Hugh Grant.

Scenario 1: This opening scenario is set in the South Pacific in 1859. Adam Ewing, Soul JS, is young newlywed lawyer from San Fransisco who is seeking his fortune as part of his father-in-law’s business, the slave trade. He sails to an island and falls ill from shock while witnessing the mistreatment of black slaves, including Souls DG and HB. He is treated by the ship’s doctor, Soul TH, a Dr Goose, who secretly tries to poison him while pretending to cure him. Luckily one of the slaves, Soul DG, stows away on board the ship and rescues him from the doctor’s clutches. He persuades the ship’s captain, Soul JB, to take him on as a member of the crew. His friendship with the slave causes him to question the morality of slavery. His father-in-law, Soul HW tells him that he is violating a “natural order”, a statement that recurs several times throughout the film. In fact there’s a quote first uttered by Dr Goose, Soul TH, which comes back more than once: “There’s only one rule which binds all people: the weak are meat and the strong do eat”. This is the basis of Social Darwinism and the “It’s a dog-eat-dog world, Man!” ideal, see: http://hpanwo-tv.blogspot.co.uk/2011/03/charles-doing-washing-up.html. The outdoor scenes of Scenario 1 were filmed in the Mediterranean on the Balearic Islands.
Scenario 2: Souls BW and JD play a pair of homosexual men in Cambridge University in 1936 called Rufus Sixsmith and Robert Frobisher. As a gay couple in those days they have to keep their relationship secret, but they are eventually separated for good when Frobisher goes to Scotland to work for a famous, but elderly, classical composer Vyvyan Ayrs, Soul JB. Frobisher goes through a straight phase and has an affair with Ayrs’ younger wife Jocasta, Soul HB; but his musical partnership with Ayrs only really breaks down when Ayrs tries to plagiarize ones of Frobisher’s own compositions, the Cloud Atlas Sextet, which is also the score to the movie. When Frobisher challenges him, Ayrs threatens to publicize Frobisher’s homosexuality and disgrace him. Frobisher shoots himself after a very moving sequence in Edinburgh where he comes close to being reunited with Sixsmith. Sadly their plans are thwarted by the brief appearance of an avaricious hotelier, Soul TH, back on Earth as a similar person to Dr Goose. This part of the film includes an abstract scene in which Sixsmith and Frobisher are in a china shop breaking everything; it is very reminiscent of the scene in V for Vendetta where V topples dominoes. Oddly enough Frobisher comes across the published journal of Adam Ewing and becomes enthralled by it; this happens in all the scenarioes, a physical as well as a spiritual link, bonds each one with the previous one.
Scenario 3: This is set in San Francisco in 1973 but was in fact filmed in Scotland, mostly around Glasgow; I know somebody who went to watch while they were doing the street scenes there. Soul HB comes back as Luisa Rey, a roving reporter who lets nothing stand in the way of a good story. She is the daughter of a famous war correspondent, Soul DG, now deceased. She discovers that the manager of a nearby nuclear power station, Soul HG, who along with Soul HW, seems to always incarnate as unpleasant people, is secretly working for an oil company and wants to stage a nuclear accident to keep people using oil and not alternatives like nuclear fission power (This is not a real alternative in my view, but that’s a big subject that I discuss elsewhere, see: http://hpanwo-tv.blogspot.co.uk/2013/05/ben-emlyn-jones-live-at-truth-juice-hull.html). Like many TV detectives she has a young child as a side-kick, a boy called Javier. She’s also helped by Soul KD, a former solider whose life was saved by her father, and an older Rufus Sixsmith, the only character who appears in more than one scenario as the same physical person. In this scenario, Soul DB plays a brief but essential role; she becomes much busier later on in the film. The most remarkable sequence is where Luisa meets up with Soul TH incarnate as a very different person, Isaac Sachs, the aforementioned mild-manner scientist. They’ve never met before, but they experience a strange and sudden sense of recognition. This has happened to me when I meet new people sometimes. The strange thing is that Souls TH and HB have not encountered each other before in the timeline, but they become very close indeed later. So they effectively experience a memory that is not from a past life, but from a future one! Along with Sachs she very much warms to Sixsmith too and uncovers the love letters he exchanged with Frobisher. She goes out and buys a rare vinyl disk copy of his Cloud AtlasSextet. The man serving behind the counter has it on in the shop at the time. He says: “I only played it to check it wasn’t scratched, but I can’t stop listening to it.” This might be because the salesman is Soul JD and he composed it himself in a previous life.
Scenario 4: London 2012. This contemporary segment has a very different feel to the others; it’s much more light-hearted in style, almost a comedy. Soul JB is Timothy Cavendish, a successful publisher who is promoting his newest author, a rough and choleric Irishman or Gypsy called Dermot Hoggins, Soul TH, who has written his autobiography. At a party on the top floor of a hotel, they run into a critic who recently panned the book. Hoggins is so angry that he throws the critic off a balcony where he falls to his death. The scandal that erupts makes the book an overnight bestseller. Hoggins is in jail and so cannot earn royalties; this allows Cavendish to make even more profit, but unfortunately Hoggins’ brothers are not in jail and they are as violent as the author. So they come to Cavendish and threaten him for the money. Cavendish can’t afford to pay them and so asks his brother Denholme, Soul HG, to hide him in a hotel. There he hopes to continue his next project, a manuscript submitted by Javier, Luisa Rey’s kid detective right-hand man, an adult now of course, about the intrigue in Scenario 3. Things get worse when it turns out Denholme has tricked his brother into being signed into a secure old people’s home for Alzheimers sufferers, which oddly enough is Vyvyan Ayrs’ old mansion converted; this is because Cavendish had a secret affair with his wife previously. Cavendish and a few of the other residents have to make a jail-break style escape and are thwarted by Nurse Noakes, a huge, violent and very physically powerful woman, Soul HW. At the end Cavendish finds his long-lost childhood sweetheart, Soul SS, and goes to live with her. The interesting part of the story is that just before Hoggins attacks the critic he catches eyes with a nameless woman at the party and stops to look at her. This woman is actually Soul HB and he must have experienced another subconscious memory of her like he did when they met in Scenario 3.
In Scenario 5 we see Soul DB in her biggest role in the film, this segment features two Asian actresses, the South Korean Doon Bae and Chinese Zhou Xun, in their first major international parts. The setting is a megacity called Neo Seoul in Korea in the year 2144. Soul DB is a Sonmi-451, a genetically-modified human clone who is used as a slave in a tacky fast food joint. She breaks her programming when she forms a friendship with Yoona-939, Soul ZX, another clone who does not have the usual mind control that is supposed to be inbred in clones. She introduces Sonmi-451 to free thought; together they watch films, including a movie made about the adventures of Timothy Cavendish in Scenario 4, played by an actor animated by Soul TH. The customers at the burger bar treat the clones with contempt, insulting them and sexually harassing them for their amusement. Yoona-939 is killed by the manager, Soul HG, when she strikes back at one of the customers. She says: “I will not be subjected to criminal abuse!”, a line from Timothy Cavendish which she picked up from the film. Sonmi-451 is rescued by the leader of the anti-government resistance. It appears that the world, or at least Korea, in that future date is ruled by a despotic regime called “Unanimity”. The clones are fed from packets of processed food that are made in secret from the bodies of other clones who have been killed when they are no longer useful to the system. Oddly enough this obscene nutritional concoction is nicknamed “soap”; and when Cavendish is under the brutal charge of Nurse Noakes she threatens to force-feed him soap flakes. If I recall, the symbolism of soap comes up another time in the movie and other such curious connotations are woven into the story. Sonmi-451 escapes with the resistance leader, Soul JS. They go to Hawaii where Sonmi-451 makes a broadcast to the whole Earth and its colonies in space just before she is captured and executed.
Scenario 6 is set in the year 2321 in Hawaii, although it was filmed by the same unit who filmed Scenario 1 on Mallorca and the other Balearics. Zachry, Soul TH and his sister Rose, Soul ZX, live in a post-apocalyptic pastoral society on the Big Island of Hawaii. They speak in a peculiar constructed dialect that is very hard to understand; for instance “true-true” means “truth” “yeasoe” means to approve of something, “cog” means “to know” and “keeping eyewise” means to watch over somebody. This language is not subtitled and following it is one of the biggest challenges of the film. The community is unfortunately preyed upon by a tribe of violent cannibals called the Kona whose leader is Soul HG. To make matters worse Zachry, is tormented by visions of a demonic entity called “Old Georgie”, Soul HW; we get a bit of Karma or future-life-memory because the demon tells Zachry “the weak are meat and the strong do eat” like he, Soul TH, told Adam Ewing in Scenario 1. However they have a history in their society and they worship the memory of Sonmi-451, although they misinterpret her as a religion. The priestess of this religion is called the “abbess”, Soul SS. Zachry’s culture has contact with outsiders who have a much more technologically advanced civilization and they visit the island occasionally to trade. One of these is Meronym, Soul HB, who wants to locate the transmitter from which Sonmi-451 made her broadcast, and to find out if any of the off-world colonies still exist. Zachry takes her there and they receive a signal. The film begins and ends in Scenario 6 with a brief prologue and epilogue. At the start an elderly Zachry is relating a tale over a campfire in a troubled tone. At the end we realize that he is actually telling this story to his enraptured grandchildren and there’s a heartwarming scene in which we realize that he has moved to an off-world colony himself with Meronym, with whom he has fallen in love and started a family. Maybe this is why, as Isaac Sachs and Dermot Hoggins, he recognized Luisa Rey and the woman at the party. They were, quite literally, his soulmate.




Cloud Atlas really is a supreme cinematic achievement, if you don’t mind me lapsing into the kind of pretentious pseudo-intellectual terminology “duh cwitics” always use. The real critics are completely polarized over this film; it seems to be the kind of movie you either love or hate. When it premiered at the Toronto Film festival it received a ten-minute standing ovation, but others have called it “an honourable failure, but a failure nonetheless”. The Guardian said it “carried all the hallmarks of a giant folly” and Slant magazine considers is “a total and unparalleled disaster!” In my view, as a writer of fiction myself, the only way to deal with the critics is to develop a very thick skin and ignore them, see: http://hpanwo-voice.blogspot.co.uk/2008/06/critics.html; however tempting it might be to throw them off a balcony like Dermot Hoggins. I have nothing but praise for this mind-expanding, inspiring and uplifting movie. It has been nominated for several anti-prizes, such as the “Movie you Most Wanted to Love but Couldn’t” and the Village Voice Worst Film of 2012, but it won every German film award on the books and also got several accolades for its make-up. Best of all, it won a Golden Globe for its score, the classical Cloud Atlas Sextet, which was composed both inside the story and behind the scenes; like the film it is divided into six movements. The beauty of the score perfectly complements the joyous and adventurous spiritual intrigue of the film itself. It has a scope beyond what is almost comprehensible, and yet it is strangely so logical and tangible. “Everything is connected” is the motto of the movie. It means what your great grandfather’s postman decided to do on just one occasion can decide the outcome of a global revolution three hundred years later. This is not a new idea; on the contrary, the notion behind the story of Cloud Atlas is one of the most primeval themes in human thought. It can be found in the most ancient wisdom teachers of India and Ancient Egypt. The notion is that mankind is far more than the sum of its parts. Its parts being isolated physical beings, which come from oblivion and return to it having no effect we are not able to immediately induce with the brute force of our hands; an effect which fades back into the matrix of chaos soon after it is enacted. The more force, the longer delay before its inevitable extinction; the “bungled and the botched” of Friedrich Nietzsche’s worldview (in Bertrand Russell’s commentary). It is instead the perennial philosophy, one which came down from the Orient and Egypt; one which has always been the basis of indigenous cultures across the world and inspired and the wiser minds of Greece and Rome. It can be found in the gnostic heresy of Christianity and Islam, heresies for which their proponents endured lingering deaths and genocide at the hands of the Vatican authorities, because they merely spoke it. We are all spiritual beings having a human experience; this is a formula repeated so often that it has almost lost its meaning in the New Age and Spiritualism, despite the fact that it is so important and true. This is what I think Jesus learned during nearly all of his life that was edited out of the Bible, between his childhood and the last few months before the Crucifixion; did you really think that was all there was to him? I think he spent those years with the Essenes, the Jewish gnostics who lived mystical lives beside the Dead Sea and wrote Mary Magdalene’s lost gospels of Nag Hamadi. All these eternal and ubiquitous themes are explored in this magnificent film, Cloud Atlas. Not only the deep and profound, but the simple and everyday feelings, the divinity in the very ordinary humanity of people, especially in Scenario 4. Mr Meeks who helped Tim Cavendish break out of the old people’s home where his brother had imprisoned him, only uttered one thing for nearly all of the film: “I know”. But those two words sum up the entire film. “The weak are meat and the strong do eat” are the words Soul TH both uses and has to hear, the words of social Darwinism, the ethics of the Illuminati who have made it their “Great Work of Ages” to keep ancient knowledge from the people. The manifesto of Sonmi-451, Soul DB, are the death knell for everything they have done. We are coming close to a time in history when films like Cloud Atlas will truly be the illustrations of the end, and the new beginning. Sonmi-451 was a nameless, faceless GMO clone who spent every waking hour flipping burgers for “consumers” who were almost as mindless as she was expected to be. But she became one of the most important people who ever lived once she understood the secret that has been kept from us to maintain our servitude. We are all Sonmi-451’s; all of us are nobodies and all of us are everything. That is what Cloud Atlas describes and illustrates better than any film I’ve ever seen. So, do go and see it; it’s still showing in a few small picture houses and the DVD is now on sale in all good shops, and can be purchased online: http://www.amazon.co.uk/Cloud-Atlas-DVD-UV-Copy/dp/B0095HHBRY




Alien Autopsies

$
0
0
The following was posted in the YouTube description box of a video uploaded on the 4th of September 2013 by "JennyArea51Insider":
My name? My name is... it doesn't matter; just call me "Jenny". I was a scientist working for... actually I'm not a hundred percent sure WHO I was working for. The truth is, I was originally a scientist at an average pharmaceutical company laboratory. One day somebody in a dark suit who didn't introduce himself came to see me and said I'd been "selected". He offered me a job with five times my current salary, no questions asked; well, I jumped at it on the spot. I had to sign any number of secrecy papers, but I didn't stop to read the small print. My mortgage was year in arrears, I was about to lose my house, my husband was threatening to run off with the kids; what would YOU have done!? I travelled to work every day from Las Vegas McCarren International Airport on a Janet plane to the airbase you know as "Area 51"; I won't tell you its real name. From there I got on a bus without windows and a dark curtain over the driver's cab and we drove a few miles to... somewhere nearby, don't know in which direction exactly. It was underground, don't know how deep; it took three minutes down in a lift, that's all I can tell you. No stairs, no fire escape. Armed security guards in masks everywhere! Guns pointing at you every second! I can't give you too many details about my job; it might reveal my identity and that of others. But basically I had to do tests on these... things... creatures; I don't know what they were or where they came from, but the word is our employers have their spacecraft in hangers at ground level. The creatures were kept on the deepest level of the basement. Little short, spindly humanoids. They were grey-coloured and had wrinkly skin, almost reptilian. Their eyes!... Oh my God! They were like huge black holes! And if you looked at them it gave you the strangest feeling, like they were reading your thoughts. I had to analyze what they called "blood" and "skin", but it was nothing like that from any animal I was familiar with. I don't know if they were there of their own free will or they were prisoners. Some of them died and once or twice we did an autopsy. I had to film them with a camera. At the end of the examination we always stored any film, photographs and documents in a special vault with an electronic registry system for checking items in and out. One day after one of these autopsies I had to stow the film and the registry computer crashed just after I'd scanned the film in. It failed just in time before the door on the vault shut, so it was left hanging open. I suddenly realized that as far as the records were concerned the film was filed correctly, but in fact it was still in my hand... if I didn't actually file it, nobody would know. I never planned this, honestly! The thought never even crossed my mind before! The idea just popped into my head and I acted instinctively. I knew I had to hide it because our pockets and bags are searched and scanned. The film was on a very small mini-disk so I ripped a hole in my stocking and shoved it into my shoe. I pushed it down so it was under the arch of my foot and walked off. I could feel it there, digging into the sole of my foot. I hoped that the leather of my shoe would shield it from the body scanner we have to go through when entering or leaving the complex. God, I was scared, because if it didn't I'd be caught red-handed! People on the staff just "disappear" every so often and rumour has it they're not just sacked. But it was too late to turn back! Whew! The scanner didn't buzz. I tried hard to look and act normal as we went up in the lift to the big enclosed car park where the bus picks us up. When I got off the Janet at McCarren I almost fainted with relief. Anyway I didn't go straight home but used a library many miles away in another town; don't want my home computer to be traced. I've never had a YouTube account before but it was easy to set one up anonymously. I had to convert the files because they're in some very weird format, but I managed to do it and so what you're seeing here is what I filmed. I think the world has a right to know what's going on in secret deep below Area 51!... See here for the video:http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=_kO73W6Gr_Q.
The above makes disturbing reading. It's similar to what has been posted many times all over the Internet almost since the World Wide Web began. You may be wondering who "Jenny" or "JennyArea51Insider" is and whether her story is real or not; let me tell you right now that is it not real. "Jenny" doesn't exist; I invented her myself and completely made up the story you've just read. The video link is one I corrupted which is why it's blank; don't worry it wasn't taken down by the CIA before you got the chance to watch it! But if I can do that so can many other people, and indeed they have. Normally accompanying these angst-ridden blurbs are the videos themselves; I've found several hundred on YouTube of varying degrees of quality and persuasiveness. However the "alien autopsy", today a generic name for them all, are mostly inspired by one single pioneer which hit the world in 1995, the "Alien Autopsy Film" is generally agreed to be one of the greatest hoaxes since Piltdown Man. 
The film is currently owned by a Londonbusinessman called Ray Santilli and, together with his assistant Gary Shoefield, he premiered it at a private showing at the Museum of London. A few selected individuals were invited, including UFOlogists like Nick Pope and Philip Mantle; here's the film that was shown in its entirety: http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=sVcaT2QnoDs. This silent twenty-minute film shows the medical post-mortem of a non-human creature and a display of strange mechanical fragments. It was supposedly filmed by the USmilitary in 1947 by an anonymous cameraman who had approached Santilli when he was on a trip to purchase antique film in the United States. It caused a sensation and Santilli and Shoefield quickly became household names across the world. This was one of many documentaries made about it: http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=qyh36fQf7p8. Nine years later Santilli confessed, although never a man to miss a trick, he did so in spectacular style. He signed a movie deal with Warner Bros. to produce a comedy fictionalization of the story behind the film and two days before the movie's release, Sky TV broadcast a documentary in which Santilli himself confesses, see: http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=h-LgUFx8xv8. The fictional movie was called Alien Autopsy and starred none other than the British comedy duo "Ant and Dec" as Santilli and Shoefield, see: http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=tbUL50v6xpU. I know Philip Mantle disagrees with me on this, but I think the Alien Autopsy Hoax dealt a massive blow to the credibility of UFO research. Contrary to what many Skeptics claim, few people with an understanding of the UFO subject were duped; the general public however was significantly split over its veracity and sadly this reflects on their perception of UFOlogy since the scam was rumbled. Unbelievably, Santilli still maintains a ludicrous pretence that all he did was "remake" a facsimile of a realfilm which he'd seen himself but had since been damaged by age and exposure, although he called it a "restoration" and compares his work to the restoration of Leonardo's The Last Suppermural! He claims that his published film has a few frames of the original spliced in, although he can't remember which frames and no analysis of the footage has revealed any such editing. Santilli refuses to release this original film for analysis saying that it's at a secret location in Germanyand all he has given anybody to study are a few inches off the reel encased in perspex. It's surely obvious that there never was an original film at all and that Santilli made up the entire story. He even once did an interview with the mythical cameraman and later it was revealed that his subject was an elderly Hollywoodbygone actor who had fallen into poverty. I think I'd respect Santilli more if he'd make his confession thus complete. For further information I thoroughly recommend Philip Mantle's book on this subject: http://www.healingsofatlantis.com/index.php?main_page=product_info&products_id=2074&zenid=492e1739c629ee1e35013fd86cd101cb
Santilli's hoax was badly timed too, the World Wide Web had just been launched and these included photo and video sharing sites. At the same time special effects technology that had only previously been available to major film production companies was suddenly for sale in any computer shop for a very reasonable price. It meant that anybody who wanted to could fake an alien post-mortem of their own, and since then an absolute myriad have emerged. Some are just openly fake artistic works, like this one: http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=cdxi1bLwFac. Others are made with a deliberate attempt to deceive, like "Skinny Bob", see: http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=EVXzNKfPO5A. This was exposed by a friend of mine, Mike Hallowell of UFO Matrix magazine, see: http://www.mikehallowell.com/. I'm also pretty sceptical about Stan Romanek's famous scoop: http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=1Snck4fMP_A. Here's another that I can't take seriously: http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=V9-BsAUps5E. This inundation of ludicrous data has caused major difficulties for serious research; there is now a catastrophic signal-to-noise ratio problem in UFOlogy. It's sad because some of these videos could be real, but how can we possibly sort the wheat from the chaff? I can walk down a high street in Nairobi and purchase a software suite, for an affordable price, that will give me the ability to create realistic imagery that it is virtually impossible to prove as fake. Photographic evidence simply does not carry the same weight that it used to. It's a shame because if my fictional character "Jenny" has counterparts in real life then what would they do? Send their film to the press? No; she'd suspect the package would be intercepted; she would want to be able to publish the evidence herself, instantly, to the maximum possible audience. The chances are that a real person in that situation would indeed upload the material to YouTube and other similar sites. The comments?: "Another fake", "Total BS", "Pwned!""Get a life, m8", "not another one!". Therefore the people who make these fake videos are doing genuine investigation a great disservice; Poor "Jenny" would become the ultimate little boy who cried wolf, through no fault of her own. I have a little rant at the impostors here: http://hpanwo-tv.blogspot.co.uk/2011/06/fake-alien-videos.html. Actually if I were walking down a country lane and an alien jumped out of a hedge in front of me, I wouldn't even bother trying to film it at all. Why waste time I could spend looking at the creature and trying to communicate with it by fumbling my mobile phone camera with shaking hands to take a shot nobody will believe? What counts for aliens counts equally for ghosts, Bigfoot and other unknown phenomena. 
So what can we do? Well, from what I've seen so far I'm almost ready to take the drastic step of suggesting we ignore everything that came out before the year 2000, because, as I've explained, it's like a needle in a haystack. I'd make a few exceptions for the reasons I will go into, but we should generally concentrate on images that were made before it was so easy to produce good fakes. In saying this I apologize profusely to any uploaders of genuine material within this morass of hogwash, but please try to understand that researchers have limited time and resources, and the problems I've explained mean they have to deploy those resources effectively in the real world. There are plenty of images and videos that did come out in the last years of the 20th Century that deserve our attention. This is one example: http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=6SEv78UOZc8. Obviously this is far from conclusive; if it is a hoax then the perpetrators have learnt the lessons of Santilli because they shoot the puppet in the dark, so hiding most of its details. There are lots of rumours going round about who "Victor" is, even that he might be the Disclosure Project witness Bob Dean! However the alien in the video looks far more realistic than the Santilli one; the creature can open and close its mouth. Also it closely resembles the report of a creature found at a UFO crash-retrieval incident in southern Africain 1997, the same time the video was released, see: http://www.anomalies.net/archive/cni-news/CNI.0740.html. Another more convincing incident, despite many calls to the contrary, is the experience of Dr Jonathan Reed. In November of 1998 Art Bell's famous show on Coast to CoastAM had a guest on who told an amazing story; here's the original recording: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=6lOAFSzkJ3Y. On October the 15th 1996 a child psychologist Dr Jonathan Reed went for a ramble in the countryside. He was walking along a path through the woods of the Cascade Mountainsin Washington State, USA; he had with him his dog, Suzie, and a rucksack with a video camcorder in the hope of filming some of the fine scenery and wildlife. Suddenly Suzie bolted off down the path barking like crazy, as dogs do sometimes. Dr Reed followed her off the path into the forest. He heard her growling and barking fiercely out of sight. He grabbed a fallen tree branch to use as a weapon in case she'd encountered a bear or cougar or something; but when he caught up with her he saw her wrestling with a small black humanoid creature. The creature killed the dog with some kind of weapon. Dr Reed struck the creature over the head with the branch and it fell to the ground dead. Reed then collapsed himself; he vomited and voided his bowels violently. He believes the creature used some kind of weapon on him too, but this is just as likely to be normal shock. It took him several hours to recover, but when he did he found it in him to take out his camcorder and film the scene: Warning- disturbing video: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=HE8i7VjNyio. He then wrapped the alien in his jacket and took it home with him. When he'd recovered fully he made another video where he examined the creature on the floor of his garage, another alien autopsy, see: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Q-M2h4QkGnw. The rest of the story can be found at the various transient pages detailing the case. There was a very complex and determined riposte launched soon after that which I myself believed for several years, it included websites like this one: http://www.ufowatchdog.com/jonathan_reed.htm; however Dr Reed has struck back with a very comprehensive counterpunch addressing the claims of the debunkers, see: http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=ezsxm7SzZYk. Today Dr Jonathan Reed is a personal Facebook contact of mine and having examined his story carefully I think he's telling the truth. Leaving aside the actual evidence in his favour I'd ask those who doubt him a very pertinent question: The "I fooled the world!" meme is a clear and guaranteed path to fame and fortune; it is so as much today as it was when Ray Santilli milked it dry. Why, oh, why has Dr Jonathan Reed not confessed? Don't you think it's strange that he's sitting on this goldmine and declines to exploit it?
The reports that come in with the various questionable film footage clips could also be a way of taking seriously cases we should otherwise dismiss. If there is additional evidence that supports the reality of the video then it's fair enough to give them a second opinion; this is a good example: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=4AFqfOhOrm8. This was filmed in Mexicoin 2005 on a mobile phone. The famous Mexican UFOlogist Jaime Maussan has done a follow-up study and he believes additional eyewitness and radiological evidence indicates that the case is probably genuine, see: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=wN0FrabzVks. In my own view, the most productive strategy is to look to the east. Russia! That's the most promising country for gathering UFO evidence at the moment. Russiais a huge nation geographically, the biggest in the world by far, even if you don't include the areas made independent in recent decades. Its huge area has been the setting of many very interesting UFO encounters. Not only that but the political upheavals of the late 1980's and early 90's have led to a veritable haemorrhage of highly classified information. After the appointment of President Gorbachev in 1985, the communist regime that had controlled the country since the Bolshevik Revolution of 1917 was slowly dismantled and the Soviet Union officially disestablished in 1991. During that period Russiaunderwent a transition into what it is today, which was sometimes very disruptive and anarchic. This led to a lot of very secret old Soviet documents and other material falling into the wrong hands. This article covers the subject: http://hpanwo.blogspot.co.uk/2007/12/russian-roswell.html; in the linked video at the top of the article we see what looks like the crash retrieval of a saucer-shaped object by the Soviet military and nothing less than another alien post-mortem! However in this case all the confirmations that the Santilli film lacked are now present: the film itself is available for examination and has been declared genuine by experts; the clothing, uniforms, behaviour, procedure and hardware are also what we'd expect in a real film; even the location of the alleged autopsy has been identified to a certain degree of accuracy. The little snippets, like the flash frames, put the cherry on the cake of what is more likely to be a real alien autopsy than any other yet released. Philip Mantle has once again written a book, co-authored by Paul Stonehill, all about this UFOlogically vital region of the world, see: http://www.healingsofatlantis.com/index.php?main_page=product_info&products_id=1920. Of course the way forward does lie outside Russia too, in fact the whole planet Earth can take part in this great quest, to reveal the true nature of our place in the universe and our relationship with other intelligent life forms both within it, and maybe beyond it. But in order to get to the bottom of this great true nature we need to be sensible; we need to spread the truth, not bury it under more deceit and frivolity. What I mean is, we need to publish only information we know to be true. This might mean we won't ever get rich; we won't ever become media stars. Well tough! If you value the Disclosure of UFO's less than lining your own pockets and having your ego glorified then you don't deserve it anyway. So I'm making a direct appeal to everybody who has the ability to make fake alien videos: could you please stop!



The Kennedy Assassination- 50 Years On

$
0
0
People often ask, where did the conspiratorial community come from? What is it that has made people begin to stand up against the New World Order in the way so many of us are today? Of course there was a wave of conspiratorial awareness several centuries ago, see: http://hpanwo.blogspot.co.uk/2007/08/my-book-review-who-are-illuminati.html, but this is the 21st century; why are so many people resisting now? Why are the NWO having such a rough ride? Many things have happened over the years that have fuelled the modern conspiratorial period, but its origins can be traced back to a very precise point in time and a very specific location and event; it involved the murder of one man, John Fitzgerald Kennedy, the thirty-fifth President of the United States. The day that happened was the 22nd of November 1963, fifty years ago today. It was 12.30PM and “Jack” as he was known to his family and friends, was visiting the city of Dallas, Texas. Part of his tour included a car ride around the city between his various appointments. Thousands of people lined the pavements to watch him pass in an open-top Lincoln Continental car and there was an atmosphere in the streets that has been described as like a carnival. His motorcade included several police motorcycles and cars full of Secret Service bodyguards, but none of them were in the Presidential car. At 12.29 PM the car turned of Houston Street and onto DealeyPlaza, a forked carriageway with small plots of ornamental parkland on either side and between the roads. Suddenly the sound of multiple gunshots rang out and the president slumped forward in his seat. A moment later, the horror of everybody watching, especially his wife Jackie who was sitting next to him on the back seat, he was explosively decapitated. The grisly demise of the young President was captured forever by an amateur cameraman called Abraham Zapruder in one of the most famous and disturbing films ever made, see: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=eqlib47cefM.

John F Kennedy was only forty-three when he was inaugurated as President of the United States in January 1961, the youngest ever; he was the first ever US President to born in the 20thCentury, on May the 29th 1917. He was born into one of America’s elite families, his father was a highly successful industrialist and politician, he was US Ambassador to the United Kingdom; and the Kennedy bloodline comes out of European aristocracy, like most elite American families. The Kennedy branch was Irish Catholic and his lineage can be traced back to the 10th Century High King Brian Bornu MacKennedy of Ireland. He had a typical blue blood American education at the nation’s top schools and the London School of Economics, and when World War II broke out he joined the US Navy and took command of a motor torpedo boat. Once when his boat was attacked and sunk by the Japanese, he swam to the nearest shore dragging one of his badly injured crewmen, thus saving his life. After the war he moved into politics and ran for Congress representing the 11th Massachusetts District for the Democrats. In 1952 he joined the Senate alongside his brother Robert (one of only two brothers he had who was still alive, and who was also himself assassinated five years later; his family didn’t have much luck!). In January 1960 he entered the Democratic primaries for Presidential candidate and won; a few months later he ran in the 1960 US Presidential Election against the Republican Richard M Nixon (Yes, Tricky Dicky! It’s very unusual for a defeated Presidential candidate to be given a second chance to run for the White House). In his inaugural speech Kennedy famously said: “Ask not what your country can do for you, ask what you can do for your country!” He was renowned for his oratory skills and gained devoted support. Nobody knew it at the time, but his term in office would cover some of the most crucial few years in American history and this paved the way for its violent end. Politically Kennedy was probably as liberal as it’s possible to be in senior American politics. He became a hero of the black civil rights movement by tackling the unconstitutional racial segregation policies of many southern states and had long conversations with Martin Luther King and his wife. His term lay in the heart of the Cold War and therefore Kennedy’s foreign policy was dominated by confrontations with the Soviet Union. This conflict led to the creation of the Berlin Wall. In order to show his sympathy and support for the ordinary Germans caught behind the Wall, he travelled to the city and made a speech in which he passionately cried: “Ich bin ein Berliner!- I am a citizen of Berlin!” In April 1961 Kennedy took steps to depose Fidel Castro’s communist regime in Cuba; this island nation off the coast of Florida was regarded as a rogue state and a thorn in the nation’s side by many American people. Kennedy trained a covert guerrilla force of Cuban exiles called Brigade 2506 and they carried out an invasion on the island at a place called the Bay of Pigs. When the Brigade was defeated by the Cuban army many senior politicians and intelligence officers assumed that Kennedy would immediately follow up with a full beachhead using overt US military force, but he did not. He cancelled the invasion and paid Castro millions of dollars of economic aid in exchange for the release of the prisoners. This made the President many bitter enemies in his own administration as well as the Cuban exile community in the USA. The following year a new crisis connected to Cuba kicked up. This time spy planes spotted Soviet nuclear-tipped missiles being stationed in Cuba, the USSR’s only ally in the Americas. Kennedy then had to decide whether to attack the missile sites and risk nuclear war with the Soviets or try to negotiate his way out of the situation and hope the missiles would not be launched in the meantime. He urgently called his opposite number in Moscow, Nikita Khrushchev, and immediately dispatched the US Navy to blockade Cuba and prevent any more illicit Soviet shipping landing on the island. For thirteen days the world held its breath. Then Khrushchev “blinked”, as he said, and the Soviets struck a deal that involved the Cuban missiles being removed in exchange for some American missiles being taken out of Turkey. In June 1963 he became one of the most popular foreign state visitors Ireland had ever had and he addressed the Oireachtas Eireann, Ireland’s parliament, something no other foreign leader had ever done. He was granted an honourary degree from the University of Dublin and the freedom of the city. Like many Irish Americans he had a feeling of dual patriotism with his ancestral homeland, but this infuriated the Ulster Loyalist leader Revd. Ian Paisley. Despite his prickly relationship with Khrushchev, Kennedy managed to organize a pact with the USSR to limit nuclear weapons proliferation, the earliest of these measures that increased later in the Cold War. He attempted to break the power of the Federal Reserve banks by instituting a state currency of “greenback” dollars. Following the triumph of the Soviet space programme he announced NASA’s intention to land a man on the moon in his first State of the Union Address. He also was suspecting of hatching plans to pull out of the escalating Vietnam War, reform the CIA and reorganize all the US intelligence services into different outfits. The President himself led a high-power lifestyle and was a notorious philanderer, having numerous affairs with other women, including the superstar actress Marilyn Monroe. All in all, the Kennedy years were a time of revolutionary change, but also fear and doubt; but they were never boring! They were extremely turbulent and dynamic, and they released enormous historical energies. One of those energies was his own death.
Doctors at the ParklandMemorialHospital admitted Kennedy and tried to save him, but watching the Zapruder Film one doesn’t need to be a doctor to see that this was a token act. The news reports were aired on radio and TV soon afterwards announcing that President John F Kennedy was dead, for example see: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=OC-Y8Pm8RDU; everybody remembers where they were when they heard this news. In the aftermath of the shooting the police tore into DealeyPlaza in huge numbers, questioning the witnesses and making numerous arrests. Several police officers were reported to have chased a man carrying a gun from the grassy knoll area of the Plaza, over some railway tracks, but this was later denied. In the hours that followed more details of the assault emerged. The Texas Governor John Connally, who had been sitting in the front seat of the car, had also been struck by the first bullet to hit the President; he was hit in the arm and a bullet was found near an exit wound on his hand, although this bullet was surprisingly undamaged. The driver of the car, Agent Bill Greer (any relation to Dr Steven?), was unharmed. On scene police searches included the school book depository on the corner of DealeyPlaza where the manager reported that one of his employees was missing, a young man called Lee Harvey Oswald. A few minutes later it was announced that a policeman, Officer JD Tippit, had been shot and killed by a man answering Oswald's description. The police followed the leads and at 1.40 PM they entered a cinema nearby and arrested Oswald. He attempted to flee and even drew a pistol, but the cops overpowered and disarmed him. At the same time police in the depository found a Mannlicher Carcano M19/38 snipers’ rifle lying by the corner window of the sixth floor; it was confirmed that the gun belonged to Oswald. The next day he was formally charged with the murder of John F Kennedy. Today the school book depository is a museum and the space beside the sixth floor window is known as the “Sniper’s Nest” and thousands of tourists come and visit the museum every year.

That’s the basic story of what happened; it’s the one in the history books. It was established by the Warren Commission, an organization founded by JFK’s successor and former vice-President, Lyndon B Johnson, to investigate the Kennedy Assassination. It was chaired by Chief Justice Earl Warren and delivered its report on the 24th of September 1964. These eleven months of study concluded that the assassination of the President was the brainchild of Lee Harvey Oswald and not one single other person was involved. Oswald killed the President by shooting him with his rifle from the school book depository window where the weapon was found; his motive was purely personal. No conspiracy, case closed, nothing more to worry about. Yet the majority of the American public did not believe them, and to this day, fifty years later, they still do not, see: http://hpanwo-voice.blogspot.co.uk/2013/06/usa-conspiracy-theory-poll.html. I agree with that majority, in fact I think the Warren Report has more holes than even the official story of 9/11. The criticism of it is complex and covers almost every aspect of the crime. The following is just a summary and the entire comprehensive critique of Warrenwould fill a good sized book.
1. The suspect:The first and only initial suspect in the Kennedy Assassination was Lee Harvey Oswald, a twenty-four year old man from New Orleans, Louisiana who was one of the employees of the Dallas school book depository. (Another man was eventually charged, but I'll come to that later) Oswald was described as a fiery and unstable kind of person who had trouble with his reading and writing, and was occasionally violent to his parents and other family members. At the age of fifteen he vocally announced that he was a communist and began filling his bookshelf with volumes by Lenin, Trotsky and other Marxist writers. Yet despite this he was permitted to join the US Marine Corps in 1956; this is extremely odd. He was a youth of McCarthy's America in which a person could be accused of "unAmerican" activities if your sister's best friend's uncle's milkman was a communist. In fact in those days one of the lines of the oath new US Marines take is: "I swear that I have never been a member of the Communist Party of the United States of America". During his service he was often in trouble, fighting with other Marines, including senior officers, and discharging his weapon without authorization. He also continued to speak openly about his pro-communist beliefs. Yet despite this he was not medically or dishonourably discharged and completed an enlistment of almost four years. He then travelled to the Soviet Union, originally as a tourist, but later on he approached the authorities and announced his intention to defect. He walked into the US Embassy, handed over his passport and became a citizen of the Socialist Motherland. He married a girl called Marina and settled down, learning fluent Russian quickly. However after a year or two of first hand experience in Russia, he changed his mind. It wasn't the workers' paradise his books had led him to believe and he went back to the US Embassy and requested permission to return home to the USA and bring Marina with him. His request was granted. It is strange that neither the Soviet nor American authorities appeared to be terribly suspicious of him. His lifestyle has all the hallmarks of a spy or double agent, for either side! Indeed he was permitted to buy guns by mail order, including the Mannlicher Carcano rifle. In May of 1963, just seven months before Kennedy's visit to Dallas, Oswald was seen handing out flyers for the "Fair Play for Cuba Committee", an organization which supported Castro's governance of Cuba and opposed American intervention. What's more, and not many JFK researchers mention this, he'd already attempted to shoot somebody else, a man called Edwin Walker. All in all, Oswald was the perfect candidate for a traitor, foreign agent, dangerous dissident and enemy of the state; yet nobody thought to keep an eye on him during President Kennedy's visit to Dallas, when the presidential motorcade passed right past the front door of Oswald's workplace. The obvious line of enquiry for the Warren Commission would be to refer to the trial of Lee Harvey Oswald and interview him in jail but they couldn't... you see, Oswald himself was murdered two days later while in police custody.
2. Killing of the suspect: The arrest of Lee Harvey Oswald and all the evidence the police had gathered against him should surely have led to the biggest trial in American history, however two days later when Oswald was being led out of the police station in Dallas to the jail where he was to be held on remand, a man ran forward out of the crowd, drew a revolver and shot him in the abdomen. Oswald died the following day in hospital, ironically it was the Parklands where Kennedy had also been treated. The assailant was Jacob Leon Rubenstein, usually known as Jack Ruby, a local nightclub manager. His motive for killing Oswald is very nebulous. At his trial he muttered words to the effect of: "I wanted the city of Dallas to redeem its good name", "I wanted to spare Mrs Kennedy the trauma of having to attend a trial", and "That man killed my President!" The strange thing is that Ruby seemed to have carried out the attack spontaneously. There were no signs of premeditation at all; he may have had a gun on him, but of course lots of Americans do that all the time. He drove to the police station entrance just to watch, like hundreds of other people had, including TV reporters. He had his dog on the back seat of his car, as if he was on his way to take him for a walk. Also just before leaving for the police station he had taken a phone call from one of the staff at his club who asked him to send her wages to her by telegram cheque; Ruby did so at his local post office. Ruby is known to have been a psychiatric patient and was taking a drug to treat anxiety. Maybe he was also involved in a very different kind of psychiatric treatment. His behaviour is what we would expect from a "Manchurian Candidate" who had been triggered. Interestingly the movie The Manchurian Candidate, which is about a mind-controlled undercover assassin, was due to be released in November 1963, but this was postponed until a few months later. The murder was broadcast on live TV, see (Warning- disturbing image): https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=0xU7Lhd7Wwo. Oswald had already spoken publicly to the press, declaring that he was innocent of all charges and that he was a "patsy", see: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=oqNWsR87WCY. But now, Oswald would talk no more, and Ruby wouldn't either for much longer; he died of a pulmonary embolism in prison in 1967. He was originally on Death Row and only got his sentence reduced to life in jail on appeal.
3. Witness testimony struck: The Warren Commission is suspiciously inconsistent in the witness testimony. Many witnesses in DealeyPlaza that day heard the popping or cracking sounds of gunshots, but a large number mention hearing them coming from the grassy knoll area, on the opposite side of the Plaza to the school book depository. These witnesses include some of the police who ran over to the fence by the car park to investigate and persons were reported running away. Some people saw gunsmoke and smelled gunpowder coming from that area, and also the railway bridge above the far end of the Plaza. Other people were certain they heard rapid-fire shots of an automatic weapon, very different from the old-fashioned manual bolt-action rifle Oswald was supposed to have used, which the best marksman could only have fired once every couple of seconds. The Commission seemed to be cherry-picking only testimony that supported their conclusion, that all the shots came from Oswald in the book depository. Some witnesses also relate that they were intimidated and bullied by FBI agents into changing their testimony so that it fitted with the "right story".

4. Firearms forensics:The Warren Commission published a forensic report based on the ballistics study and the forensics of the gunshots fired in DealeyPlaza. These included three bullets found at the scene on the ground as well as three cartridge cases lying near Oswald's abandoned rifle on the sixth floor of the school book depository. The first bullet passed wide of the car; the second struck the President in the back, and the third was the fatal decapitation shot. On first perception this might seem to make sense because this fits with some of what we see in the Zapruder Film, however there's reason to believe that the Zapruder Film was also tampered with, but I'm getting ahead of myself. The film was taken by Abraham Zapruder, who was standing on top of a bollard with his camera trained on the President's car. We see the car drive towards the camera, momentarily it is blocked by a road sign and the mysterious "Umbrella Man", and as it emerges we see the president jerk forward and raise his arms defensively; this was his reaction to the impact of the second bullet which entered just below his nape, grazed his spine and emerged from his upper chest to strike Governor Connally in the arm. The third bullet was the decapitation shot that struck the back of his head square on creating the massive exit blast on his forehead. However this verdict is questionable for several reasons, firstly the number of shots reported by many witnesses which is far more than three. Warren says all the bullets recovered all match ballistics analysis of Oswald's rifle, however the bullets were standard lead ball; this gave them limited penetration depth, but wide explosive force, as the Zapruder Film shows. When such a bullet strikes a target it becomes dented and flattened; when it strikes two targets, in this case Kennedy and then Connally, it often breaks apart completely into fragments. What should have emerged from Governor Connally's arm was some misshapen pieces of lead shrapnel. Instead we see the bullet above, whole and undamaged. This has become known as the "Pristine Bullet". Was it planted at the scene afterwards by somebody who wished to fake the evidence? Other firearms experts have questioned the official report based on the fatal decapitation shot as it appears on the Zapruder film. This is a gruesome subject to talk about, but it is essential for understanding this question. Watch this: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=FIY3nIa50ck. A human head is similar in consistency to many of the objects destroyed by gunshots in that film. Believers in the Warren Report, those who have become known as "single bullet theorists", will point to the wound on Kennedy's forehead and say that it is an exit wound. The bullet from Oswald's rifle struck him on the back of the head creating just a small entry hole and the force of it disintegrated the front of his skull as it travelled through his brain. In the film above we can certainly see exit holes being at least as big as entry holes. However what concerns many sceptics of Warren is not the nature of the injury, but the movement of Kennedy's head. It reels from the impact, but it doesn't move forward; it is thrown backwards and to the left. We don't see that in the demonstration film. In fact on theoretical grounds we shouldn't expect this because of the simple laws of physics. Not complex LHC stuff, but Newtonian Mechanics, of the kind a physics student will be taught in his very first class. Newton's Laws talk about force and inertia. In the case of John F Kennedy, his head was hit by an object which exerted tremendous force on his head, yet that force was in a particular direction, a velocity. His head was a lot bigger and heavier than the bullet so because of its inertia, the unwillingness all matter has for changing its state of motion, it will move far slower than the bullet which imparted the force on it, however it has to move in the same direction. So if Kennedy's head was thrown backwards and to the left, the bullet can only have come from the opposite direction, from the front and to the right. In this direction lies not the school book depository, but the grassy knoll; where, if you'll recall, many witnesses heard gunfire coming from. Even the second bullet has been called into question in recent years. The angle of its path is too steep for it to have come from the sixth floor of the depository. The only place tall enough for it to have come from was the DallasCountyBuilding on Houston Street, more behind the car and further away.
5. Zapruder film edited:The silent, colour motion picture shot by Abraham Zapruder on his amateur movie camera is the most important piece of evidence in the investigation. It came to the media's attention after it was used as an exhibit for the Warren Commission, but was only declassified by DA Jim Garrison, which I'll come to in a moment. It's historical significance has outweighed its graphic content and the film has entered the public domain; however calls have gone out many times claiming that the published film is different from the original, for example see: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=dvLW3IBHHvA.


6. Backyard photo of Oswald: Another significant piece of the visual record is a photo of Lee Harvey Oswald standing in his back garden posing with the snipers' rifle that he killed Kennedy with. This photo ended up on the cover of Lifemagazine (I'll be saying more about Life later). However you may notice there's something not quite right about the lighting. Analysis has shown the shadows of different elements of the photo don't match. Investigators into the faking of the moon landings have noticed similar things about that, see: http://hpanwo.blogspot.co.uk/2009/01/i-went-to-godamn-moon.html. The photo was supposedly taken by Oswald's wife Marina, but it looks like it is in fact some kind of composite, a fake photo in other words.
7. Missing documents:After the Warren Report was published sceptics of it, which were large in number already, began sifting through it to see if it stood up to scrutiny, a bit like David Ray Griffin has done in more recent years with the 9/11 Commission Report, see: http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=UmuYgP7-RfU. Their experience was remarkably similar to Griffin's; they tried to locate the same paperwork that Warren had quoted as sources and something strange happened. They were either stonewalled by the offices which kept those documents or given contradictory information. They were sometimes told that the documents were classified or that they had been lost. They were occasionally provided with papers so heavily redacted that they were useless. One investigator asked to see the pathology reports that the Warren Reportsited. Two post-mortems were performed on the President's body, one by the Dallas Coroner's Office and another by the US Navy at BethesdaHospital in Maryland. Warren used these path reports for a major part of its assessment of how Kennedy died yet the two reports contradict each other; the contemporary conspiracy researcher Chris Spivy explains in more detail here: http://www.chrisspivey.co.uk/jfk-the-case-for-conspiracy-photos-of-jfks-wounds/. There are several photoes that have "leaked out" from those reports and they're reproduced on this somewhat ghoulish website, see: http://www.celebritymorgue.com/jfk/jfk-autopsy.html. We can clearly see the recognizable features of John F Kennedy, yet one only has to watch the Zapruder Film from frame 313 to see that what that photo should have shown was a head reduced to something that no longer resembled what it had once been. So the original source documents were either missing, contradictory, classified or muddled to the point of confusion; yet this was the data that the Warren Commission supposedly used for its report.
8. Prouty's Law:Colonel Leroy Fletcher Prouty was Kennedy's Head of Special Operations for the Joint Chiefs of Staff, the governing body of the US military. After his President's murder Prouty made some public statements which were rather cryptic, but were no doubt a hint that he suspected a conspiracy to kill Kennedy. The most famous of these statements has become known as "Prouty's Law"; it states: assassinations do not happen, they are allowed to happen. The active role is played by those responsible for the security of the victim withdrawing their protection at a crucial time. which allows the assassin an opportunity to prosecute his target. In any investigation, don't look at the killer, look at those who were running security and failed their charge. Prouty's Law applies very clearly to the death of Diana when we see how the Princess and Dodi al Fayed were left alone in a car with just two bodyguards in the middle of Paris. It also fits the JFK assassination like a glove. This can be seen in the Zapruder film and also some of the still photoes taken in DealeyPlaza that day. The Presidential bodyguards in the USA are called the US Secret Service. The President's motorcade consisted of many vehicles. We see a car just behind Kennedy's with so many Secret Service agents in it some of them have to stand on running boards attached to the sides of the vehicle; we also see police motorbikes, yet all these vehicles are at least twenty or thirty feet behind the president's car. There was only one Secret Service man in the car with the President, Agent William Greer, and he was the driver. Kennedy was also in an open-topped car, today it's a museum piece. It's rare that a US President travels around in an open-topped car, in fact they usually ride in a custom-built armoured limousine; compare the two photoes below of JFK's car and the incumbent Barack Obama's. All in all, the President was exposed and vulnerable; a secret order had gone through and the usual security measures were absent, any killer would have an excellent opportunity... if there coincidentally happened to be one around.
JFK's car

Obama's car

9. Was Greer one of the shooters? In this interview with the late, great Milton William Cooper, see: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=l-NBVu8lN5I, suggests that a closer examination of the Zapruder Film shows that the driver, Agent William Greer, turns in his seat and fires a pistol at the President. Cooper also shows that Lee Harvey Oswald was in the crowd outside the book depository and not inside it. The problem with this theory is that Greer moves impossibly fast. He has less than a second to draw his weapon level it and fire; and then whip back round, conceal the gun and carry on driving. Although it is possible for somebody under MK Ultra mind control to move very quickly, can they really move that fast? Also the image is indistinct; there is what looks like a glint of sunlight reflected off Greer's head not his hand holding a pistol. However this is an idea I can't rule out; it is possible Bill Cooper is right this time, like he was about many other things.
10. Why did Oswald wait?Another problem with the Warren Report's conclusion that Lee Harvey Oswald was the lone assassin is that the shooting took place on DealeyPlaza; an irrelevant question you might think, until you learn a few facts about guns. Actually one of the factors that have helped generate healthy scepticism of Warrenin the United Statesis that so many of its citizens are firearms-trained. When a gun is fired at a target the bullet doesn't hit it instantly, it takes some time to travel there, depending on the distance to the target and how fast the bullet is moving; also whether the target is still or moving. If the target is moving laterally relative to the gun then the marksman has to "lead" it. This means the shooter must aim the weapon not at where the target is at the moment of firing, but at where the target will be when the bullet arrives. A bullet from a Mannlicher Carcano rifle travels very fast, at about a thousand feet per second as it leaves the muzzle, but Kennedy was in a moving car. He was eighty-eight yards away from the sixth floor of the book depository which means the bullet would take only about two tenths of a second to cover the distance in between, but in that time the target, Kennedy's head, would have moved over a foot. This means Oswald would have had to lead Kennedy's head by one foot. Any miscalculation of the lead and he'd have missed, any sudden changes of velocity of the car and he'd have missed; remember he only has a bolt action rifle and cannot blaze away like an automatic weapon could. However if you visit the Sniper's Nest at the AssassinationMuseum in Dallas you'll see that the sixth floor corner window opens out squarely onto Houston Street. It was up Houston Street that the motorcade came before turning left onto DealeyPlaza. At this time the target would have been driving directly towards the book depository and therefore it would have exhibited no lateral relative motion at all. All Oswald had to do was line up the sights, raise the crosshair slightly to take into account of the correct ballistic parabola for the distance, give or take an inch or two for any wind, and fire directly into the President's face. It would have been a comparatively easy shot. Why didn't he? Perhaps because there was more than one shooter and they were not in the book depository at all, they were arranged in a crossfire formation around DealeyPlaza.

I could go on and on for pages listing all the hundreds of pieces of suspicious anomalies connected to the Kennedy Assassination, but as I said I could fill a book. In fact several people have done just that, like Jim Marrs whose book about the Kennedy Assassination is called Crossfire; it inspired Oliver Stone to make the 1991 movie JFK, see: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=fW15dp3R-6U. The film tells the true story of Jim Garrison, the District Attorney in New Orleanswho carried out the only ever independent investigation into the Kennedy Assassination which came to court. He charged and tried a local businessman called Clay Shaw with conspiracy to commit murder. He believed Shaw had been employed by the Central Intelligence Agency to kill the President. It was thanks to Garrison that the Zapruder Film became available to the general public. Garrison had it declassified under a subpoena; if he hadn't the film may well have remained secret to this day and we'd all be writing very different books and articles. Shaw was acquitted, but the repercussions of his trial can be felt down the decades.

So I think we can safely say now that the official story of the Kennedy Assassination, the one published by the Warren Commission, is wrong; in fact it's not just accidentally wrong, it's a whitewash, a cover-up, a lie! The next question therefore is why? Why was there a conspiracy inside the United Statesto kill their very own Head of State? Who wanted President John F Kennedy dead? This is best answered with an easier question: Who didn't want President John F Kennedy dead? There are so many people with a cast iron motive to kill JFK that, again, it's beyond the scope of this article to explore them all thoroughly. He had thousands of sworn enemies all around the world and right beside him.
1. The CIA:The Central Intelligence Agency had fallen out with Kennedy for several reasons, including ones I'll be discussing below. But the President was so angry that if he had been reelected the following year he may well have disbanded the entire organization; in his own words: "break it into a million pieces and scatter it to the winds!" Three men were found in DealeyPlaza by the police who were dressed as tramps; they were later positively identified as CIA agents.
2. The Military Industrial Complex: Just before Kennedy took his Presidential oath his predecessor Dwight D Eisenhower made a closing address in which he warned the American people about the dangers of the "Military Industrial Complex", see: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=CWiIYW_fBfY. Few people paid him any attention at the time, but his successor did. A lot of very powerful arms manufacturers had forecasted huge profits as the Bay of Pigsinvasion was planned and also as the storm clouds of war gathered over Vietnam. Kennedy threatened both those revenue streams; many men wanted the President out of the way for reasons of pure greed.
3. Fidel Castro:The leader of the Socialist Republic of Cuba had an obvious reason to despise Kennedy. JFK's administration was the one which has posed the biggest threat to the security and sovereignty of his island nation. Castro must have been terrified Kennedy would change his mind over Cuba and follow through with a new invasion and regime change. A new President might have taken a softer approach.
4. The anti-Castro Cubans:The large expatriate Cuban community in the United Statesfelt deeply betrayed by John F Kennedy. When Brigade 2506 had landed in the Bay of Pigsthe community believed that their day of vindication had arrived, the Castro regime would be ousted and they'd be able to return to their homeland. When Kennedy failed to act after the defeat of the Brigade their hopes were dashed and Castro remains the leader of Cuba to the present day.
5. The Mob:There is some validity to the claim that organized crime syndicates were involved in the assassination of John F Kennedy. Documents that came to light after the publication of the Warren Report prove that the CIA was in league with several Mafia families over Cuba. The Mafia had always had a major stake in Havana's famous casinoes, but when Castro took power he cleaned them up, so the Mafia and the US Government united against a common enemy. The Mafia also had a grudge against Kennedy for another two reasons, the President's brother, Robert Kennedy was Attorney General and had "declared war on the Mob", determined to shut down, arrest and imprison them wherever they lurked; many politicians, judges and police chiefs in Italy have died for uttering those words. The boys' father Joseph Kennedy also owed a lot of money to a Mafia godfather called Sam Giancana whom he worked with to illegally import liquor during the Prohibition era. He had repeatedly refused to pay up and together with Robert's anti-Mafia stance, it is perfectly possible that the Mob took out the President as punishment, with or without CIA collaboration.
6. The Federal Reserve:Kennedy made many enemies of bankers during his administration for his attempts to break the stranglehold they had on the country. As I said above, he wanted to create a nationalized currency. Ninety-eight years before another US President had tried to do the same thing and had shared with JFK the dubious honour of being murdered while in office, see: http://hpanwo.blogspot.co.uk/2008/02/lincoln-assassination.html. Coincidence?
7. The Russians:The Soviet Union had plenty of reason to want Kennedy out of the way, not least in revenge for his propaganda victory of the Cuban Missile Crisis. The KGB had an international squad of trained killers who were perfectly capable of quietly taking out dissidents or defectors with plausible deniability, as they had in 1940 with Leon Trotsky. A former Romanian communist agent, Ion Mihai Pacepa, once told a journalist that the KGB did have a death list of ten Western leaders whom they planned to remove in one way or another and JFK's name was on it.
8. The Ulster Loyalists: As I said above, one of John F Kennedy's most successful ventures was his state visit to Ireland where he was adored by the Irish people and he loved them back, considering himself to be one of them in national identity, as most Irish Americans do. The main Protestant political agitator at that time in Northern Ireland was the Revd. Ian Paisley (he's still pretty noisy today). Paisley was convinced that a conspiracy of Irish Catholics was plotting the genocide of his people and was terrified at the prospect of one of them occupying the Oval Office. He began circulating hysterical rumours that Kennedy planned to send a carrier battle group to bombard Belfast and kill the Ulster Protestants. The Anglo-Irish conflict has always been one played out in parallel in the United States. It is from America that the IRA organized a lot of their operations and the Ulster Loyalist Protestants had a community in the United States too, the Scotch-Irish, as they are called there. Notable Scotch-Irish Americans include Senator John McCain, Gen. George Patton and Elvis Presley.
9. Supporters of Marilyn Monroe: Shortly before her death the actress and sex symbol Marilyn Monroe had had an affair with President Kennedy, and later with his brother Robert. It's possible that these liaisons resulted in a murder conspiracy. Perhaps centred around her ex-husband Joe di Maggio, former baseball star and Mafia boss, brining in the Mob once more.
10. The Ku Klux Klan: Kennedy support for the black civil rights movement made him a bete noire for all the white supremacists in the United States. He was the first President to forcibly override the Segregation laws of many southern states. The Klan has shown itself capable of murder many times before, why not with Kennedy?
11. Lyndon B Johnson: LBJ had been vice-President to John F Kennedy. He was a much older man from a far more humble background. He may well have resented being ordered around by a posh young upstart like JFK and thought it only just that he becomes President instead.
12. The UFO conspiracy:This more bizarre theory is actually one of the most likely in my view. It is explored in detail in Richard Dolan's book UFO's and the National Security State as well as his many interviews and lectures, see: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=5CGG5gjsUNY. Dolan reports that soon after his inauguration Kennedy asked for information about UFO's and the "Breakaway Civilization" agreed to initiate the President into the secret. A summit was set up at Tyndall Air Force Base in Florida and he was shown fragments of UFO wreckage and alien bodies from the Roswell Incident. At this meeting he was told about the Truth Embargo and the need for total secrecy. Apparently he disliked the cover-up intensely and took steps to initiate unilateral UFO Disclosure with a capital D. This eventually got him listed for disposal. What's more he may well have told Marilyn Monroe about the UFO secret during their affair because shortly before her death she announced she was going to host a press conference that would reveal something which would "shock the world!" Was it the truth about UFO's? Possibly. Marilyn had two contacts who professed an interest and knowledge about UFO's. One was a fellow actress, Dorothy Kilgallen and another was a man she had an affair with, Robert Slatzer; rumour has it they were briefly married. She is believed to have been part of a ring that also included the President at that time, who had learned about a Roswell-type UFO crash at Caldbeck in Cumbria, UK in 1954. On the 7th of April 1952Life Magazine ran a story about Marilyn in which she spoke about "interplanetary saucers", so perhaps her involvement with UFO's began before that with the President. Was she a mind-controlled sex slave like Cathy O'Brien, who had learned of the IUFO secret from her captors? In fact, did Kennedy really tell her or did she tell him? This could be why he demanded to know more, as Dolan reports. Another strange fact connecting the Kennedy Assassination with UFO's is that in DealeyPlaza that day was a highly enigmatic individual whose name turns up again and again regarding the UFO subject, Fred Crisman. He was the employer of Harold Dahl who saw the Maury Island UFO and counselled him after the incident. He is also reputed to be one of the "three tramps" at DealeyPlaza and was called as a witness at the aforementioned trial of Clay Shaw.

The moment President John F Kennedy died at 12.30 PMon the 22nd of November 1963 many people all over the world, especially those with Irish roots, heard a high-pitched piercing scream. This is said to be the keening of a banshee, a figure in Irish mythology who screams whenever something disastrous happens. It is particularly linked with the deaths of those descended from the Tuatha De Danaan, the legendary founding race of Ireland from which the lineage of kings came down from. As I said above, John F Kennedy's bloodline can be traced by to Brian Bornu MacKennedy, a High King of Ireland in the 10th Century. Did the banshee wail for the passing of a child of the Tuatha De Danaan? There are actually many other blatant occult elements to the death of President Kennedy. If the Illuminati were behind the killing then they would not have been satisfied with a mere random loss of life for somebody as important as JFK, especially if he was from a rival elite bloodline, it would have had to be a ritual sacrifice, and I think it was. Beheading has always been a very potent death and has been a favourite for the slaughter of a monarch since time immemorial. When King Charles I was executed in 1649 after the English Civil War there were any number of ways he could have been killed. Hanging was the most popular form of death, however his prosecutors chose to behead him. A century later the last aristocrats of France lost their heads to Madame Guillotine. These executions were always public, raucous and bloody. In the modern West many political leaders have been assassinated and it's very often a hidden bomb, or poison in their food, but President John F Kennedy was graced with a truly archaic and traditional royal death. Axes and guillotines are no longer used, instead bullets suffice. DealeyPlaza is a peculiar place; it's the site of Dallas' oldest Masonic temple and the ground opposite the school book depository has ornaments relating to the Freemasons, like an obelisk. Its street plan resembles an Illuminati pyramid with the capstone detached. On Kennedy's grave in ArlingtonNationalCemetery you'll see a gas flame burning, the Eternal Flame. The lighted torch or flame is a common Illuminati symbol. It's their way of saying: "We did it, we're telling you and you're too stupid to see it, ha ha!" The day Kennedy died he was not alone. Two other famous men also passed away, two British writers who created great works of science fiction and fantasy. Their literature was laced with hidden messages and esoteric and gnostic symbolism. Both men were deep spiritual thinkers; they were Aldous Huxley and CS Lewis, see: http://hpanwo-voice.blogspot.co.uk/2008/07/everyone-knows-what-happened-on.html. The BBC is currently holding a big celebration at the moment which is because today is also the fiftieth anniversary of something else. The death of Kennedy happened at 6.30 PM Greenwich Mean Time so British people were settling down in front of the TV to eat their dinner when the news came on. They may have been so shocked that they didn't concentrate on the pilot episode of a new and unusual science fiction series. William Hartnell starred in it as an eccentric extraterrestrial who travelled round in a higher dimensional transport shaped like a blue police box; he had no name and was known simply as "the Doctor", see: http://www.doctorwho.tv/.   

The assassination of President John F Kennedy was the first and biggest of three. Just five years later JFK's friend and leading black rights activist, Martin Luther King, was shot dead too. The attack took place on April the 5th 1968at a motel. From the first moment many people doubted the official story and suspected a conspiracy, possibly with Government involvement. The alleged killer, James Earl Ray, won a retrial shortly before his death in 1998. King's family were so sure Ray was not the killer that they paid their respects at his funeral. Amazingly this spate of high-level assassinations was not over yet. On the 5th of June that same year at the Democratic Party National Convention in Los Angeles, California, the most popular Presidential candidate was murdered. He was none other than Robert Kennedy, John F's brother. Bobby was running for President just like his brother had and if he had not been killed, he would probably have been elected. During his busy campaign speeches at various meetings at the Convention venue, the Ambassador Hotel, he was advised to take an unplanned... supposedly... short cut through the hotel's kitchen. At some point he was shot dead. The official story states that a young Palestinian called Sirhan Sirhan shot him, but Sirhan denies this. His legal team claim that the story was fabricated and the evidence planted. Sirhan claims to have no memory of carrying out the attack. Today he is still serving a life sentence at the California State Prison. Again, for the third time, an assassination was dismissed as the personal work of "just another lone nutter".

When things returned to normal with Johnson as President, the politics of the United States changed dramatically, especially in terms of foreign affairs and military intervention abroad. It's interesting to speculate what would have happened if Kennedy had lived, as does this New Statesman article, see: http://www.newstatesman.com/2013/08/what-if-kennedy-had-lived. Firstly he would almost certainly have won the 1964 Presidential Election and his second term would have lasted right through until early 1969. Generally, the hawkish foreign policy course the United States took for the remainder of the 1960's would not have happened or been eased considerably. We would have seen the Vietnam War left to its own devices without any American involvement which would have made it far shorter and infinitely less destructive. We wouldn't have vast areas of the rainforest poisoned by Agent Orange, millions dead and, back home, a lost generation of veterans and wounded casualties. Kennedy would probably have arranged further strategic arms limitation talks with the Soviets, something which didn't take place in the real world until the 1980's. This would have made Planet Earth a far safer place and, without all that internecine fear, could even have acted as a catalyst to initiate the post-communist changes that eventually swept Russia, but two full decades before Mikhail Gorbachev's presidency. We might have seen the Cold War over by 1970. Exploring these entertaining "what if" historical scenarioes even further, if Lyndon B Johnson had become President in 1961 then Cuba would probably be a radioactive cesspit today, if not the entire world; Kennedy's vice-President and successor reversed almost all of JFK's attempts to find peace and restrict war. Am I saying that John F Kennedy saved the world? Maybe. A drama has been produced about the Cuban Missile Crisis, Thirteen Days; and it's available free online, so the HPANWO-reader can make his or her own mind up, see: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=tho5ZYLiuoc. But what if the differences Kennedy would have made went even further than that, into more outlandish areas unknown in current politics? What if he went ahead with UFO Disclosure? What if he admitted that a real manned moon landing was impossible?... From that point I can no longer speculate. You might think that I'm about to say that I'm a JFK fan. Not at all, I'm not for a moment claiming that John F Kennedy is an agent to free the world of the New World Order; he is not David Icke! In fact there's no way he'd have been allowed within a hundred miles of the White House if he had been. I'm not entirely sure what his true feelings and motivations were. However, there's no doubt he exhibited many qualities and attributes that are conspicuously absent from most, if not all, of his predecessors and successors. He seemed to have had at least a modicum of compassion, character and sense of duty. He definitely had a lot of courage; very few political leaders indeed have the balls to resist the influence of their "advisers". Kennedy must have realized that his life was in danger the moment he became aware of how the real political game is played; what happened to him that day in Dallas was something he probably expected. Does this mean Kennedy's appointment as President was a mistake made by "The Men in Grey Suits"? Probably, and almost certainly in retrospect. John F Kennedy is somebody I think I could have had a very interesting conversation with. He was a maverick, a revolutionary and probably America's last ever popular leader. His legacy is enormous and is still felt in the United Statesand around the globe today. However, it could have been so much greater had his term in office not been so brutally truncated. Was he a good guy? Was he a bad guy? I expect he was neither, in fact he did some bad things as well as good. At the end of the day he was human; and perhaps it is that which makes us warm to him so much more than any other US President, before or since. Whatever process used to beat the humanity out of other Presidents didn't work on him. He seems to have been somebody you either loved or you hated. Black Americans loved him with good reason; he was the first President to ever take their plight seriously. As I've said before, I'm opposed to political correctness, affirmative action, forced integration and similar ideas; they area product of cultural Marxism and are dangerous. However there's no doubt at all that black people in the USA, especially in many southern states, were subjected to immense cruelty and injustice, and that needed to be stopped. I'm not surprised black America cried when he was shot. I don't think Kennedy was ideologically opposed to the New World Order; he was just an employee who didn't do as he was told. In this way he's similar to Vladimir Putin today. Some people in the Truth movement are calling Putin a "white knight" and a saviour of humanity against the Illuminati. He is not. I know he refused an IMF loan for Russia and has taken a progressive line at other times, but I think he is just a wayward individualist and a Russian nationalist, not an anti-New World Order activist. John F Kennedy simply wanted to take the world a different way than the one decided upon by his lords and masters, so did his brother Bobby. This is why they took Bobby out too. To continue this "what if? historical game, it's very likely that Robert Kennedy would have become President after John, resulting in a White House dynasty greater even than the Bushes. This means we wouldn't have had Richard Nixon as President, and no Henry Kissinger holding his reins. The genocidal onslaught of bombing across Southeast Asiawould not have happened and there would have been no burglary at the Watergate Hotel. The world in the intervening years, and up to the present day, would have been different beyond belief had it not been for three bullets... or however many were really used. So there is reason to be sad about the Kennedy Assassination. Sad partly because of JFK himself, the closest any US President has ever come to being somebody I could actually like. The JFK researcher Anthony Summers puts it very well when he explains what it felt like to alive in the Kennedy era. It was at the start of the optimistic and hopeful 60's counterculture generation, flower power, LSD, The Beatles etc. John F Kennedy was a young, handsome, approachable and down-to-earth man who seemed to symbolize that mood of change, that hope; and when he was killed, it felt like all that hope died with him, see: http://www.anthonysummers.com/. A political journalist during the bedlam of the late 60's described the day Kennedy was murdered as "the day everything started to go wrong." Skeptics claim that conspiracy theorists like me think that nothing happens in politics by accident; this is not true. Some things that happen in politics are indeed accidents, but not all. The changes that came over the world after the 22nd of November 1963 were definitely not an accident. That is sad, sadder than any man's death. However the biggest tragic aspect to the Kennedy Assassination is that it's still unsolved. I wonder if any of those early researchers into JFK's death thought that by the year 2013 we still would not know the answer. That the Powers-That-Be were truly capable of keeping a secret like this for half an entire century? If they had known, would they have despaired? I hope not. Those of us lucky enough not to have had to wait that long now need to take action. The Kennedy Assassination wasn't just the killing of one man, it was the metaphorical killing of us all. The killing of our sovereignty, our dignity and all regard for our humanity. It was a brutal, brazen and contemptuous act of oppression that is seldom matched in history. It unequivocally reveals what the rulers of this world truly think of us. It's been fifty years that we, the people, have allowed them to gloat over their conquest of our world, our bodies, our hearts and our minds. It's been fifty years too long.



Alien Autopsies

$
0
0

The following was posted in the YouTube description box of a video uploaded on the 14th of January 2014 by "JennyArea51Insider":
My name? My name is... it doesn't matter; just call me "Jenny". I was a scientist working for... actually I'm not a hundred percent sure WHO I was working for. The truth is, I was originally a scientist at an average pharmaceutical company laboratory. One day somebody in a dark suit who didn't introduce himself came to see me and said I'd been "selected". He offered me a job with five times my current salary, no questions asked; well, I jumped at it on the spot. I had to sign any number of secrecy papers, but I didn't stop to read the small print. My mortgage was a year in arrears, I was about to lose my house, my husband was threatening to run off with the kids; what would YOU have done!? I travelled to work every day from Las Vegas McCarren International Airport on a Janet plane to the airbase you know as "Area 51"; I won't tell you its real name. From there I got on a bus without windows and a dark curtain over the driver's cab and we drove a few miles to... somewhere nearby, don't know in which direction exactly. It was underground, don't know how deep; it took three minutes down in a lift, that's all I can tell you. No stairs, no fire escape. Armed security guards in masks everywhere! Guns pointing at you every second! I can't give you too many details about my job; it might reveal my identity and that of others. But basically I had to do tests on these... things... creatures; I don't know what they were or where they came from, but the word is our employers have their spacecraft in hangers at ground level. The creatures were kept on the deepest level of the basement. Little short, spindly humanoids. They were grey-coloured and had wrinkly skin, almost reptilian. Their eyes!... Oh my God! They were like huge black holes! And if you looked at them it gave you the strangest feeling, like they were reading your thoughts. I had to analyze what they called "blood" and "skin", but it was nothing like that from any animal I was familiar with. I don't know if they were there of their own free will or they were prisoners. Some of them died and once or twice we did an autopsy. I had to film them with a camera. At the end of the examination we always stored any film, photographs and documents in a special vault with an electronic registry system for checking items in and out. One day after one of these autopsies I had to stow the film and the registry computer crashed just after I'd scanned the film in. It failed just in time before the door on the vault shut, so it was left hanging open. I suddenly realized that as far as the records were concerned the film was filed correctly, but in fact it was still in my hand... if I didn't actually file it, nobody would know. I never planned this, honestly! The thought never even crossed my mind before! The idea just popped into my head and I acted instinctively. I knew I had to hide it because our pockets and bags are searched and scanned. The film was on a very small mini-disk so I ripped a hole in my stocking and shoved it into my shoe. I pushed it down so it was under the arch of my foot and walked off. I could feel it there, digging into the sole of my foot. I hoped that the leather of my shoe would shield it from the body scanner we have to go through when entering or leaving the complex. God, I was scared, because if it didn't I'd be caught red-handed! People on the staff just "disappear" every so often and rumour has it they're not just sacked. But it was too late to turn back! Whew! The scanner didn't buzz. I tried hard to look and act normal as we went up in the lift to the big enclosed car park where the bus picks us up. When I got off the Janet at McCarren I almost fainted with relief. Anyway I didn't go straight home but used a library many miles away in another town; don't want my home computer to be traced. I've never had a YouTube account before but it was easy to set one up anonymously. I had to convert the files because they're in some very weird format, but I managed to do it and so what you're seeing here is what I filmed. I think the world has a right to know what's going on in secret deep below Area 51!... See here for the video:http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=_kO73W6Gr_Q.
The above makes disturbing reading. It's similar to what has been posted many times all over the Internet almost since the World Wide Web began. You may be wondering who "Jenny" or "JennyArea51Insider" is and whether her story is real or not; let me tell you right now that is it not real. "Jenny" doesn't exist; I invented her myself and completely made up the story you've just read. The video link is one I corrupted which is why it's blank; don't worry it wasn't taken down by the CIA before you got the chance to watch it! But if I can do that so can many other people, and indeed they have. Normally accompanying these angst-ridden blurbs are the videos themselves; I've found several hundred on YouTube of varying degrees of quality and persuasiveness. However the "alien autopsy", today a generic name for them all, are mostly inspired by one single pioneer which hit the world in 1995, the "Alien Autopsy Film" is generally agreed to be one of the greatest hoaxes since Piltdown Man. 
The film is currently owned by a London businessman called Ray Santilli and, together with his assistant Gary Shoefield, he premiered it at a private showing at the Museum of London. A few selected individuals were invited, including UFOlogists like Nick Pope and Philip Mantle; here's the film that was shown in its entirety: http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=sVcaT2QnoDs. This silent twenty-minute film shows the medical post-mortem of a non-human creature and a display of strange mechanical fragments. It was supposedly filmed by the US military in 1947 by an anonymous cameraman who had approached Santilli when he was on a trip to purchase antique film in the United States. It caused a sensation and Santilli and Shoefield quickly became household names across the world. This was one of many documentaries made about it: http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=qyh36fQf7p8. Nine years later Santilli confessed, although never a man to miss a trick, he did so in spectacular style. He signed a movie deal with Warner Bros. to produce a comedy fictionalization of the story behind the film and two days before the movie's release, Sky TV broadcast a documentary in which Santilli himself confesses, see: http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=h-LgUFx8xv8. The fictional movie was called Alien Autopsy and starred none other than the British comedy duo "Ant and Dec" as Santilli and Shoefield, see: http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=tbUL50v6xpU. I know Philip Mantle disagrees with me on this, but I think the Alien Autopsy Hoax dealt a massive blow to the credibility of UFO research. Contrary to what many Skeptics claim, few people with an understanding of the UFO subject were duped; the general public however was significantly split over its veracity and sadly this reflects on their perception of UFOlogy since the scam was rumbled. Unbelievably, Santilli still maintains a ludicrous pretence that all he did was "remake" a facsimile of a realfilm which he'd seen himself but had since been damaged by age and exposure, although he called it a "restoration" and compares his work to the restoration of Leonardo's The Last Suppermural! He claims that his published film has a few frames of the original spliced in, although he can't remember which frames and no analysis of the footage has revealed any such editing. Santilli refuses to release this original film for analysis saying that it's at a secret location in Germany and all he has given anybody to study are a few inches off the reel encased in perspex. It's surely obvious that there never was an original film at all and that Santilli made up the entire story. He even once did an interview with the mythical cameraman and later it was revealed that his subject was an elderly Hollywood bygone actor who had fallen into poverty. I think I'd respect Santilli more if he'd make his confession thus complete. For further information I thoroughly recommend Philip Mantle's book on this subject: http://www.healingsofatlantis.com/index.php?main_page=product_info&products_id=2074&zenid=492e1739c629ee1e35013fd86cd101cb
Santilli's hoax was badly timed too, the World Wide Web had just been launched and these included photo and video sharing sites. At the same time special effects technology that had only previously been available to major film production companies was suddenly for sale in any computer shop for a very reasonable price. It meant that anybody who wanted to could fake an alien post-mortem of their own, and since then an absolute myriad have emerged. Some are just openly fake artistic works, like this one: http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=cdxi1bLwFac. Others are made with a deliberate attempt to deceive, like "Skinny Bob", see: http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=EVXzNKfPO5A. This was exposed by a friend of mine, Mike Hallowell of UFO Matrix magazine, see: http://www.mikehallowell.com/. I'm also pretty sceptical about Stan Romanek's famous scoop: http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=1Snck4fMP_A. Here's another that I can't take seriously: http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=V9-BsAUps5E. This inundation of ludicrous data has caused major problems for serious research; there is now a catastrophic signal-to-noise ratio problem in UFOlogy. It's sad because some of these videos could be real, but how can we possibly sort the wheat from the chaff? I can walk down a high street in Nairobi and purchase a software suite, for an affordable price, that will give me the ability to create realistic imagery that it is virtually impossible to prove as fake. Photographic evidence simply does not carry the same weight that it used to. It's a shame because if my fictional character "Jenny" has counterparts in real life then what would they do? Send their film to the press? No; she'd suspect the package would be intercepted; she would want to be able to publish the evidence herself, instantly, to the maximum possible audience. The chances are that a real person in that situation would indeed upload the material to YouTube and other similar sites. The comments?: "Another fake", "Fake as Jordan's tits!", "Total BS", "Pwned!""Get a life, m8", "not another one!". Therefore the people who make these fake videos are doing genuine investigation a great disservice; Poor "Jenny" would become the ultimate little boy who cried wolf, through no fault of her own. I have a little rant at the impostors here: http://hpanwo-tv.blogspot.co.uk/2011/06/fake-alien-videos.html. Actually if I were walking down a country lane and an alien jumped out of a hedge in front of me, I wouldn't even bother trying to film it at all. Why waste time I could spend looking at the creature and trying to communicate with it by fumbling my mobile phone camera with shaking hands to take a shot nobody will believe? What counts for aliens counts equally for ghosts, Bigfoot and other unknown phenomena.

So what can we do? Well, from what I've seen so far I'm almost ready to take the drastic step of suggesting we ignore everything that came out before the year 2000, because, as I've explained, it's like a needle in a haystack. I'd make a few exceptions for the reasons I will go into, but we should generally concentrate on images that were made before it was so easy to produce good fakes. In saying this I apologize profusely to any uploaders of genuine material within this morass of hogwash, but please try to understand that researchers have limited time and resources, and the problems I've explained mean they have to deploy those resources effectively in the real world. There are plenty of images and videos that did come out in the last years of the 20th Century that deserve our attention. This is one example: http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=6SEv78UOZc8. Obviously this is far from conclusive; if it is a hoax then the perpetrators have learnt the lessons of Santilli because they shoot the puppet in the dark, so hiding most of its details. There are lots of rumours going round about who "Victor" is, even that he might be the Disclosure Project witness Bob Dean! However the alien in the video looks far more realistic than the Santilli one; the creature can open and close its mouth. Also it closely resembles the report of a creature found at a UFO crash-retrieval incident in southern Africain 1997, the same time the video was released, see: http://www.anomalies.net/archive/cni-news/CNI.0740.html. Another more convincing incident, despite many calls to the contrary, is the experience of Dr Jonathan Reed. In November of 1998 Art Bell's famous show on Coast to CoastAM had a guest on who told an amazing story; here's the original recording: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=6lOAFSzkJ3Y. On October the 15th 1996 a child psychologist Dr Jonathan Reed went for a ramble in the countryside. He was walking along a path through the woods of the Cascade Mountainsin Washington State, USA; he had with him his dog, Suzie, and a rucksack with a video camcorder in the hope of filming some of the fine scenery and wildlife. Suddenly Suzie bolted off down the path barking like crazy, as dogs do sometimes. Dr Reed followed her off the path into the forest. He heard her growling and barking fiercely out of sight. He grabbed a fallen tree branch to use as a weapon in case she'd encountered a bear or cougar or something; but when he caught up with her he saw her wrestling with a small black humanoid creature. The creature killed the dog with some kind of weapon. Dr Reed struck the creature over the head with the branch and it fell to the ground dead. Reed then collapsed himself; he vomited and voided his bowels violently. He believes the creature used some kind of weapon on him too, but this is just as likely to be normal shock. It took him several hours to recover, but when he did he found it in him to take out his camcorder and film the scene: Warning- disturbing video: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=HE8i7VjNyio. He then wrapped the alien in his jacket and took it home with him. When he'd recovered fully he made another video where he examined the creature on the floor of his garage, another alien autopsy, see: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Q-M2h4QkGnw. The rest of the story can be found at the various transient pages detailing the case. There was a very complex and determined riposte launched soon after that which I myself believed for several years, it included websites like this one: http://www.ufowatchdog.com/jonathan_reed.htm; however Dr Reed has struck back with a very comprehensive counterpunch addressing the claims of the debunkers, see: http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=ezsxm7SzZYk. Today Dr Jonathan Reed is a personal Facebook contact of mine and having examined his story carefully I think he's telling the truth. Leaving aside the actual evidence in his favour I'd ask those who doubt him a very pertinent question: The "I fooled the world!" meme is a clear and guaranteed path to fame and fortune; it is so as much today as it was when Ray Santilli milked it dry. Why, oh, why has Dr Jonathan Reed not confessed? Don't you think it's strange that he's sitting on this goldmine and declines to exploit it?
The reports that come in with the various questionable film footage clips could also be a way of taking seriously cases we should otherwise dismiss. If there is additional evidence that supports the reality of the video then it's fair enough to give them a second opinion; this is a good example: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=4AFqfOhOrm8. This was filmed in Mexicoin 2005 on a mobile phone. The famous Mexican UFOlogist Jaime Maussan has done a follow-up study and he believes additional eyewitness and radiological evidence indicates that the case is probably genuine, see: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=wN0FrabzVks. In my own view, the most productive strategy is to look to the east. Russia! That's the most promising country for gathering UFO evidence at the moment. Russiais a huge nation geographically, the biggest in the world by far, even if you don't include the areas made independent in recent decades. Its huge area has been the setting of many very interesting UFO encounters. Not only that but the political upheavals of the late 1980's and early 90's have led to a veritable haemorrhage of highly classified information. After the appointment of President Gorbachev in 1985, the communist regime that had controlled the country since the Bolshevik Revolution of 1917 was slowly dismantled and the Soviet Union officially disestablished in 1991. During that period Russiaunderwent a transition into what it is today, which was sometimes very disruptive and anarchic. This led to a lot of very secret old Soviet documents and other material falling into the wrong hands. This article covers the subject: http://hpanwo.blogspot.co.uk/2007/12/russian-roswell.html; in the linked video at the top of the article we see what looks like the crash retrieval of a saucer-shaped object by the Soviet military and nothing less than another alien post-mortem! However in this case all the confirmations that the Santilli film lacked are now present: the film itself is available for examination and has been declared genuine by experts; the clothing, uniforms, behaviour, procedure and hardware are also what we'd expect in a real film; even the location of the alleged autopsy has been identified to a certain degree of accuracy. The little snippets, like the flash frames, put the cherry on the cake of what is more likely to be a real alien autopsy than any other yet released. Philip Mantle has once again written a book, co-authored by Paul Stonehill, all about this UFOlogically vital region of the world, see: http://www.healingsofatlantis.com/index.php?main_page=product_info&products_id=1920. Of course the way forward does lie outside Russia too, in fact the whole planet Earth can take part in this great quest, to reveal the true nature of our place in the universe and our relationship with other intelligent life forms both within it, and maybe beyond it. But in order to get to the bottom of this great true nature we need to be sensible; we need to spread the truth, not bury it under more deceit and frivolity. What I mean is, we need to publish only information we know to be true. This might mean we won't ever get rich; we won't ever become media stars. Well tough! If you value the Disclosure of UFO's less than lining your own pockets and having your ego glorified then you don't deserve it anyway. So I'm making a direct appeal to everybody who has the ability to make fake alien videos: could you please stop!
(This article is a reposting of a past one that I accidentally deleted. Apologies)





Gone to Seed

$
0
0
For somebody who despises the media and television so much, you might wonder why I appear so obsessed with it. I've written long polemic reviews of all the various productions I hate, for example see: http://hpanwo-voice.blogspot.co.uk/2013/10/on-benefits-and-proud.htmland: http://hpanwo-tv.blogspot.co.uk/2013/06/confessions-of-alien-abductee-aftermath.htmland: http://hpanwo-voice.blogspot.co.uk/2012/10/bbc-77-conspiracy-road-trip.html. It's true that television is a vile medium whose primary purpose is to confuse, mislead, distort and dumb down. It's one of the most terrible weapons ever unleashed on the human mind. However, as I've said before, the manipulators who use TV do not control everything that appears on our screens; they influence it, but they do not have a clean sweep. The same goes for the rest of the media, see: http://hpanwo.blogspot.co.uk/2012/03/some-of-them-are-on-our-side.html. And occasionally, an artistic work appears that is unmistakably progressive. And every once in a while you get a real gem, a work of genius. Gone to Seed is an odd title. "To go to seed" is one of the many idioms in English; it means to decline in appearance, status or utility due to lack of care. It's also a term gardeners use for giving a garden a fallow period where no work is done and the growth just rises naturally. The serial itself was first broadcast in 1992 on ITV and was made by Central Films. It was directed by Nick Laughland and Sandy Johnson. The writer was Tony Grounds. Gone to Seedis a comedy drama series broadcast in six fifty-minute episodes. It must have been made with a sizeable budget; the props are well-designed and the cast is very much A-list. It includes the great comedian Peter Cook in his penultimate part before his death in 1995. It also stars veteran screen actress Hilda Fenemore in a wonderful supporting role as Miss Pringle. There's also a bit of movie history made in Gone to Seed because it's the first ever credited role for Fred Wood, who is probably the ultimate unsung hero of cinema and television. He was born in 1922 in east London, where the story is set, and started acting in 1946. His IMDB filmography is huge, see: http://www.imdb.com/name/nm0939705/?ref_=tt_cl_t15. It includes roles in Star Wars, the James Bond movies and Superman III, but these are always in uncredited cameo roles; I've also seen him in several TV adverts. Gone to Seed is the last entry on his page and, for the first and only time ever in his fifty-one year acting career, he has his name next to a character's. He plays "Toothy", a supporting character who doesn't influence the plot, but is nevertheless a brilliant piece comic relief. He's a rather dotty old man who is The Nashville Noise's biggest groupie. He watches all their performances, often dancing along, and says at the end: "Bloody good that, bloody good!" I don't know where he is now, or if he's even still alive; he'd be ninety-one if so. Gone to Seed was on so long ago that I can't remember if I managed to watch it all on TV, but I scoured the shelves avidly, waiting for its VHS release. I liked it a lot while watching it on TV, but it was only when I saw the serial in full that I fell in love with it.

At the time of writing, the entire series of Gone to Seed is available as a freebie on YouTube, see:


But I ask HPANWO-readers, if you can afford it, please help out the film-makers because it's now finally available on DVD: http://www.amazon.com/Gone-Seed-Jim-Broadbent/dp/B001D7WFAW.

Gone to Seed is many things in many different ways. It's a comedy-drama that centres around three adult triplets, Montgomery, Winston and Hilda Plant who are the only children of Mag Plant, a woman who runs a garden centre in the East End of London, as well as being a single mother to her children. The serial begins at Mag's sixtieth birthday where the triplets are all singing her a birthday song. The three plant children are all forty-two years old and are very different in appearance and personality. Hilda, played by Alison Steadman, is closest to her mother, a shy and isolated young woman whose life consists almost entirely of helping Mag run the garden centre. She is almost always found working there, pushing a wheelbarrow or digging up a tulip patch; with her stringy hair, large glasses and dungarees she looks completely institutionalized. She has little in terms of a social life and few friends, but is still a devoted fan of Millwall FC and expresses herself vocally in the football stand, "Saturday in Cold Blow Lane's a-calling!" as they say. She is a virgin and appears to have no interest in men; her celibacy is encouraged by her mother who at one point expresses incredulity when Hilda's nieces joke about her lover Billy, "Don't be silly, girls." Mag has always assumed that Hilda would never find a man and always live at home with her. Hilda has to act as nursemaid too when her mother is feeling unwell.
Warren Clarke plays Hilda's brother Winston who is by far the most conventional member of the family. He's married to a woman called Faith and they have twin teenage daughters. He lives in a nearby house and is professionally independent of the garden centre, working as a builder. He is also a semi-professional wrestler and fights in the ring most evenings. Mag loves the sport and always attends her son's matches to passionately cheer him on with her friends at her side. Winston only has one eye and wears a leather eyepatch; he brags that he lost his eye in a vicious brawl when in fact he slipped and fell while illicitly climbing over the fence to watch a Millwall game. He is quite pretentious and has romantic photographs of himself all over his house. His wife Faith is a pessimistic and cynical red haired woman who works at a private cosmetic surgery clinic, a role which becomes an important element of the plot. She dislikes her in-laws intensely, especially Mag and says: "You're all mad, you Plants!". She often berates her husband for any involvement he has with them.
The third triplet is my favourite character, Montgomery, or Monty, Plant, played by Jim Broadbent. He works at the garden centre alongside his sister Hilda, but also sings and plays guitar in a country and western band called The Nashville Noise. He is very close to his two fellow band members "Batman" and Robin (Robin is played by Cliff Parisi who is currently acting as Minty in TavistockEnders, see: http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=_w09HEMgfmI). Above all, Monty is a visionary and hopeless romantic who talks in proverbs whenever possible. He longs to take over as manager of the garden centre because he has a dream to transform the place into what he calls "The Plantation", which would combine the usual facilities of a garden centre with a his band performing live music on a stage. There would also be a lemonade fountain, a children's playground and much more. Monty is completely consumed by his vision even to the point where he experiences hallucinations. Included in these hallucinatory episodes is an image of his ideal lover, a young and slender woman with long blonde hair wearing a blue cape; but in his dream he can't see her face. Hilda is sympathetic to her brother's ideas, but the other family members laugh at him, "Disney in Millwall! Don't make me laugh!" as Mag says. This doesn't discourage Monty at all because he is a dedicated idealist, in fact when Big Ron, the landlord of The Folly, the local pub where The Nashville Noise play, tells him he's replacing the band with a karaoke machine, Monty replies: "Decisions are being made by people with no vision! When are they going to cotton on that it's not about the fast buck anymore, it's about the quality, the beauty?"
The garden centre itself is a splendid sight, sitting in the yard of a tall ancient house with a rotunda and balcony. It's rather weather-beaten but still very elegant and it sits on the south bank of the Thameswith TowerBridgein the background. I went to Londonto look for it once, but this was many years after the film had been made and it had gone. The London docklands are constantly changing and new buildings cover old ones almost every month; and this was just a temporary film set anyway. I got chatting to some local people during my visit and they remembered the set; they told me that it had been there for several weeks while the location unit filmed all the outdoor scenes. Many of the other locations where Monty and his band go on tour are around Twickenham and Teddington in west London, as I discovered only a few days ago, see: http://hpanwo-tv.blogspot.co.uk/2014/01/eel-pie-island.html.
Synopsis (includes spoilers)
The birthday party doesn't go at all well. Monty unveils a giant ornament on which are written the words: Happy Retirement, Mum; and Mag retorts: "I ain't retiring! When I'm dead you can pick through my possessions like a vulture!" The main frustration Monty has with his mother is that she is currently holding the reins of the garden centre and is not willing to hand them over to her children. She loves her business as much as he does, but she doesn't approve of the changes Monty wants to make. Then Monty has an accident that causes a fire which burns down an outdoor office. In the chaos that ensues a letter slips out of a drawer and is furtively picked up by Winston; it's an offer to buy the garden centre for £300,000 from one Wesley Willis, a ruthless international businessman and former boyfriend of Mag who lives in a penthouse apartment overlooking the garden centre. Willis only wants the garden centre so that he can knock it down and build a helicopter port for an American consortium. He is accompanied everywhere by his sidekick and stepson Billy, a handsome and sophisticated young man. Later on in the series Willis announces to the triplets that he is in fact their father, although this fact is revealed to the viewer in the opening scene. Winston secretly approaches Willis and offers to assist him in his pursuit of the garden centre in the hope that his mother will then give him a share of the money. Willis agrees and offers to pay him £5000 as a finders fee. At the same time he sends Billy to visit the garden centre incognito. At fist Billy is dubious: "They won't sell to you, Dad!" Willis replies: "Don't mention my name. Smile... they'd sell to you." Once there Billy is served by Hilda who is enchanted by him; he easily manages to feign friendship with her and wins her trust. Simultaneously Winston hatches a plan to drive an even bigger wedge between Monty and Mag by encouraging Monty to go on strike until he is allowed to take over management. Monty agrees, knowing that Mag and Hilda cannot keep the place going by themselves; however this is simply a ruse. Winston immediately offers to replace Monty in the hope that Mag will warm to him. He also attempts to sabotage the business by putting poison in the water tank used to irrigate the stock. In the meantime Billy is sneakily setting up a honey trap for Hilda; he pretends to be attracted to her and slowly she becomes besotted with him. In one scene Billy and Willis are gloating about their cruelty. Willis says: "Now that the Rotherhithe Cowboy is off his horse, all that remains is old Green-Fingered Flo, or whatever her name is. Now work your way into her soul!" They then make a bet over who lands them the garden centre first, Winston or Hilda. Due to her relationship with Billy, Hilda has become a changed woman, buying new clothes and having her hair done, and the hairdresser is none other than Sandy Johnson, one of Gone to Seed's directors. Hilda is not too loved-up to become suspicious of Winston and find out what he did to the water tank. He reveals this to Monty who then goes home to talk to his mother. He walks in and finds her lying there dead.
At Mag's funeral Billy impresses Willis by kissing Hilda in front of him, but Willis is distracted by a strange voice calling his name from the river. Winston is convinced he is on the verge of victory, but then when Mag's will is read they find out that she has left her entire estate to Hilda. Hilda angrily ejects Winston from the house, Winston feels very guilty and is later forgiven. Then she delights Monty by telling him she's going to allow him to build The Plantation. However Billy has other ideas. He spins her a yarn about how he is facing debts of £80,000 and that he must leave her to go on the run. Hilda asks how she can help and Billy manipulates her into borrowing money from a "friend of his" who is actually Wesley Willis, whom Hilda has never met and therefore does not recognize. The "friend" asks only for the deeds to the garden centre as a token security. When Winston and Monty find out they are incensed with Hilda, and she is heartbroken.
The triplets decide on several schemes to try to raise the £80,000 they owe Willis and so save the garden centre, like a clearance sale of the stock at knock-down prices, a marathon concert with Monty's band and a charity wrestling gala organized by Winston. They also sell as much of the contents of their home as they can. Hilda unites with her brothers in their campaign, but is haunted over her affair with Billy. Winston even agrees to mortgage his house, and he doesn't tell Faith; but she finds out and during the wrestling gala she invades the ring during his bout and attacks him, much to the amusement of the crowd. In the meantime Wesley Willis is not enjoying his victory; in fact he believes he's having a breakdown; he is hearing more voices and experiencing bad dreams. At the same time Billy is suffering from a guilty conscience over what he's done, something he's obviously never experienced before in his life. He even approaches Hilda and offers her the original market price for the garden centre, £300,000. She refuses angrily by telling him simply: "It's not for sale!" The wrestling spectacular begins and the master of ceremonies is played by Tony Grounds, not the only time that the writer has appeared in a minor role in his own productions. After Winston is defeated by his wife and also the real wrestler Giant Haystacks, playing himself in a guest star appearance, there is a women wrestlers' tournament and one of the fighters is called Lucy Lastic. She's a young blonde woman wearing a blue cape... yes, it is indeed Monty's dream girl. The next step in their plans is to hold a charity twenty-four hour marathon concert by The Nashville Noise in The Folly. However this is the day before the time limit on the loan is up, as Winston says: "The nest twenty-fours will make or break us!" Winston has one last desperate plan, to steal the money from Miss Pringle, an old friend of Mag's who told him she keeps her savings in a bag of cash behind her settee. He tries to get Monty on board; Monty refuses at first, but later on, as it becomes clearer they're not going to reach their target, he agrees to help. At the same time Billy pays a visit to the pub to see Hilda and it becomes clear that along with his sense of shame he has genuine feeling for her too. When Winston and Monty reach Miss Pringle's house and take the bag from the settee they find nothing inside but a worthless, moth-eaten old fur coat. Willis however is having the worst night of anybody; his nightmares and visions reach a terrifying climax and at one point he even sees a potted cactus shedding blood. In the morning it becomes clear that the Plants have lost. They leave the pub dejected. Wesley Willis heads down to the garden centre grinning with glee and hammers in a SOLD sign. But then he hears that voice from the river again and the water starts boiling; from the maelstrom emerges a horrific phantom, and the source of Willis' nightmares is finally revealed. It is the ghost of Mag Plant, come back to haunt him because of what he has done to her children... their children.
The spectre of Mag then takes him on an astral journey to see the outcome of his crimes on the triplets. The garden centre is derelict, waiting for the bulldozers to come and raise it to the ground, but Monty is staging a sit-in protest there despite harassment by thuggish bailiffs. Faith has kicked Winston out of her home and Hilda is working in a book warehouse. At the end of this the ghost drops him from a great height with the ghastly warning: "Unless you save my family, I will destroy you!" He sustains a broken back from the fall and ends up in hospital. In an attempt to redeem himself he gives the triplets back the £80,000 loan. Along with defending his home, Monty begins searching for Lucy Lastic; luckily he doesn't need to look far because she is Miss Pringle's Goddaughter. The two immediately warm to each other and Monty hopes he can woo her. Willis then summons the three to a meeting and reveals to them that he is their father; this is a total shock to them all because Mag always told her children that their father was dead. Nevertheless he still refuses to return the garden centre to them. Monty and Hilda are in shock at this news whereas the more materialistic Winston is delighted and tries to claim his "seat on the board". After a while though, Monty and Hilda think of a way to take advantage of the situation. Willis is recovering from his injury and is booked in for a fake consultation at the clinic where Faith works. While Willis is being detained at the clinic by Batman, Robin and Lucy disguised as doctors, Hilda and Monty arrange a meeting with the American businessman who wants to buy the garden centre site off Willis and pose as a member of Willis' company. They tell him that the deal is off and he walks out angrily. At the same time Willis has become suspicious of his "doctors" and hobbles out on his crutches. However he is embraced by a drunken Winston who wants his fatherly love and suffers further injury to his spine. When the triplets visit Willis in hospital they find out that in ruining his deal with the Americans they have bankrupted him, and the garden centre is now just an abandoned brownfield site. Willis, still terrified of further visitations from the ghost of Mag, allows them to use it and Monty and Hilda finally get to build The Plantation. Monty is so overjoyed that he asks Lucy for her hand in marriage, only to find out to his dismay that she has started dating Winston.
Wesley Willis is released from hospital in time for the grand opening of The Plantation and the triplets take pity on him, and find themselves bonding with their long lost father. They allow him to come and live with them at the house; he's confined to a wheelchair after his two accidents. The time that follows is a golden age for Monty and the others. The Plantationis finally a reality, people come from miles around just for the experience, the tills are ringing and it looks as though they will live happily ever after. However Monty's dream is dampened by his unrequited love for Lucy and Hilda's is also in the same way for Billy, who has disappeared from all their lives. Willis is also deeply depressed by his disability and he fears the return of the horrifying ghost of the triplets' mother. During this segment he speaks mostly in poetic lines voicing his own thoughts like: "What merciful God would incarcerate me with this Hogarth collection of lowlifes!?" However as time goes on and Mag doesn't put in any further apparitions he begins to hope that her soul is now at rest. He also regains the ability to walk again. Inspired by this new lease of life he begins to hatch further plans. As the doctor finally removes his neck brace for the last time he is telling Willis about much he admires The Plantation and Willis casually quips: "Is there a market price for happiness? Because you're right, Doc; all these people should be made to pay for such joy!" He then starts getting involved with the business more and persuades the triplets to form a board rather than it being under the sole directorship of Monty. One of the members is Winston, whom Willis is recruiting to his scheme of taking over control of The Plantation. Monty's dream of The Plantation has always been very idealistic with the objective being one of quality and beauty, often at the expense of profit; even though this has not stopped him making a healthy one. "This place is the jewel in the bobble hat of east London!" he says. Willis wants to run it as more like a conventional corporation with maximization of profit being the last word and therefore sacrificing a lot of the ethical principles that Monty believes in, like the free lemonade fountain and of having a live band instead of just playing recorded music. This seems impossible at first, because on the board Willis is non-voting chairman and Hilda and Monty always agree and so outvote Winston. However when Winston and Lucy split up Monty is overjoyed and invites her for a week's holiday in Parisleaving Hilda alone. At the same time Billy returns and announces that he and Lucy are now a couple and they're off to Hong Kong; this leaves both Monty and Hilda distraught. Monty goes off to Parisby himself. Hilda is so crushed by her situation that she allows Willis and Winston to manipulate her into making some of the changes to The Plantation that Willis wanted, like sacking the band and charging customers an entrance fee.
Monty comes home from Parisin dejection to another nightmare. At the gates of the plantation he has to pay an entrance fee to get in and then follows the sound of recorded country and western music over to the stage where he sees that ridiculous automatons of the band members have been placed there. He is so upset that he leaves again and joins the other members of the band going on tour up the River Thames in Batman's boat. "The Nashville Noise on tour! Let's leave the troubles of the world in our wake! We are the Bermondsey nomads!" At one point they're playing in a pub when a farmer walks in with a sheep on a lead; is this how Londoners see the rest of us? Winston and Willis bully poor, broken Hilda into making even more changes that "plastickify" The Plantation. However Hilda digs her heels in when they try to get her to agree to two further outlets of The Plantation, this includes one that will be run by Winston and Faith, who have made up and are back together; Winston is desperate to get Hilda to agree, thinking it is essential for saving his marriage. Then Billy returns from Hong Kong without Lucy who had split up with him and got herself signed up as the white heroine in a Chinese kick-boxing movie. Willis is overjoyed because he thinks he can use Billy again to drag Hilda back under his thumb. However Billy has changed; he is now in no doubt that he loves Hilda and wants to be with her. This turn of events is so ecstatic for Hilda that she develops a new found strength, opposing Winston and Willis on everything they do. In the meantime things have not gone well for Monty. The band's tour falls apart and the boat breaks down. Batman and Robin go home to London while Monty continues on by himself, unable to face going back. He busks on streets for a few pence, but the pain of his past hangs over him. In the end he tries to commit suicide by jumping off a bridge into the river, but he is rescued by a strange old woman who looks exactly like his mother. This is a lady who is on an archaeological quest to find a lost play by William Shakespeare; Monty decides to help her because she is a visionary like him. He feels their destinies are joined. However he soon discovers that the lady is a deluded fantasist and something in him breaks. He decides to give up on dreams altogether and "face reality!". He sets off for home. Winston and Willis' plot hangs in the balance; Billy is not playing ball and when Hilda decides she wants to look at the accounts they know their chicanery will soon be exposed; so they decide to gaslight her. They lead her to believe that Billy is cheating on her and is still being used by Willis to control her. This fails to begin with, but then they succeed in making her believe he is having a secret affair with Lucy. On the day when Winston and Faith are renewing their wedding vows in a ceremony at the garden centre Monty arrives home and, at that very moment, Hilda takes a gun and shoots Billy.
In the aftermath of the shooting, as Billy is rushed to hospital by ambulance, Willis tries to cover up the fact that Hilda shot Billy and makes out that it was an accident. Hilda by now knows that the stories about Billy were lies and is overcome with remorse; she agrees to help Willis cover up. Billy has an operation to remove the bullet and then recovers. Hilda tells Monty everything that had been happening while he was away, including Winston and Willis' deception, and Monty goes home and confronts Winston who is sick with shame. Willis then blackmails the triplets into agreeing to his plans for The Plantation by threatening to reveal the truth about Hilda's guilt. They reluctantly agree until Monty sees a way out; he confesses to the crime himself and is arrested. Lucy in the meantime decides she loves Monty because she thinks he shot somebody for her in a crime passionnel. Willis is furious about Monty's bluff, but knows he can do nothing about it. But then he's watching one of the wedding videos made before the shooting and in the background you can see into one of the house's windows; Hilda is clearly visible brandishing the gun. He has proof that Hilda did it! He snatches the video tape, puts it in a bag and jumps on his motorbike to take it to the police station, pursued by Winston in his builders' van. Willis evades Winston and arrives at the police station, but as he opens the bag he sees the face on Mag's ghost staring up at him. He screams with terror and runs back out into the street. Mag takes him on a second astral journey, this time to the future; what life would be like for him in three years time if he hands the video over to the police. Hilda is in jail and on the verge of a breakdown, Winston and Faith are plotting his murder and Monty jumps off a bridge into the river again, and this time he succeeds. Wesley is shocked by what he has been shown and, like Scrooge, on which the scene is based, changes his ways instantly. He tries to make amends by destroying the tape in front of Winston but the latter doesn't believe him, nor do Hilda and Monty. It is only when he holds Hilda hostage and in doing so makes an irrefutable fake confession to the shooting of Billy, only then does Hilda know the truth. The police surround them and order Wesley to come out and put down the gun. Wesley is about to obey when one of the police marksmen misjudges his action and shoots him. He dies and as his body lies on the ground his spirit rises out of him and Mag's ghost comes and takes him away. At the end of the story Winston and his family go off to America to become a famous family of wrestlers. Monty and Lucy have triplets and paint pictures of London's famous sites while Hilda and Billy also have triplets... fancy that! And they run the garden centre together with Miss Pringle. And watching over them all is the ghost of their mother, with Wesley Willis' ghost stranding beside her.
End of synposis
When Gone to Seedwas first broadcast I was a very different person to whom I am today. I was far less confident and feared almost everything and everyone around me. My personal life was farcically complicated and unsuccessful and I had few friends. There were many people in my life who described themselves to me as "your friend, Ben", but their behaviour was nothing of the sort; on the contrary they exploited and abused me for profit, self-glorification and entertainment. I felt lonely and ostracized. I was as much an oddball back then as I am now, but my perception of myself was crucially different because I regarded my eccentricity in a negative light rather than a positive one. Back then I felt I was a crank, today I am a maverick. My heath was suffering too; I was seriously underweight because I was hardly eating. I also had allergic eczema and hayfever. I powerfully identified with the plight of the characters, particularly Monty and Hilda. I also understood that Gone to Seed was a tribute to nonconformism, although at the time I didn't have the vocabulary to put it into those words. In the mainstream media this is extremely rare indeed. I took great hope and comfort from that; it's no exaggeration to say that Gone to Seedhelped get me through some of the toughest days of my life. Since that time I have studied the media and the way it is used to mould the human mind and culture to the will of our rulers, see: http://hpanwo.blogspot.co.uk/2008/07/grimlys.html. Now I identify less with the characters' situation, but in a strange way the series is more precious to me than ever. After watching it over a hundred times for twenty-two years, I find Gone to Seedall the more poignant, as we see the long term effects of that psychological warfare agenda on our lives. It's interesting to compare Gone to Seed with TavistockEnders; see: http://hpanwo-voice.blogspot.co.uk/2008/09/tavistockenders-scoops-soap-awards.html. They are so different they are virtually antitheses; in fact I'd call Gone to Seed the perfect antidote to the venom of TavistockEnders. Everything between the two is inverted. There's a welcome opposition to social Darwinism in Gone to Seed; the viewer is left in no doubt that what Willis and Billy do to Hilda is immoral even though Hilda is so easily maltreated by them; Hilda's sweetness and amiability are celebrated, not scorned. Monty's is also held in deep veneration for his romantic and idealistic nature when in almost all other TV shows he would be ridiculed and portrayed as a cipher of contempt. In Gone to Seed he is a heroic figure for his seeing of visions and his pursuit of dreams, his creative passion. Monty's dream sequences are my favourite scenes; it takes a great spirit to imagine "an island of beauty amidst a sea of grey"; I find myself sharing Monty's hope for a world of sunflowers, butterflies and ivy-clad gazeboes. There's an almost Teletubbies-like feelgood factor to Monty's dream (See: http://hpanwo-tv.blogspot.co.uk/2013/04/i-like-watching-teletubbies.html). These sequences are always accompanied by the programme's beautiful score. The antagonists are portrayed as spoilsports of all that, to "plastickify" all that is noble and profound in the world; what a fantastic word that is! In the end Monty finally caves in under the pressure of life and abandons his dreams; in a conventional piece of drama this would be seen as an admirable development and there would be a golf clap all round for him. However when he returns home a changed man, ready to embrace the so-called "real world" it is just before the disastrous show-down of Billy's shooting. He speaks the line: "You all live in the real world, I've come to join you." the moment before we hear the gunshot. To me this signifies that Monty has made a terrible mistake.

The score of Gone to Seed is composed and performed by The Gutter Brothers, see: http://www.gutterbrothers.co.uk/. It is best described as a kind of psychedelic country and western, especially what I call "The Plantation theme", which repeats throughout the serial, most often during Monty's visions, and doubles up for the closing credits song, which uses the metaphor of seeds growing into flowers. There are many different styles of music used though, for example "Wesley Willis' theme" which is very jazzy; and "Winston's march", which is just a few bars long, takes the form of a slow and dour brass solo. At the end of the last episode The Plantation theme is reworked into a ballad with a slower tempo and single Hammondorgan melody. If you ever hear me humming to myself, it will probably be one of these tunes you're hearing! The camerawork is very groundbreaking and creative too as if the director thought he was in competition with Monty. There are some split-screen scenes and well-thought out visual devices. For example, during the band marathon, the passing of time is gauged by a shrinking pile of sausage rolls. There's another shot in which images in a scene are reflected off Hilda's spectacles. In fact almost every shot is well-executed and fascinating to behold. The colours are rich pastels and the costumes eye-catching, especially Monty's band jacket, Winston's wrestling leotards and Lucy Lastic's dresses. There are a few flashback scenes to the characters' childhoods in which the same actors play their younger selves. This method can sometimes be very lame and obtrusive, like in the film adaptation of Peter Shaffer's Equus, see: http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Tsx5wNyzmRo, however in Gone to Seed the result is hilarious. Although this series has affected me so deeply and has such a powerful message, it is essentially a very light-hearted production, with no graphic sex or violence; it is perfectly suitable for all the family. The serious and blithe elements of the style are skilfully balanced. In the climactic scene where Wesley Willis dies the film-makers work hard to prevent the atmosphere from becoming too sombre, inserting comic touches. This is helped by their employment of another well-known actor who stars in the last episode only, Anthony Newly. He plays Chief Inspector Keet, the policeman who investigates the shooting of Billy. I'm not claiming that Gone to Seed is technically perfect; in fact it sports some major gaffs. In episode 3 we see Faith kicking Winston out of their house, yet later in the series they both behave as if it was Winston who initiated their separation. Also the development of Billy's character from nasty to nice is rather clumsy; coming in fits and starts and even total regression. There's an element of this contradiction when it comes to Wesley Willis' personality too. There are also a few cliches and habit words in it like "tip up" instead of "turn up", the constant repetition of "dupe" and colloquialisms like "fluffy", meaning "girlfriend"; maybe this is just how Londoners talk. But an artistic masterpiece has never been dependent on technical perfection; if Grounds had ironed out these little wrinkles I would not have loved his series one bit more. There are also some wonderfully quotable phrases and I used to drive my friends and family mad by always saying: "I'll leave it all in your capable hands... Australian". Interestingly Jed Mercurio, the writer of The Grimleys, see above link, mentions Tony Grounds in this article; I knew those two would be kindred spirits, see: http://www.theguardian.com/books/2007/mar/17/janeausten.fiction.

A recurring theme in several of Grounds' works are the dead returning as ghosts to influence the living; this also took place in his movie Last Christmas, in which a young boy is grieving over the death of his father, and he has encounters with his father's ghost; see: http://www.imdb.com/title/tt0223623/combined. The influence of Charles Dickens is very apparent in these storylines and, as a Londoner, Grounds is manifestly fond of his city's illustrious literary forebear. The ghostly goings on in Gone to Seed are straight out of A Christmas Carol with Mag Plant taking on the role of both Jacob Marley and all Scrooge's visitations. All in all, the entire overall setting of Gone to Seed is rather surreal, even leaving aside the supernatural element. I can easily imagine it being set in some closely-related but still distinct parallel universe. Blended with this is an almost hyperrealism of the everyday, references to pop culture and household celebrities like Esther Rantzen etc. I found it immensely absorbing, as if I were a part of the story. There is a slight pantomime element present too; or maybe music hall, another style pioneered in London. At the start of all the episodes after the opening one, a character addresses the viewer and gives a recap of the story so far; and at the end Mag's ghost does as well, smiling slyly and saying: "Well what did you want, a miserable ending?" Am I just imagining the spiritual journey Gone to Seed is? Did Grounds intend his serial to be so? As I said, it's a gentle family comedy-drama, but within its softy-spoken words can be heard a rebel yell. There are many films and TV programmes that are very prudential and perceptive satires. As I've said, the manipulators don't control everything, see: http://hpanwo.blogspot.co.uk/2012/03/some-of-them-are-on-our-side.html, but the themes I've found in Gone to Seedare the most subversive of any. A truly free and happy world will never be achieved by merely voting for somebody different, or even demanding the head of George Soros on a plate, it's dependent on an internal transformation. We cannot create a better world with physical action and activism unless this is accompanied by a quest for inner peace and enlightenment. It means wanting to build The Plantation. Gone to Seedhas inspired and strengthened me like no other film I've ever seen. I urge all HPANWO-readers to watch it too; I hope you gain as much joy and hope out of it as I have. I'll end this review with the words of Miss Pringle, the only person who truly loved Wesley Willis for who he was: "...and we shall be happy again."



Megan Whewell at Oxford SiTP

$
0
0
The notion that the Apollo Moon Landings might have been faked first came to my attention in the late 1990's and it startled me; I quickly became involved in Internet discussion groups about it (the good old forums of the pre-Facebook age!) and read Dark Moon by Mary Bennett and David Percy, see: http://www.aulis.com/image-viewer.htm?gallery/Fgallery2-1.jpg. As always I've striven to look at both sides of the story. I've debated this issue many times and read a lot of rebuttal material, and last night was part of my research because I went to my local Skeptics in the Pub to see Megan Whewell live, see: http://oxford.skepticsinthepub.org/Event.aspx/1995/The-Apollo-Moon-Landings-How-We-Know-They-Really-Happened. Megan Whewell is an astrophysicist, currently a postgraduate student at the University College of London, but her previous job was as part of the education team at the National Space Centre in Leicester. "I love space!" she said during her lecture and she did come across as very enthusiastic about astronautics, as most of those who challenge the moon landing hoax are. To her credit, she also disagrees with The Coxxer and thinks that the subject is still worth talking about, unlike what he rants about in this video: http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=1aXuQ9Dg2gE. (See here for more information on Prof. Brian Cox: http://hpanwo-voice.blogspot.co.uk/2013/09/prof-brian-cox-watch-this-space.html). I've missed the previous few Oxford SiTP's; the last one I went to was the one on Steiner Schools, see here from 15.05: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=efpvWOfA17o. However I did attend the Greenwichone a few weeks ago, see: http://hpanwo-voice.blogspot.co.uk/2014/02/rob-brotherton-and-psychology-of.html. The venue has happily moved back from The Wig and Pen on George Street to The St Aldates Tavern with its much more comfortable and charming function room, and the bar there is always tended. At the start of her lecture Megan asked for a show of hands for who believes the moon landings were real, who thinks they're faked and who's undecided. I kept my hand down for all those questions because I was still in disguise... kind of... for the reasons I state in my report on the Greenwichevent. She looked at me and said: "I notice not everybody raised their hands; that's fine, no pressure." She introduced her subject by stating from the outset that she was not there to persuade anybody who vehemently didn't agree. Her interest in the moon landing hoax theory came from a project she did at the Space Centre where she did meet "conspiracy theorists" like me and told them why she differs. She considers these talks a wholehearted success and, despite her professed lack of objective, she reckons she's achieved on average one conversion a day.

The theory Megan Whewell addresses is that the Apollo Moon Landings of July 1969 to December 1972 did nottake place, that NASA actually did not send any manned spacecraft to the moon at all and that the evidence that they did is fraudulent. The moon rocks are not real and the TV broadcasts were filmed in a studio on Earth etc. For somebody new to this information, it's a stunning allegation; it certainly was when I first heard it. The first person to propose it was Bill Kaysing who published a book in 1976 about it. Then, according to Megan, the whole issue became more or less dormant until 2001 when this TV documentary was aired on the Fox network, see: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Y5MVVtFYTSo, and it is the evidence contained therein that she bases her lecture on. One of the most well-known suspicious elements is that the flag appears to move by itself when nobody is touching it, as a flag would do on Earth when being blown by the breeze. However there is supposed to be no atmosphere on the moon and so why does the flag do this. According to Megan, it doesn't. The flag moves because the astronauts are fiddling with it, and when they leave it alone it simply flaps from the residual motion of their actions, which is more pronounced because of the lack of aerodynamic drag. This is not entirely true, there are one or two suspicious pieces of footage, for example see here at 2.36: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=ymwE1sNm82Y. Actually I'd be very surprised if the film makers who made this wouldn't think of that problem anyway, especially if that technical genius Stanley Kubrick was involved, as has been suggested. They would have been very careful to avoid any disturbances of the flag and the above link shows something that slipped through the editors net. One thing that many Apollo-believers thinks proves their case are the presence of the retro reflectors; these are a set of lenses said to have been placed on the moon by the Apollo astronauts which can be detected by shining a laser at them from the Earth. However, as Gerhard Wisnewski points out in his book One Small Step?, you don't necessarily need an artificial lens to get a laser reflection off the moon, see: http://www.amazon.com/One-Small-Step-Great-Dominate/dp/1905570120(This book is originally written in German and was titled Lügen im Weltraum- "Lies in Space"). And what's more human hands are not necessary for placing equipment on the moon, it can be done by unmanned craft like the Jade Rabbit rover or Opportunityand the vehicles currently exploring Mars; this relates to the subject of the secret space programme which I'll come on to in more detail later. Megan then deals with the visual evidence, including questions about why there are no stars visible in the lunar sky on any of the Apollo photographs. She explains that this is because normal camera settings cannot capture stars; this is exactly the same when trying to photograph stars on Earth. You need a special astronomy camera with extra long exposure settings; there are also no stars in any of the photos taken from low Earth orbit on the International Space Station. For me this is not much of an argument for either side and I wonder why anybody originally brought it up. Megan then talked about the strange cases of shadows in the photos being in directions which indicate the presence of a local light source, when we're told that the only light available to the astronauts was from the sun. Some of these anomalies can be explained the way she does, that it was all to do with ground contours, but not all of them can. Just because tricks of perspective and an uneven surface means shadows can sometimes fall in different directions, doesn't mean that they can fall anywhere you like. She sites the MythBusters episode on the moon landing hoax several times during this segment of her lecture, see: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=qz7cUP4o-ZQ. She uses their tests to explain the way the photographs do not contain silhouettes and appear correctly lit all round. As I've said elsewhere, it seems odd that the MythBusters team would attempt to debunk the idea that the moon photos were shot in a studio by recreating them... in a studio. Jay Windley made the same mistake, see: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=AuUPYQIL2hY. In studio conditions it's easy to control elements that shouldn't be controlled in a fair test, like the more extreme contrast of sunlight. This is a problem anybody who's taken a photograph in bright sunlight knows all too well. On the moon there is no atmosphere to shade the surface from the sun's full glare and all the wavelengths that air and cloud filter out strike the scene directly. That's a neat segueway onto the subject of radiation. The Van Allen Belts are large zones of intense radioactive particles that surround the Earth. Megan claims that there was no danger from them and as it happens these belts are not particularly dangerous so long as you fly through them quickly, as the Apollo spacecraft did. However, the two Van Allen Belts were only discovered in 1959, just two years before President Kennedy made his announcement that NASA should put a man on the moon before 1970. When the Apollo rockets were designed and built, how much was really known about the possible hazards they posed. This issue was complicated further by Operation Starfish Prime in 1962 which detonated a nuclear bomb in space and created a third belt of radiation around the Earth. As Bennett and Percy point out, estimates on the dimensions and intensity of the Van Allen Belts vacillated considerably even into the 1990's. And because the Belts emerge out of the interaction of solar wind with the Earth's magnetic field, would they change over the course of the sun's sunspot cycle? These are questions that the NASA chiefs must have been deliberating. The prospect of a mistake was just too terrible to contemplate; brave American space pioneers dying from radiation poisoning, and all live on TV! And with the Soviets looking on of course, resting on the laurels of their previous victories in the Space Race. What's more once a spacecraft has left the shelter of the Earth's magnetosphere then comes the potentially even greater peril of solar flares and cosmic rays. Megan dismisses this by saying: "They just got lucky." Well, it's easy to say that afterthe astronauts have all come home safely. Another charge is that the motion pictures from the moon were also doctored; Megan sees this being done as impossible and sites this researcher's video as proof, see: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=sGXTF6bs1IU. I'm not convinced that this couldn't be done if enough resources were involved. Megan also thinks that the moon rock brought back to Earth is another good reason to think that the Apollo moon landings were real. The idea that these rocks are actually normal rock from the Earth doesn't add up because by analyzing the crystals in them you can tell that they formed in the lower gravity of the moon. Some moon rock has found its way onto the Earth by natural means. It gets blasted off the moon by meteor impacts and then flies around in space for a while until some of it eventually falls onto the Earth. However only 46 kilograms of this rock has ever been found and it bears the telltale scars of impact with the Earth's atmosphere, a scorched and vitrified outer layer etc. I agree with her on this, the moon rock we see in museums is real moon rock, but was it picked up by the hands of Neil Armstrong et al? This again brings us into the realm of the secret space programme. Unlike some moon landing hoax theorists, I don't doubt that people have been to the moon. I'm virtually convinced that that we have; all I question is whether it was done at the time, and using the methods and personnel, that history tells us it was. If you consider the kind of free energy and antigravity technology that the governments are sitting on then it seems absurd that they wouldn't allow initiated individuals to use them to travel to the moon, see here for background: http://hpanwo-voice.blogspot.co.uk/2014/03/real-hoverboards.html.
According to Megan Whewell, there has been multiple independent confirmation of the reality of the Apollo programme via subsequent space missions carried out not only by NASA but by other countries like India, the European Union, Japanand China. This is a long and complicated issue, but I wonder how independent those missions really were. As you know I think that national sovereignty has always been something of an illusion, and a conditional illusion at that. There is only one real government in this world, the Illuminati-controlled world government. This may go somewhere to answering a crucial question about the Apollo programme: If it was a hoax, why did the Russians collaborate with it? At the time, the Soviet Space Programme was the only other institution in the world capable of confirming or denying that the Apollo Moon Landings took place. If they smelt a rat they would have been all too eager to send their own craft up to the moon and see if the NASA landing sites were there or not. Also, only after the Cold War were the complete achievements of the Soviet intelligence agencies truly revealed and people gasped when they realized how successful the KGB had been in penetrating Western governments, intelligence, militaries and corporations, like with the Cambridge Spies, see: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=gonvvQCnbOU. NASA was not immune to this scrutiny from behind the Iron Curtain and if they tired to fake the Moon Landings the Russians would have known about it long before the first rocket was even launched. This argument is all built upon the assumption that the Space Race was the same thing at the highest levels of authority as is was presented to the public as being. We were all told that the two global superpowers were locked in a bitter rivalry over who could do what in space first. Until Apollo the Russians had a decisive lead; they'd launched the first orbital rocket, Sputnik 1, and got the first man into space, Yuri Gagarin. Apollo was a chance for the USAto strike back. When the moon landings happened, America's pride was restored and the Russians were bitterly humiliated. The Soviets also had a manned lunar landing project in the advanced planning stages, called "LOK", but this was cancelled after the rocket blew up on the launch pad. Also the victory of the Americans in reaching the moon first apparently demoralized them so much that they just couldn't go on. This doesn't strike me as a very good reason to throw in the towel; and it doesn't fit in with the attitude of those involved in manned space flight at the time. Up till then they had always persevered in the face of hardship and hadn't let the other side getting there first put them off. The Americans suffered even worse setbacks, not only the Russians beating them into space, but the Apollo 1 disaster in which three astronauts were killed, but did they quit? It doesn't quite ring true to me. I think that the Space Race was far more than it appeared to be, it was a massive propaganda hammer that both sides used to excess; it was also only one part of a far more extensive conflict that was battled out down here on Earth. For both sides it was as much about information and disinformation as it was rockets, missiles and tanks. The war was fought against the people at home as much as it was those in the enemy's country. This was never more obvious than during the Vietnam War which was raging at the time; it was portrayed, wrongly, as the a just cause because it was Cold War in proxy: "fightin' them goddamn Communists wherever they raises they heads!" It is therefore not implausible that both sides saw it as beneficial for the Americans to be allowed to catch up... or be seen to catch up. It's possible that an analogy of the story of The Tortoise and the Hare was emerging for real; if the playing field hadn't been levelled, would the populace, on either side, have lost interest? Would they have begun asking why so much money was being channelled from domestic social programmes when there was so much poverty and hardship among their citizens? There was also the thorny problem of the massive grain import that had just been arranged between the USAand the Soviet Union. This deal may have prevented famine in Russia; it was very important to the Soviet regime that it remained in place. But could there have been another motive for their silence, one involving their own space programme? As Wisnewski points out, as do Bennett and Percy, there is major quandary related to the validity of some of the Soviet achievements too, like the flight of Yuri Gagarin on Vostok 1. Some similar discrepancies can be found in the visual record of that mission, as much as with Apollo, see: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=3rgvSVdHr1Y; note the peculiar lighting effects inside the capsule for example. Why didn't the Americans shout that from the rooftops? Maybe it was for the same reason The Russians didn't about Apollo; both sides somehow agreed to turn a blind eye to each other's lies.
What's that you see in the photo above? A Space Shuttle? Yes, but one without windows? It is actually a Boeing X37, an unmanned spaceplane built for the US Government on the Black Budget. Its purpose is unknown and all operations related to it are highly classified, but I imagine its role is reconnaissance and intelligence gathering. It can orbit continuously for up to a year. This is just one minor part, the tip of the iceberg, of the secret space programme. The secret space programme is at least as old as the public one, and probably much older; there's evidence that Nazi Germany made some major inroads. At the deeper level it involves far more than just secret military Space Shuttles; it delves into the abyss of esoteric energy and propulsion systems that would make rockets totally obsolete. The defence journalist Nick Cook has done some good work into finding out the truth behind this dark and sinister subject with these two documentaries, see: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=FEdTfL1G-ywand: http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=kD9RA1R3pOk. But even he only scratches the surface. At the same time evidence is emerging of artificial-looking structures on the moon and planets, see: http://hpanwo-voice.blogspot.co.uk/2014/01/mystery-object-spotted-on-moon.html. These could be artefacts of an extraterrestrial civilization, past or present, but what if some of them come from down here? There is testimony emerging from some very credible people who have been involved in secret research into energy and propulsion systems not recognized by mainstream science nor published for the general population to examine and use, for example see: http://globalbem.com/. Why would this happen when these discoveries could do so much good, relieve us from the need for fossil fuels, eliminate poverty, end environmental destruction etc? The reasons why this technology is suppressed and we are not all flying round our towns in antigravity aircraft is a big subject, but I tackle it in detail here: http://hpanwo-tv.blogspot.co.uk/2013/05/ben-emlyn-jones-live-at-truth-juice-hull.html. It is clear that if this technology exists then it will be used by those initiated to use it; and this throws the whole concept of space exploration into an entirely new light. It is impossible to consider the validity of the Apollo Moon Landings without taking this into account. As I said, I don't doubt that people have been to the moon; I'm sure that they were going there long before the first American and Russian rockets even lifted off. There are bases on the moon, some manmade and some extraterrestrial; maybe a few of them are a combined effort. In fact why would they stop at the moon? Have the Illuminati even visited other planets without telling us? Maybe they've even gone beyond our solar system to other stars. It's even possible that the secret studio where the moon landing images were filmed really is on the moon, at one of the bases there. Or it might be on Mercury or a similar airless heavenly body. If so then don't you think we, the people, have a right to know?
More detailed background on the subject of this article. See here for a report on Marcus Allen's debate at the British Interplanetary Society:http://hpanwo-voice.blogspot.co.uk/2012/07/marcus-allen-at-bis-update.html
See here for a previous article I wrote about the Moon Landings:http://hpanwo.blogspot.co.uk/2009/01/i-went-to-godamn-moon.html.

There were a few questions during the question and answer session after Megan Whewell had finished her speech. These mostly related to the psychology of "conspiracy theorists" which Megan did not respond to, saying that it was not her field of study; really she and Rob Brotherton should make a double-act. She doesn't think that the achievements of China or other nations in space will either reinforce or diffuse disbelief over the moon landings. At the end Megan put up links on her display screen to various anti-hoax websites like Clavius, see: http://www.clavius.org/. This website includes a discussion forum, but I would advise HPANWO-readers not to join it; I did myself once and I regret it. I was not allowed the chance to engage in a civil debate and was subjected to extreme rudeness and hostility. I'm glad I went along to this Skeptics in the Pub and thanks to Megan and all the organizers for setting it up. However, her repertoire didn't contain many points that I haven't heard before; I feel that she has fashioned her delivery for somebody new to the subject. As I've said elsewhere before, the Skeptic Movement itself is an ideology and is not directly related to science and reason, see: http://hpanwo-radio.blogspot.co.uk/2012/07/programme-5-podcast-skeptics.html. I wonder, despite their constant appeal for "evidence!", whether they are being objective about themselves.




Voyage of the Unicorn

$
0
0
I first saw Voyage of the Unicorn in about 2010. I came home from work and my daughter, aged fifteen at the time, rushed up to me and yelled: "Dad, you've got to watch this!" She presented me with a DVD in a plain cardboard sleeve; it was a free gift that had been enclosed in a newspaper, the kind of thing the papers did a lot in those days. The cover was of a stout looking man holding a cutlass and surrounding him were a circuit of strange beings. "Let's watch it, Dad!" enthused my daughter. "Please?" I settled down in front of the TV and prepared myself to be bored for a couple of hours in the course of my paternal duty in keeping her company. About three quarters of the way through the film she told me she'd had enough of it and wanted to turn it off. "No!" I retorted "I want to see all of it!"
Voyage of the Unicorn can be purchased on Amazon, see:http://www.amazon.com/Voyage-Unicorn-Beau-Bridges/dp/B0009ETCXS/ref=sr_1_1?s=movies-tv&ie=UTF8&qid=1399149334&sr=1-1&keywords=voyage+of+the+unicorn. (Beware, because there is a 132 minute feature cut of this floating about; I advise buying only the full three-hour miniseries.)
However, at the time of writing the series is currently a freebie on YouTube, but please support the film makers and buy the DVD if you can:

People often ask me why I ever watch television, seeing as I criticize it so much. This is true and there have been some TV programmes recently that have been utter pieces of turdcraft which I have given a well-deserved and merciless pasting, for example see: http://hpanwo-voice.blogspot.co.uk/2014/04/gypsies-on-benefits-and-proud.htmland: http://hpanwo-tv.blogspot.co.uk/2013/06/confessions-of-alien-abductee-aftermath.html. However when it comes to my studies of the media, I cannot agree with those who say it's completely controlled by a monolithic power-structure which dictates every single thing that comes out of it. This can't be the case otherwise the media would in fact be a very different entity to what we have. A completely controlled media would have a counter-propositional side to it in order not to make the manipulation too obvious, but it would be very attenuated and insipid; for any seasoned eye this duplicity would be very transparent. The kinds of productions I talk about in this article, see: http://hpanwo.blogspot.co.uk/2012/03/some-of-them-are-on-our-side.html, would never appear. I know people who tell me Avatar, Blakes 7 and V for Vendetta are pure psy-ops; in that case I'd like to ask them by what criteria could anything ever be considered genuine by them?

Some programmes in the mainstream media are in fact good, and some a truly magnificent. A few months ago I did a review of my favourite, Gone to Seed, see: http://hpanwo.blogspot.co.uk/2014/01/gone-to-seed.html, and the one now under discussion is without a doubt a close runner up. Voyage of the Unicorn is a "TV movie". This, as its name suggests, is a film produced specifically to be broadcast on television and is not intended to be released in cinemas. This inevitably makes TV movies stylistically distinct from films targeted at the big screen; they tend to have smaller casts, a less ambitious scope and less sophisticated plots. They very often have lower budgets and even if they sign up a star to play the lead role, the supporting acts tend to be from the B-movie pool. They're often formatted like the episodes of a TV drama series and have minor suspense scenes added periodically, together with pauses worked into the score, for the inevitable commercial breaks. They're sometimes regarded with snobbish condescension by movie connoisseurs; there is even a film called Based on an Untrue Story which is a parody of TV movies, see: http://www.imdb.com/title/tt0106362/?ref_=ttpl_pl_tt. If there is any point I could ever agree with less, when I watch Voyage of the Unicorn I truly doubt it. This particular "TV movie" comes from Canadaand was broadcast on the TV1000 channel in 2001. It was directed by Philip Spink and written by Dan Levine.
Credendo Vides
Synopsis
The film is centred on a man called Prof. Alan Aisling, played by Beau Bridges, the best known actor in the film. He's a university lecturer who has two daughters, Miranda, who is aged about sixteen and Cassandra, who is three or four years younger. Aisling leads quite a lonely life since his wife died some months before the start of the story. His life consists mostly of looking after his daughters, who are taking their mother's death very badly. When he is at work he teaches a course in comparative mythology, only he does it in a very unorthodox way. He writes on the classroom blackboard the words credendo vides, this is Latin for "by believing one sees"; this becomes the motto for the entire film. One student shows him a brass doorknob and says it reminds her of the sun; and Prof. Aisling, instead of telling her not to be silly and to put it away, congratulates her on her imaginative and creative thoughts. He's a very non-conformist teacher, the kind I wish I'd had when I was at school. Unfortunately Aisling's maverick teaching methods result in him falling out of favour with the university authorities, in a storyline similar to the wonderful film Dead Poets Society. The officious and highly conventional dean of the college reprimands him for leading his students astray from "what they really need" which is practical and scientific matters alone and not "airy fairly" nonsense. Aisling retorts emphatically: "Science begins with imagination!"Voyageof the Unicorn is based on Voyage of the Basset, an illustrated book by James C Christiansen, in which we see a picture of the dean trying to measure his own imagination with a scale! However, from the very start of the film the viewer is told that something odd is afoot. Gusts of wind keep blowing across the scenes filled with a sparkle that hints of magic. But at the same time dark and sinister shadows lurk in corners and perch on rooftops. Miranda and Cassandra are two very different girls who express their grief in different ways. Miranda is pessimistic and cynical, battening down her feelings with a facade of resilience and pragmatism. Cassandra has gone the opposite way. Their mother used to illustrate fantasy books and Cassie has become obsessed with her late mother's artwork. She has begun to have visualizations about the scenes in her mum's portfolio, seeing them as real. Sometimes in her dreams, her mother appears to her in the photo she has on her bedside table. The viewer is never told for certain whether these apparitions are just Cassie's imagination, or whether the spirit of their mother really is still watching over them. At first, like her mythological namesake, nobody listens to Cassandra. But then something happens.
Beau Bridges as Aisling, with Miranda and Cassie
For a hitherto unexplored reason, our world comes into contact with another. The dark shapes that have been haunting the characters are actually ghastly monsters from another world; they're called "trolls", but they are very similar to Tolkienian Orcs. Their leader is called Skotos, brilliantly played by MacKenzie Grey and he has come into our world to hunt down Prof. Aisling. Fortunately the same merging of dimensions has also permitted a pair of friendly helpers from that same otherworld. They are Malachi and Sebastian, captain and first mate of a ship called the Unicorn and together they and the family escape through into the FaerieKingdom. The ship is beautiful; it has a pure white sail with the words credendo vides embossed on its sail. Below decks the magic of the world really takes hold because, like Doctor Who's TARDIS, the ship is bigger on the inside; it contains a huge library and luxury quarters. Interestingly in Cassie's cabin there is a wardrobe full of the most magnificent dresses, yet in Miranda's there's just a drab homespun gown. Yet when she puts it on it transforms Cinderella-style into multiple divine fashions. This is quite revealing about Miranda's nature and it hints at what is to come later in the story.
The good ship Unicorn
 Sebastian, who is an elf, is the only member of the ship's company apart from his captain Malachi. His parents were killed by the trolls when he was a child. He is clearly quite smitten by Miranda. He is a sweet soul and his flirtations with her are extremely benign and appealing. This is very politically incorrect in today's world dominated as it is by feminism; Voyage is at its basis a radically traditionalist tale. Captain Malachi is a dwarf who is good-natured and knowledgeable; he serves as the family's guide in their new surroundings. Their first port of call is Faerie Isle, the centre of the Kingdom. This is a Rivendell-like Idyll of enchanted groves, dryads, butterflies, waterfalls and sacred springs, all benevolently ruled over by King Oberon and Queen Titania; of course these are characters from William Shakespeare's A Midsummer Night's Dream. One of the most recognizable features of Voyage is the way its plot blends several different existing mythologies and literary allusions together, and it does so very cleverly and stylishly. Oberon and Titania then reveal to the family how they came to be brought to the Faerie Kingdom; it turns out that their heavenly land is under threat from the trolls and that there is a prophesy that they will be saved. In a very dramatic and moving scene, an ancient turtle-like creature called "the Senechal", who is a keeper of mystical knowledge, recites the prophesy: "There shall come unto us a man of wisdom and two maidens gentle of spirit. From beyond the seas, by there hand heroes enslaved be freed. Old wounds cleansed and the mightiest among us reborn. Know them by these signs, a ship, a sword and a banner thus; credendo vides- by believing one sees. Trust in their quest! Aid them, even to your peril. For they mark a new beginning and an end to darkness." Titania gives them each a special gift and private counsel intended only for themselves. However King Oberon is far more sceptical. He says: "mortals don't believe in magick." And most interestingly: "We can see into your world, but apparently you have turned your back on ours." That's a fascinating theme which I will come back to later. The balance of power in the Faerie world is kept by a great dragon, but he has vanished. The family's quest is to find the dragon and restore him... before the trolls do. The trolls are based on TrollIsland, a place wreathed in darkness that resembles the land of Mordorin JRR Tolkien's Lord of the Rings. It is barren and lifeless with volcanic cracks and streams all over it. Skotos returns to his fellow trolls announcing that the humans have succeeded into entering their world and they must now be hunted down and killed before the prophesy is fulfilled. The trolls' ship is as characteristic as their homeland, dark, crude, ugly and dirty. They immediately set sail in pursuit of Aisling and the girls.
MacKenzie Grey as Skotos
 The first place the family look for the dragon is a ruined stone temple on a dry desert island. Cassie wanders into an underground chamber and gets lost in a maze of corridors. Here she encounters a huge being which is half man-half bull. This segment is explicitly drawn from the ancient Greek legend of Theseus, the labyrinth and the Minotaur. Unlike the original story, in Voyage the Minotaur is good; in fact he's a very strong, brave and loyal companion who joins the family on their quest. While on the island they also encounter a huge reptilian skeleton. Could this be the remains of the dragon? They take the skull back to the ship. The next island they explore has a huge temple on it too, and one far better preserved. The family go inside and come across Medusa, a gorgon. Once again the film delves into the classical world for its storyline. The gorgons are creatures that resemble a human female except they have snakes on their heads instead of hair. Their magic power means that anybody who looks into their face will be instantly turned to stone. In the Legend of Perseus, the hero beheads Medusa and then uses her head as a weapon to turn his enemies to stone. In Voyage, Aisling uses an eye-shield of amber, a gift given to him by Titania, to protect himself from Medusa's gaze. In doing so he sees that she is not really a gorgon, but a lovely woman who has been cursed. She is lonely and lost living in the temple, but dares not go outside because she keeps turning everybody she meets into stone. Aisling takes her back to the ship and turns the amber plate into a pair of goggles for her to wear so she can interact with other people in mutual safety. But first the family can't leave the temple until they've solved the Riddle of the Sphinx: "What is it that walks on four legs in the morning, on two at noon and on three in the evening?" The answer is: a man. As a baby, in the morning of life, he crawls on all fours; in the middle of life he walks normally on two; and in the evening of life he needs a walking stick, three legs. The Sphinx then lets them go free. In Greek mythology the Sphinx is not connected to the story of Medusa and instead guards the entrance to the city of Thebes. Also in Voyage, and I find this enormously interesting, the Sphinx is not an animal, but a winged humanoid. These kinds of creatures turn up all the time in myths and legends; angels and demons are usually both depicted as winged humanoids. What is less well-known is that the archetype also appears in paranormal reports, like the entity in The Mothman Prophesies and the Cornish Owlman. Why is that? Do the film makers know something they're not letting on? The family invite the Sphinx to join them on their journey, but she declines and flies off; although she returns to the story later.
The Sphinx- played by Kim Hawthorne, portrayed as a typical winged humanoid
 Once out at sea again the trolls' ship catches up with the Unicorn and they attack, boarding the ship. A swordfight ensues between the heroes and the trolls. It ends in disaster when Skotos captures the dragon skull; with the power of the skull he now has the authority to unify the troll clans and conquer the entire world... and even beyond. When Medusa tries to help by removing her goggles to petrify the trolls, she accidentally petrifies Malachi instead. Also the device by which the ship travels between dimensions, called the "Wunterlab", is damaged beyond immediate repair leaving Aisling, Miranda and Cassie trapped in the FaerieKingdom. When Oberon and Titania hear of this news Oberon is devastated. He was sceptical of the prophesy from the start, but the news of the trolls' victory strips him of all hope. In an act of desperation, he defects to the trolls and offers them a deal; he'll help Skotos hunt down the humans in return for his homeland being left alone by the trolls. Everything looks hopeless, but they refuse to give up. Cassie maintains her faith through thoughts of her mother and Miranda plays the piano. Medusa is mortified by what she unintentionally did to Malachi and keeps to herself, although the others bear her no resentment for it. Aisling searches the Unicorn's dimensionally transcendental library for a solution and comes up with an amazing book of ancient magickal wisdom. In one of the best comic relief elements to the film, we see that it is a pop-up book in which the characters are all animated and intelligent. They explain that the only way to change Malachi back is with a silver apple and unicorn's tears. Fortunately these can both be found on a nearby island. When they arrive they find the unicorn galloping around an enchanted forest which is very similar to Faerie Isle. Oddly enough it has an image of the famous 1991 BarbaryCastle crop circle printed on its hindquarters. In the sequence which follows, Miranda hands the silver apple to the unicorn, a picture that was captured in her mother's illustrations; here the viewer understands that Miranda is really very deeply magickal herself, but she has kept it hidden beneath her pain. This scene is very powerful and is the spiritual denouement of the film. It's prevented from becoming overwhelming by the antics of Olaf, the lovable ogre who owns the island. The unicorn sheds a tear at the sight of Malachi's statue and the ship's captain is joyously restored to life. They return to Faerie Isle with the unicorn on board to seek advice from Oberon and Titania to find that the trolls have sacked it. Titania is left alone, not knowing about Oberon's treachery. The family beg for counsel and the Senechal simply repeats the words of the prophesy and then dies in front of them among the ruins of Faerie Isle. Oberon himself is taken prisoner by the trolls. He promised to deliver Aisling and his family to the trolls and Skotos promised he would not destroy his kingdom, and Oberon realizes that he was foolish to believ him. Using Oberon's information the trolls cast a spell on the ocean so that a monstrous sea serpent attacks the Unicorn. Then, in one of the best known scenes from the film, Miranda saves them with her own supernatural abilities; see the highlights scene above, Miranda's Dance. It's extremely surreal with its animated sequences and seems incongruous within the movie, but I find it very effective. Aisling originally plans to sail the ship as far as he can from the trolls to keep his daughters safe, but the others persuade him that you can't run from them, they're everywhere. The only way to deal with a troll is to stand and fight. He tells Malachi to set a course for their headquarters on TrollIsland.
Cassie, Miranda and Aisling with the Minotaur and Medusa
 The Minotaur, Medusa, Malachi, Sebastian and the unicorn all join the family as they sneak ashore on TrollIsland at night. Here they find slaves from the occupied lands forging weapons for the trolls. They all steal some troll clothing as a disguise and infiltrate the trolls' main settlement. Skotos is making a speech to his rabble, leaving the dragon skull unattended in his throne room. Cassie distracts the guards outside and the others rush in to redeem it. Cassie is captured. Aisling tells Miranda to take the skull to safety while he and the Minotaur attempt to rescue Cassie. Skotos is about to drop Cassie into a volcanic pit to cook her for dinner when Aisling and the Minotaur burst in to try and save her. They're totally outnumbered by the trolls and it looks as if Cassie is doomed, but then out of the blue the Sphinx swoops down and snatches her away to safety. By now it is daylight and Miranda is running as fast as she can with the heavy skull, but the perusing trolls are catching her up. Eventually she rushes free of them and meets up with her father. Malachi, Sebastian, Medusa and the Minotaur have all been captured and Sebastian and Malachi are sent to the quarry to join the other slaves. Medusa is put to work as a servant in the trolls' house where she meets a shamefaced Oberon who is doing the same. Skotos tortures the Minotaur to try and force him to reveal the location of the dragon skull. Skotos even cuts off one of his horns, but the Minotaur staunchly resists. Miranda is watching from a cliff top and can bear it no longer. She jumps up, brandishing the skull and yells to alert the trolls. Aisling and Miranda flee by climbing up a waterwheel but Miranda falls back down, dropping the skull. Cassie and the unicorn appear at the top of the cliff while the trolls shinny up in pursuit. Skotos and Aisling fight to reach the skull while Miranda has to fight her way out from the mob at the bottom of the waterwheel; she's helped by the Minotaur who has now broken free. The skull falls into a log flume and washes down it. Skotos seizes it, but Cassie gallops up on the unicorn and snatches it back. Skotos corners them all together and tells Cassie to give him the skull, promising to let them all live if she does. Meanwhile Medusa has found the keys to the slaves' shackles and is releasing them. Skotos says to Cassie: "Do you really think that you, a mere human, have the power to unleash the dragon?" Aisling orders his daughter to hand Skotos the skull. But Cassie lifts the skull above her head and cries: "Credendo vides!" The skull levitates into the air, flesh and bone appear around it and an entire dragon materializes. The dragon dives down, breathing fire, burning up the trolls' buildings, while the slaves all rush forward free of their chains. The trolls flee in panic. Miranda embraces Sebastian and gives him a passionate kiss. The smoke clears and all the free people head home to their own islands. In the next scene the family are back in our world, each one thinks they had a dream until they all realize their dreams were the same. They then check and see and it turns out that they still have all the presents Titania gave them. Their experience makes the family happier. Aisling goes back to work and finds out that the original dean has suddenly retired, and so Prof. Aisling becomes Dean Aisling in his place, and naturally makes sure that his mythology course is approved for future terms. He also meets a woman who looks very similar to Medusa, and is played by the same actress, Kira Clavell. Miranda becomes a top musician and performs her songs in front of live audiences. Cassie tries her own hand at illustration and continues to be a dedicated and unapologetic dreamer and seer of great visions. Sometimes she dreams she sees the ship the Unicorn, and also her mother standing on deck waving.
End of synopsis

After I'd watched it all the way through and realized that I was now a fan of Voyage of the UnicornI went online to see if there were any others I could compare notes with. There are but they're almost all young girls! I was worried that their parents might think I was a paedophile for trying to communicate with them; would they really believe that I was doing so simply because I love the movie too? I actually surprise myself a bit, especially when I read through the synopsis I've just written. Voyage of the Unicorn is aimed at younger viewers, there's no doubt. A lot of its plot is not terribly original for a fantasy story; its characters are what you find in existing fantasy literature, along with beings and settings from the classics; indeed it reminds me of Homer's Odyssey in many ways along with all the other classical links I've identified. This is not uncommon. However there is a far deeper dimension to Voyage, one that other related stories might lack. This is the world of metaphor and symbolism of the human condition as it relates to the spiritual universe. There's something about it that's profoundly pagan and very pantheistic; perhaps William Blake would understand, and also the German composer Richard Wagner. I can also detect the inspiration from Tolkien. There's a strong feeling that the world of FaerieKingdom and our own world are involved in some kind of dialogue and there's a hint of the long prehistoric past in which the spiritual universe deteriorated from a higher state into what it is today. For example Oberon and Titania are rather like the subtle beings that some psychically sensitive people report encountering. When Oberon says to the family: "We can see into your world, but apparently you have turned your back on ours." it rings a bell. This is a frequent complaint that is related by witnesses to the presence of the fair folk. These beings from the other worlds see us as having lost our spiritual senses and wish we would regain them. Indeed Oberon goes on to declare his hope that "the Prophesy will reopen the door between your world and ours." As I've often said, it's not merely a case of us losing our spiritual senses; they've been stolen. The amber lens and the way Aisling looks through it to see the truth behind the illusion is the most manifest cipher of this concept; although it is not without precedent, indeed it was probably borrowed from Philip Pullman, https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/The_Amber_Spyglass. All of this is underlined by the continuous, but very ambiguous, semi-presence of Lily, Aisling's wife and the girls' mother. Some of the things said about the trolls, and to them, really get me thinking. When she is caught by the trolls, Cassie tells Skotos: "You can change. I've read all about trolls (in the Unicorn's library presumably). There was even a time when you weren't evil at all." Skotos recoils at this statement more than anything else in the film! Galdalf says something similar about the Orcs in Lord of the Rings, that they were once Elves, but then they fell from enlightenment, like Satan fell from Heaven. Malachi also says to Aisling at one point: "I've spent little enough time in your world, Professor... Trolls are everywhere; different shapes and sizes, calling themselves different names, but trolls nonetheless! They like to tear things down, make everything the same, the way they like it..." The implication is that trolls are an archetype for man fallen from grace. The last sentence is of course how conformist humans behave in the Illuminati-occupied world. Skotos also mentions his visit to our world on several occasions and explains lavishly to the other trolls how it is ripe for plunder and that he'd like to conquer it too. And Oberon warns: "This evil will spill into your world too." Could this signify the notion Matthew Delooze and others have discussed, of a predatory malevolent interdimensional intelligence that is feeding parasitically off our world, or trying to infect it and change it into a copy of itself, like a virus? I myself have researched the idea of the rise of the Illuminati and how it was either the cause or effect of some kind of malfunction or decay in the spiritual universe. Nothing embodies this concept for me more blatantly than the Roman conquest of Britaintwo thousand years ago and I've explored the details many times, for instance: http://hpanwo-tv.blogspot.co.uk/2013/11/return-to-edge-of-world.html. For me, Faerie Isle is a representation of the pre-Illuminati world and that the trolls represent our Illuminati-controlled world. This is very like how many people have interpreted James Cameron's movie Avatar, with the humans and the blue creatures being metaphorical for the conflict between the natural spiritual state of being versus the modern materialistic circumstances we find ourselves in. The historian Michael Wood puts it very well: "The end of sacred times, the triumph of profane times." In the scene where the trolls pillage and desecrate Faerie Isle, I can't help thinking that this is what it must have been like when Angleseyfell to the Roman legions in AD 60 and the forces of that Illuminati-controlled empire destroyed the sacred groves of the Druids and slaughtered anybody left alive there.

When Prof. Aisling comes across the Minotaur's labyrinth and realizes how similar it is to the mythology he studies, he says that the FaerieKingdom is: "a reflection of our reality, or maybe we're a reflection of it." This is very Platonic, the idea that some worlds are reflections of others. This is the surprisingly high level of intelligence that Voyage of the Unicorn is based on; not bad for a free gift in a Sunday tabloid, eh? It is really far more than just a simplistic cheap TV movie to pass time for the kids. It turns out that my daughter was well aware of this when she bought home the DVD; she later confessed that she wanted to show it to me because she had a bet with a friend that I would love it. It was really a dead cert; she knows me too well! But despite the insightful thought that went into making it, Voyage is still essentially an adventure fantasy story and you don't have to interpret it philosophically to enjoy it. It is quite light-hearted in some scenes and it has a lovely warmth to it. The ending is somewhat abrupt after a well-paced and structured climactic segment; I wonder if it was originally scripted to be slightly longer. However that is literally my only criticism of it, and as I said about Gone to Seed, a work of art doesn't require technical perfection to be great. The score of the film is enchanting too, it contains American big screen movie-style piano lines as well as very aetheric lyricless vocals and uplifting pagan flute tunes. The message of the story is that magic exists in the most unlikely places. The gusts of wind filled with sparks of light in the opening scenes illustrate this well. You, dear HPANWO-reader, might think I'm crazy, you might think I've forgotten that I'm a grown man and regressed to childhood. I understand why you think that; but you're wrong, I haven't. Whether or not you judge me this way will depend on the kind of person you are. Have you the ability to immerse yourself in something like Voyage of the Unicorn, to forget all the forces holding you back from just letting yourself fly free in a world where there really are faeries, unicorns and singing mermaids? It will mean taking a brave step if you've never done anything like that before. You might fear the ridicule of others, or of your own conscience. Please don't. CS Lewis once said that the stupidest children were the most childish, and that the stupidest adults were the most grown up.





UFO Truth Magazine Conference 2014

$
0
0
Holmfirth is the most picturesque location for any conference I've ever been to. It lies in a steep-sided valley in West Yorkshire around a rocky, fast flowing river. The town has a lucrative tourist industry mostly courtesy of the BBC because it was the location used to film the long-running and very successful TV comedy series Last of the Summer Wine. There are numerous pubs, cafes and shops catering to the busloads of visitors that arrive every year to follow in the footsteps of Compo, Clegg, and Foggy as they stroll around cooking up various childish schemes to get the better of Nora Batty. I saw a group of Chinese people taking photographs; Last of the Summer Wine is one of the BBC's biggest exports as well as being a domestic favourite. The sky was cold and grey as I stepped off the bus in the centre of the town, and I got out the map I had printed out to find the way to my accommodation. I had decided to camp again, just like I had at the Bases Conference last week, see: http://hpanwo-tv.blogspot.co.uk/2014/08/the-bases-project-conference-2014.html. Camping is very cheap and easy to organize and if you know what you're doing you can be perfectly comfortable. The campsite was on the edge of town, however in Holmfirth that often means a stiff climb. I left the main road, ascended the dramatically steep and narrow streets and gazed at the unique local architecture which is totally different to anything I'm familiar with. The town consists almost exclusively of grey stone houses with dark slate roofs. This style covers all periods, from buildings ostensibly dating back several centuries, to fresh new developments with smooth facades unblemished by time. As I climbed higher and higher, I had to dip into that legendary Hospital Portering stamina because the roads continued upwards, their gradients showing no mercy. The lanes passed between lumpy and precarious pastures of the richest green. Sheep gaped at me as if they'd never seen a human being before; rabbits bolted at the sound of my footsteps. Another distinctive difference is that the fields near Holmfirth are edged by dry stone walls; indeed some of the earliest houses I saw are also made of dry stone. These constructions are extremely durable and can last for centuries; they use no cement and are built by skilfully fitting the right shaped stones in the right places. I hear that this is a dying trade known only to a few elderly artisans and in the future nobody will remember how to do it. It's sad to think that the gaps I saw in the walls might have to be replaced one day by the more mundane and familiar barbed wire fences. A short but dense shower fell on me; the clouds above me looked much closer than I'm familiar with; obviously because I was climbing higher and higher. I almost tripped over one of many dead rabbits I was to come across over the course of the weekend. My campsite was right on the crest of the hill next to a smelly barnyard; it looked like an ordinary field about an acre in size, no different to many of the others, and as I opened the gate I saw sheep grazing in it. I paused, wondering if I'd come to the wrong place, but there was one caravan parked up and a toilet hut, the only building; so it was indeed a campsite, albeit a very rudimentary and empty one. I pitched my tent and marvelled at the view. The lines of sight were extraordinary; to the west I could easily see Manchester; indeed at night-time it would be laid out on the horizon like an illuminated garden pond. The town of Holmfirth lay below, every house visible on the terraced streets; cars on the opposite side of the valley looked like crawling insects, dwarfed by distance. And to the east any sense of scale I felt was eliminated by the dark, gargantuan bulks of the Pennines. There were no roads or buildings there, just the sheen of distant moorland stretching up to desolate and inaccessible peaks of extreme black rock. The Penninestowered over my campsite the same way the campsite towered over the valley. I had a ringside seat on UFO Alley.
 
However I had no time for skywatching; as soon as I'd got my tent up I went back down the hill into town to meet up with the other people attending the conference, in many cases these were old friends and people I've only ever associated with before online. I was delighted to meet them again, people like Peter Robbins, Larry Warren, Richard D Hall and Brigitte Barclay. There were a few new faces too whose names I knew but had never met, like Pia Knudsen and Capt. Robert Salas. We fell into the Old Bridge Hotel and beer speedily flowed our way. One man I have become very close to in my internet social circles is Tim (not his real name). It was great to meet up with him again; I've not seen him physically since last year's conference, see: http://hpanwo-tv.blogspot.co.uk/2013/11/ufo-truth-magazine-conference-2013.html. Tim kindly offered to drive me back to the campsite after Friday evening's festivities had died down. I gladly accepted; although the site was well within walking distance. It is very steeply uphill, as I said, and if somebody offers to give me a lift I don't plan to try and talk them out of it. Tim needed bottom gear as we tacked up the hillside, the headlights disturbing the local wildlife. We reached the campsite and I said goodnight and thanks to Tim, and I entered the field as he turned his car round for the five minute drive back down into Holmfirth. I was walking across the grass towards my tent when I suddenly heard a man shouting angrily at the top of his voice outside where Tim was. Tim drove off and the voice went silent. It was only the following morning that I found out from Tim exactly what had happened. As he was driving away from the entrance of the campsite somebody burst out of a neighbouring barnyard and attacked him; luckily Tim was in the car and his assailant could only pound the chassis with his fist as he hurled abuse. This was a baffling and motiveless assault; Tim thinks the man was drunk. On Saturday night Tim offered again to drive me back to the campsite; I suggested he drop me off a short distance away in case the man came back out again to harass him. Tim refused and said that he would happily take me to the same place he did last night. I accorded, because after all, what was he doing wrong? He merely parked his car for a moment to let me step out and then drove away. He has a perfect right to do that and nobody should be threatening him or otherwise trying to prevent him, least of all through violence and rudeness. As we followed our tracks back up the hill we were preparing ourselves for any potential aggravation. I recommended we grab tree branches to use as weapons, Dr Jonathan Reed style, only half-jokingly. We laughed and quipped: "I bet he packs a hefty punch seeing as he probably has seven fingers on each hand from inbreeding!" I questioned that he might be some kind of escaped monster that the farmer had been breeding in his basement, like in some story by HP Lovecraft. As I walked past the entrance to the barnyard I was bracing myself for that thug to come out again and attack, me as well this time. Tim kept his car in gear and pointing towards the campsite gate. If the man came out again he planned to rush over and back me up. But nobody did; all was quiet in the barnyard except for a dog barking. But for now let us return to Saturday morning.
 
Gary Heseltine
This second UFO Truth Magazine Conference was a far more ambitious project than the first one last year. Gary appears to be working his way up the ladder bit by bit. He had booked a much bigger venue, the Holmfirth Civic Hall, and made this a two-day event. I'm glad to say that he managed to sell all his tickets too, which is a rare thing in this business. Gary seems to have excellent organizational abilities as well as a passion for the subject; that's a rare combination. He also has a flair for the dramatic, as we were to find out. Gary has come under some criticism, especially at last week's Bases event, that he only wants to promote his magazine and nothing else, and he's using these conferences as a platform to do so. Well, yes and no. Gary is focused on the magazine, but not for the magazine's sake in itself; the magazine is a means to an ends he believes in, the Disclosure... or disclosure- lower case d... of UFO's. An entire third of the profits from sales are ring-fenced for investment into UFOlogical and exopolitical causes. I dare say he takes a living wage out for himself as well, but why shouldn't he? Garybelieves that the UFO community badly needs a new magazine, one that is based in evidential science and also accepts that the UFO phenomenon does contain a genuinely extraterrestrial factor. There are plenty of journals that display one of these two features but very few display both. When Gary first became actively interested in UFO's he read UFO magazine which was edited by Graham Birdsall. Here he is giving a lecture in Leedsin 1996; it is largely due to Birdsall's influence that Leedsis the pivot of today's UKexopolitics movement, see: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=8RijlwPpGlg(the less said about this revolting obituary the better: http://www.theguardian.com/media/2004/mar/14/pressandpublishing.uknews). It was a copious publication which ran from 1981 until 2004 and had over eleven thousand regular subscribers in forty-four countries. After Birdsall died it quickly ground to a halt and, in Gary's view, nothing has ever replaced it. This dealt a serious blow to UFO scholarship because a regular and popular British-based journal is an essential ingredient in serious study of the field. I recall the rapid rise and fall of UFO Data and I read a few copies myself during its brief incarnation. I was impressed by UFO Matrix, of which I bought a two-year subscription, but this also folded. Therefore Garybelieves that the launch of UFO Truth Magazine is highly significant because it fills a very obtrusive void. As I said, Gary is good at the practicalities of organization and has thought the publication plan through carefully. He has taken the revolutionary step of not releasing a print edition at all. For a long time now all magazines have been available both in electronic form and good old fashioned paper and ink, but Truth is the first to be an e-zine alone. This is because electronic readers have recently become so effective and convenient that all their previous disadvantages have been negated. I don't agree there; I love the rustle of pages and the thump of paper hitting a doormat, but my motivations are probably just from me being a sentimental and stubborn traditionalist. Smart phones and tablets have improved electronic text enormously and most people I know always read that way now. What's more, releasing a print edition is prohibitively expensive and requires a far greater initial investment; the fate of Truth's predecessors gave Gary pause for thought. So with his idea developing he went out and recruited the best writers and researchers in the field to contribute; I'm honoured that he considered me among them, see: http://hpanwo-voice.blogspot.co.uk/2014/07/ufo-truth-magazine-issue-7.html. Gary says that we have a major challenge on our hands because of the success of the truth embargo, as Stephen Bassett calls it; this has not only suppressed and distorted the information on UFO's, but has bred confusion, fear and apathy among the general population. It has indeed, see: http://hpanwo-tv.blogspot.co.uk/2013/06/confessions-of-alien-abductee-aftermath.html. According to Google, search terms like "UFO" and "alien" are second only to those relating to pornography... not that I know anything about that personally of course... this means that a billion people or more have at some time used the internet to look for information on UFO's. This is backed up by opinion polls in the United States, see: http://hpanwo-voice.blogspot.co.uk/2013/06/usa-conspiracy-theory-poll.html. Yet the biggest UFO-themed public events attract no more than a few hundred individuals. This means that the vast majority of people interested in the subject take no associated action; they don't speak out, they do no research. They are in the closet, as it were. We who have "come out" are a tiny tip of a huge iceberg. This is encouraging in one sense, as I explain in the above link, because there is an entire host of potential activists out there just waiting for a call to arms. I believe that the propaganda we see in the world today- the lies, the ridicule, the demonization, is intended more to keep that silent majority in their place, rather than to give oblivious loudmouths like me a hard time. So the solution is to take the step of revealing your true nature to your family and friends. We could even set up support groups; "Hello everybody. My name's Ben and I'm a UFO enthusiast." As far as Gary is concerned, this is the role UFO Truth Magazine will hopefully play. We also need money. The singer Robbie Williams was at one point interested in UFO's. He'd had contact experiences in his youth and was outspoken in the media for a while; he even went to the International UFO Congress. However it seems to have just been a phase he was going through and he has since dropped off the scene. This is a shame because his own personal capital could fund the kind of projects Gary has in mind many time over; it would be small change to Robbie. Interest in UFO's and other conspiratorial subjects is very demographically homogenous; black or white, rich or poor, male or female. Therefore there must be a proportion of millionaires taking the subject seriously; so why won't any of them offer to help financially? None of them ever have with the exception of Bob Bigelow. Basically we need more Bob Bigelows. One of the first things Garywants to do is put a full page advert on UFO's in The Times. This would cost £5000. If the newspaper refuses to publish it, even if we do pay up with the correct fee, then this will beg the question why. The Times will then be caught in a corner, either they publish the ad or confess that they've been "advised not to" by "somebody". So with the expenditure of the price of a second hand car, we will have made a groundbreaking move against the truth embargo, whichever way they go. Another idea Gary has is for a UFO data bank; a one-stop shop for all the hard facts about the subject. This means that if any journalist comes knocking at the door, we can just send them to the bank. If that reporter is under a mandate to call us all "nutters!" then he'll have a much harder time of it. Another flaw that Gary has detected on the scene is ego and division. There is a lot of personal animosity and rivalry in UFOlogy. This is a big subject, but it does need to be touched upon. A good example Gary didn’t mention, but has caused a major split, is the connection between UFO conspiracies and other kinds of conspiracy theory. As regular readers will know, I take many conspiracy theories seriously that are not directly related to UFO’s; I see them as all connected at a higher level. Many people at the conference share my opinion, but not all do. There is a contingent of people in exopolitics who disagree with general conspiracy theories and/or believe that the UFO issue should be kept separate from them. I was talking to a friend at the conference, a man I’m fond of and feel respect for, and the subject of the moon landings came up. I have serious doubts that the Apollo moon landings happened the way that history tells us it did, see: http://hpanwo.blogspot.co.uk/2009/01/i-went-to-godamn-moon.html. My friend replied that he totally differed and that it was “insulting” and “anti-American” to suggest otherwise. I certainly would never willingly insult anybody, and I’m definitely not anti-American, but if something I say based on intellectual honestly offends somebody, so be it; I won’t tell lies to avoid that. I do not judge Apollo astronauts like Dr Ed Mitchell, who is involved in the exopolitics movement, and if I ever met him I wouldn’t even bring up the subject. 9/11 is another contentious issue and after his speech at the 2011 Leeds Exopolitics Expo Bryce Zabel wrote an article entitled: UFO’s and 9/11 Truth Don’t Mix. Again, I admire Bryce a lot too, but I disagree with him totally. I do not believe the official story of 9/11 and there’s good reason to suspect that the Breakaway Civilization behind the UFO truth embargo is the same entity that carried out the 9/11 attacks. Nothing can be achieved by denying it. I know that when talking to somebody new to these subjects it’s sensible not to overload them with all this challenging information and if I were discussing UFO’s with a newcomer I would stick to that one issue and no other; but if that newcomer asks me what I think of 9/11 I will answer truthfully without hesitation. Truth is now in its second year; a new issue, number 8, is due to hit the press just a couple of weeks after the time of writing. Who knows what will happen between then and the third year, but I'm very confident that the magazine will still be running and it's going to be an exciting ride. Gary loves to give us surprises and during his speech he paid homage to the man who inspired him, Graham Birdsall, and he presented a posthumous award to him, which was collected on stage by his wife Christine. This was not the only unexpected incident he had in store for us.
 
Mary Rodwell
This is the second time I've seen Mary Rodwell in as many weeks; she was at the Bases event, see link above. Mary has become famous for her work with children and how so many of them nowadays are talking about encounters they've had with non-human intelligent beings and the ways this is affecting their lives. Through her work with a mutual friend of ours, Ellis Taylor- see links column, Mary established ACERN, the Australian Close Encounters Resources Network. She used to be a nurse, midwife and counsellor in Britain but when she moved to Australia in 1991 she found a new calling. She began to meet people who related the most extraordinary experiences: they had had encounters with intelligent creatures that were not from this world. As more and more of these people came into her life it became clear that this was something that affected many people; many more than were willing to openly admit it. It was also a global phenomenon and people from all over the world were reporting very similar experiences. Some of these people developed remarkable abilities as a result of their encounters like extrasensory perception, high intelligence, healing and being able to speak and write in unknown languages. Very young children report these encounters, sometimes almost as soon as they’re old enough to speak. They often come out with information that they couldn’t possibly know through conventional means; in fact it seems that some of the extraterrestrial beings have a mission to educate human children. One child said “I learn more on the ships than I do at school”. Adults affected come from all walks of life and do not all fall into the condescending popular characterization of “UFO nuts”. They include, among others, an Australian model and an Israeli computer engineer. Remarkably, many people who’ve had no contact with each other and live in very different cultures see the very same creatures. There’s such a long list of different beings that it's almost a full biological taxonomy. The classic “Grey” is the species that has entered popular culture, but it is by no means alone; many less well-known ones regularly visit experiencers: Mary has gathered information on the attributes and personalities of the various creatures. There’s the “Praying Mantis” that resembles a giant version of the insect of that name. Despite it's fearsome countenance it is popular with its contactees and seems to be wise and benevolent. The same can be said of the “Lion Man”, a being that is humanoid, but is covered with golden fur and has a lion-like mane and a feline face. There’s the “Owl Man” that is like a Grey, but it has owl-like features; indeed it is sometimes seen in the form of an owl when it first tries to make contact. Some beings are very humanoid like the classic “Nordics”. Images of ET’s are not confined to modern reports; they’re described in everything from mediaeval paintings to native African mythology and Australian Aboriginal petroglyphs. Some children report completely unique beings and give them their own nicknames like "clowny" and "the scaries". It’s obvious that something very strange but manifestly real is going on here. Mary describes this as a "trigger of consciousness", the emergence of a new kind of human, Homo noeticus- the conscious man. This comes at a time when the world is ruled by malevolent forces that are desperately trying to prevent this emergence from happening. It seems to me that a very subtle and silent war is going on; it also takes the form of crop circles. Crop circles are actually just one manifestation of many different kind of medium used by some intelligence out there which is creating marks on the ground. Many people know that they also use grass, sand and snow to plant shapes onto the earth, but in Australiathey've been using fire. Bush fires have been burning in specific patterns that are very similar in style to crop circles. Mary's work interests me a lot; it means that somebody "out there" is taking an interest in affairs on Earth and is bringing aid. I'm repelled by the idea that we've got to wait to be saved by divine intervention, the Messiah, or god-like aliens coming down from the sky etc. I've always believed that we humans are masters of our own destiny and therefore are our own saviours. On the other hand, if some friendly passing hyper-dimensional being offers to lend a hand then I'll happily swallow my pride and accept. Mary's work gives me hope, inspiration and comfort. I feel optimistic, whether I'm correct to feel that way, you decide.
See here for Mary Rodwell's appearance on the HPANWO Show: http://hpanwo-radio.blogspot.co.uk/2012/08/programme-11-podcast-mary-rodwell.html.
 
Alan Foster
Alan Foster is a writer and researcher on UFO’s, crop circles and spirituality. His journey began in 1983 and he has come to the belief that interactions with extraterrestrial life comes in three stages: contact, preparation and awakening. He claims that we are already through the contact stage and are onto the preparation, and the chief sign of this is the emergence of the crop circle phenomenon. Contrary to popular belief, a lot of scientific research has been done on crop circles, and some has concluded positively that they are not all man-made hoaxes despite claims to the contrary, like from Matthew Williams at Bases, see link above. The Leavengood study has shown us that the methods used by the known human hoaxers are not how many of the formations are created. They are actually created by focused energy beams into the growth nodes of the plants causing them to bend over. Autopsies of plants in crop circle lay show burning and expansion bubbles in the stalks at those growth nodes. Non-human made crop circles also contain magnetic anomalies. Compasses go wild in them and birds, which use the Earth’s magnetism to navigate, refuse to over-fly them. Sometimes crop circles appear in daylight, like the Stonehenge Julia Set which appeared in a thirty minute period in daytime, witnessed by two Stonehengesecurity guards and a pilot flying a light aircraft overhead. The pilot, Busty Taylor, went on to become a croppie himself and presented the Bases conference last weekend. A disturbing aspect to this phenomenon is that the authorities seem to be engaged in a campaign of harassment of crop circle visitors. Many people who’ve visited them for scientific data, or even just to sit and meditate in the formations, have been chased away by military helicopters. Alan spoke at some length about a series of crop formations that emerged near the Chilbolten radio telescope in Hampshire. This could be because Chilbolten was once part of the SETI network, the Search for Extraterrestrial Intelligence. One image was of an alien face, another was a fascinating adaptation of the Arecibo transmission. In 1974 this coded radio message was broadcast at a nearby star: http://www.seti.org/seti-institute/project/details/arecibo-message. It contained images and information about the Earth and its inhabitants. Amazingly, the crop circle facsimile of it came with several important differences. The human figure is replaced by a “grey”, the planets are different and so is its DNA depiction. Crop circles are usually abstract, but sometimes they are of religious symbols or recognizable images. A few can be seen as 3D images, some of which I only noticed when Alan pointed it out. Many Skeptics ask: “Why do aliens communicate like this? Why not just speak or write in human language?” and “Why don’t they just approach our world leaders? Why bother with ordinary people”. This is a case of anthropomorphizing; the Skeptics who make this point are effectively just saying: "If I flew to another planet I would not behave like this." We cannot speculate on how an extraterrestrial or other dimensional intelligence would communicate with us. Other strange things have happened that makes it clear something out there is trying to tell us something; one of the most interesting cases Alan brings up is from 1967 when a Polish merchant ship encountered an invisible craft. They detected it only when the object landed on the helicopter pad at the aft end of the vessel. The weight of the UFO made the ship angle upwards so far that its entire bow rose above the waterline. Strangely the ship suffered no structural damage; indeed the helicopter pad should have been crushed under the weight before the ship’s hull moved at all. Alan has also studied alien abduction and brought up a particularly interesting case; interesting because some third party strangers witnessed it happening. They allegedly saw the abductee being levitated through a window. The case became even more amazing when one of those witnesses was found to be Perez de Cuellar, who at the time was United Nations Secretary General. Alan is a fascinating chap to listen to because he has a scientific attitude towards UFO's and related phenomena, but also understands, like Mary Rodwell, that there is a spiritual matter at stake which we may not yet be able to comprehend, but need to learn to.
 
Peter Robbins
"Time to pull the pin" said my old friend Peter Robbins as he entered the auditorium to give his speech. One of the most notorious characters in the UFO world is Nick Pope. This former... or allegedly former... government agent was originally in charge of "Secretariat Air Staff 2A", a rather prosaic name for the UFO desk at the UK Ministry of Defence, one of the few official UFO research operations in the world since the closure of Project Blue Book in 1970. He has authored several books on UFO's and also was keen to promote the 1997 book Left at East Gate by Larry Warren and Peter, describing it as "dynamite... meticulously researched... gripping and provocative." The authors and Nick Pope became good friends and Pope assisted them with their promotional tour. This was a happy time for Larry and Peter; the book was sailing up the best-sellers list, a copy had been sent to Tony Blair and that late, great UFO hero Admiral-of-the-Fleet Lord Hill-Norton was making some great scenes in Parliament. So when Nick Pope published a new book on the Rendlesham Forest Incident- Encounter in Rendlesham Forest- the Inside Story of the World's Best-Documented UFO Incident (Thomas Dunne Books 2014) which he co-authored with Jim Penniston and John Burroughs, two of the principle witnesses, Peter returned the favour. However as soon as he read it he knew something was badly wrong. His review was intended to be a short article in Phenomena magazine but it soon blossomed into an entire volume in itself, with lots of sources and footnotes which the reader can check; one of Peter's criticisms of Nick Pope's book was that it lacked such background material. Peter has published the book for free online, see: https://drive.google.com/folderview?id=0ByUXMaBHOgPLUUJIQmd5V1I5dUU. He called it Deliberate Deception- a Case of Disinformation in the UFO Research Community, a descriptive title if ever there was one. I should point out that I've not yet read Nick's new book, yet I intend to and will be able to confirm or deny whether or not I agree with Peter's assessment. I will also be interviewing John Burroughs on the HPANWO Show soon and I intend to ask him about the points Peter raises. Peter read out some excerpts from his critique while on stage. He feels very annoyed that Nick's book draws heavily on Left at East Gate, but there is no acknowledgement of that fact in the text; Peter describes this as plagiarism, which it is by definition if so. Also Peter thinks Nick purposely downplays Larry Warren's role in the Rendlesham Forest Incident, an attempt to write Larry out of the story by omission. Peter specifically addresses Nick in his review and feels that although Penniston and Burroughs are officially listed as co-authors, they are really just sleeping partners in the firm, offering only token assistance to the real mastermind behind it- Nick Pope. For example he says that nobody has ever backed up Larry's claim that he was there on the night of the 28th and the airman Larry was with, SSgt. Adrian Bustinza denies it. This is not true; although Bustinza has generally kept very quiet about the RFI in recent years he did state categorically that Larry Warren waswith him that night when the craft landed at Capel Green. Bustinza also made a comment that he had seen another object just like it land in Alaska some time before. There have also been a number of suicides among the men who experienced the events of Christmas 1980 and this is what motivates Larry to do what he does. This could also be caused by the "debriefing" the witnesses had to go through which included death threats, assault, being poisoned with drugs and kidnapping. What's more Peter believes that the forest was attacked by a weather warfare weapon which destroyed most of the trees in the wood; we know this as the Great Storm of 1987, but it could have been generated using secret government technology based on Wilhelm Reich's cloudbuster. A lot of the tension that has emerged in the last few years comes from Jim Penniston's explosive new statement, on the 30th anniversary of the event, that he had telepathic communication with the UFO and that it "downloaded" some information to him in binary code. I was there when he first brought it up on stage, see: http://hpanwo-tv.blogspot.co.uk/2010/12/rendlesham-forest-incident-30th.html. This announcement has been met with incredulity by the bulk of the UFO community. Nick does not address that adequately, in Peter's view. Nick fails to consider... or deliberately skirts round... another possibility- that Penniston has been targeted by a psychological warfare operation to discredit the entire RFI. Left at East Gate is a remarkable book and since I first read it I've got to know Larry Warren personally. He's an honest and open man, loud and humorous like New Yorkers are supposed to be. He dotes on his son and feels deeply for his family, and for his brothers-in-arms who suffered so badly along with him due to the UFO events of 1980. He's also had other experiences of ET contact which have happened to him and his family all his life; there may be a connection there to what happened in Suffolkthat night. In another of the conference's drum-rollers, Gary announced that Larry has given him a letter that is dated the 9th of January 1981; it's the one he reports having written to his mother soon after he saw the UFO. Sceptics of Larry's testimony claim that he lied about writing the letter, but there it was. I've held it in my hand myself and read the ending where he talks about the UFO. The paper is thinned and yellowish the way old paper tends to be. It's also in an envelope which is a standard US military mail issue one, with a postmark and stamps that also match the early 1980's. Gary is going to have it forensically analyzed and if it is dated to the correct time period then this will vindicate Larry's story completely. It will also be a vital historical and evidential document because it will be literally the first written reference to the RFI, predating the Halt Memo by a full week. The moment was captured on video, see: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=cI_hgO29vkY.
See here for Peter and Larry's appearance on the HPANWO Show: http://hpanwo-radio.blogspot.co.uk/2013/04/programme-41-podcast-rendlesham-forest.html.
 
Richard D Hall
I've known Richard D Hall a long time and we've collaborated on several occasions, see links below. He's a very independent and self-styled researcher who runs his operation virtually single-handed. This includes his TV series, his films, his investigations and his nationwide tours, like his recent one in London that I attended, see: http://hpanwo-voice.blogspot.co.uk/2014/08/richplanet-live-in-london.html. His research is extremely varied and covers a wide range of subjects beyond UFO's; in fact he's just completed a documentary about the disappearance of Madeleine McCann. Before that, he released what was surely his most disturbing film, UFO's and NATO- the Human Mutilation Cover-Up. It's freely available online: http://www.richplanet.net/starship_main.php?ref=175&part=1. It's been known for a long time that animals have sometimes been found dead suffering from mysterious injuries that can't be explained by the usual causes of death- attacks by predators, disease, accidents etc. Flesh stripped off the jaw, organs surgically removed etc. Although this is often called "cattle mutilation" all kinds of species have been struck down by it, wild animals as well as farm livestock, even marine mammals. What Richard has discovered is that it was premature of us to assume that Homo sapiens was immune. There have been instances, including two confirmed in the UK, of human bodies turning up with these kinds of injuries- a teenage girl and young man in the Brecon Beacons in Wales and a group of seven people in Dalby Forest, North Yorkshire. When this happens there is an even bigger attempt to cover up the details than when it happens to animals. There's even a special military unit that secures the scene of these shocking incidents and sometimes it has to deal with UFO's and aliens on the ground. Richard has managed to contact a former member of this unit via a UFOlogist in South Wales. Richard has visited the man and confirmed his identity and he was a part of this taskforce, Section Five-Eight, a detachment of the SAS special forces regiment and the Royal Engineers. Since making the film Richard has found an independent source to confirm that this unbelievable and terrifying phenomenon is real. Who... or what... is behind this, and why, is a big question with no obvious answers. The same question that was asked when animal mutilation was first identified by Linda Moulton Howe in the 1970's. None of the theories proposed so far fit, but there is sometimes a connection between these attacks and UFO activity. I'm disappointed to report that when Richard contacted Linda Moulton Howe about his research she instantly dismissed it. She tabled all kinds of totally inadequate explanations even though these bodies had suffered the exact same kind of mutilations she herself had identified as anomalous in cows and other beasts. This is suspicious; could LMH have been turned into a "limited hangout"? I hope not, but she has reacted very unexpectedly. Like myself, Richard is interested in the behaviour of the media and has studied their underhand machinations very carefully. He was approached by Plum Pictures to take part in what they call their "documentary" about UFO conspiracies. Like myself, Richard wisely declined in no uncertain terms; see here for background from 23.50: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=mMdyMb8ndPk. Unfortunately some of our peers have agreed to assist Plum Pictures; this is foolish and I'd be very surprised if it doesn't lead to disaster, like with the Off The Fence fiasco, see: http://hpanwo-tv.blogspot.co.uk/2013/06/confessions-of-alien-abductee-aftermath.html. Richard has developed a very dim view of Miles Johnston and explained on stage why that is. I don't agree at all and I think Richard is being unfair to Miles; Miles has done a lot of good work in raising awareness and distributing information. The AMMACH and Bases witnesses are always eager volunteers to be interviewed. Afterwards most of them remain pleased to have been involved. Many of these witnesses are close friends of mine and they feel they've achieved something and made a difference to the world by being on the sofa. In terms of their personal wellbeing they've commented to me that they find it healing and inspiring. This is not to say that Miles hasn't made a lot of mistakes; he's given a platform to some highly incredulous characters indeed over the years, but all in all I think he's genuine and has done a lot of good. That being said, Richard is correct to criticize Miles for signing up with Plum Pictures, and I do so myself in my recent interview with Miles, see: http://hpanwo-radio.blogspot.co.uk/2014/06/programme-92-podcast-miles-johnston.html. It's an extremely ill-advised move, especially in light of recent experience with Off The Fence, and when the programme is broadcast I think this will become very obvious. Miles was originally going to be at the UFO Truth Magazine Conference and manage the filming, but he had cancelled at the last minute meaning that the conference was not recorded. Some have speculated that this is because of Richard's presence there, but I doubt it. Miles was happy to speak at last autumn's Probe conference when none other than Joanne Summerscales was in the audience, and he did so with great dignity, see: http://hpanwo-tv.blogspot.co.uk/2013/10/return-to-probe.html. Richard's lecture on human mutilations gave me the chills I must admit. I think Richard is quite correct to speak out about the subject and I'd frankly be much more concerned if people were nottalking about it, but I did feel a bit vulnerable when I was lying in my tent that night, up on top of a remote hill where anything could come and grab me if it wanted to.
 
Stephen Mera
I first came across Stephen Mera when I read his enthralling book Strange Happenings; it was a vital research textbook for my film Gateway to a Parallel Universe, see: http://hpanwo-tv.blogspot.co.uk/2011/09/gateway-to-parallel-universe.html. I was delighted to be able to interview Steve personally at later on at Exopol, see: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=U81u057HVK8. He is the chief editor of Phenomenamagazine and a member of MAPIT, Manchester's Association of Paranormal Investigators and Training. Steve covers all kinds of subjects as well as UFO's and told us about how many ancient UFO images there are. They appear in renaissance paintings, mediaeval church iconography, Egyptian hieroglyphics and even cave paintings from prehistoric times. One is forced to ask how many of the artists of those works watched 1940's science fiction movies. There is also a great deal of forensic evidence including skulls with horns and skeletons much bigger than a normal man. Amazingly the world's earliest UFO photo was in 1870. Again, it's pretty obvious that UFO's go back much further in time than Skeptics would have you believe. It's possible that some of what we call "UFO's" are actually man made. The Nazi's were particularly advanced in this field and had a project codenamed "the Bell" or "The Beehive" towards the end of World War II. These involved free energy and antigravity. Ed Fouche has recently been interviewed talking about the TR3B which might have been developed from the work of the Nazi scientists and also back-engineered extraterrestrial technology from crash-retrievals like Roswell, see: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=BJy53lx_vCI. It's possible that even some aviation projects that are publicly acknowledged use this kind of technology secretly, like the B2 bomber might achieve some of its lift from electrogravitic forces. Steve's lecture was very interesting and a good introduction, I'd say, to a lot of these concepts; one to show your friends and family who might not go along with all your ideas yet.
 
Pia Knudsen
UFOlogy in Scandinavia is very old and very unique. It was the Swedish Army Air Corps who in 1931 deployed aircraft when a strange object appeared in the sky; this was the world's first recorded UFO aerial interception. The region is also where the "ghost rocket" phenomenon took place. These date back to the 1930's and continue to be reported to this day. Unlike most UFO's these do bear a moderate resemblance to man-made aircraft or projectiles; they tend to be streamlined and have wings, fins and propulsion nozzles and they often end their flights by dropping into lakes. Pia Knudsen is a Danish UFOlogist who is the leading authority on the subject in the country and has earned an international reputation for her research. She's a personal friend and colleague of Gary Heseltine and writes for the magazine. She and Gary had a sighting at a lake near Bergen in Norway. In 1952 Denmark took part in Operation Mainbrace, a massive international naval exercise involving over two hundred ships. It was a vast muscle-display for the Soviet Union in the early days of the Cold War. UFO’s have always taken an interest in human military affairs, for reasons only known to themselves, and Mainbrace was the scene of a UFO flap that covered the entire area of the exercise, from Greenland to the British Isles. Many objects were seen by Danish ships and an officer on one of them became a principle witness. Another Dane who has spoken out about his UFO experiences is the policeman Evald Maarup. In 1970 in Hadersley, Denmark he encountered a strange object in the sky and took a photograph of it. This was the first of many encounters he was to have over three years. He describes the objecg as being ten metres in diameter and with a hole at the bottom from which shone a beam of light. His fellow police officers laughed at him and suggested he see a psychiatrist. Pia has had experience with all the various UFO organizations in Denmark and when she described them I was surprised how similar they sounded to the various organizations we see in the UK. She works directly for Copenhagen UFO Research and Exopolitics Denmark, but there is also an outfit called SUFOI- Skandinavisk(Scandinavian) UFO Information, see: http://www.sufoi.dk/. Pia is highly suspicious of this group because although it formally declares that it still takes the extraterrestrial hypothesis seriously and pays the odd bit of lip-service to those who genuinely do all the time, it is in practice mostly a pack of Skeptic debunkers. So CUFOR and Exopolitics Denmark appear to be the equivalent of Exopolitics Great Britain and Gary’s PRUFOS Police Database, SUFOI sounds to me very similar in form to BUFORA, see here for my review of their 2012 conference: http://hpanwo.blogspot.co.uk/2012/09/bufora-conference-2012.html. Interestingly the year before, BUFORA cancelled a lecture by Richard D Hall at their 2011 conference. Nevertheless UFO research in Denmark is going full speed ahead, there’s a conference there this year on crop circles with the Norwegian film maker Terje Toftenes. I wish Pia all the best with it.
 
Roberto Pinotti
The next of the conference’s foreign speakers came all the way from Italy. Roberto Pinotti has been studying UFO’s since long before most of the conference’s delegates were born. He can speak good English, but he has a strong accent and I had to concentrate hard to understand him, and I’m glad I did. He helped organize a very successful UFO conference in 2010 in San Marino, as I read in Flying Saucer Review. He has travelled the world working alongside J Allen Hynek and John Mack. In Roswell he interviewed the witnesses Lt. Walter Haut and Glenn Dennis; he also knew the late Col. Philip Corso, a well-known spokesman on the subject. I’ve read Corso’s book and don’t quite know what to make of his story. Although he is highly thought of in most of the UFO community, also he is a former intelligence officer and Pentagon official therefore a high calibre witness, I can’t help finding some of his testimony dubious, see:  http://hpanwo.blogspot.co.uk/2009/03/day-after-roswell-by-col-philip-j-corso.html. Roberto told us that he “infiltrated” the scientific community, no mean feat that. He concentrated on SETI-the Search for ExtraTerrestrial Intelligence. This is a project intended to detect radio signals from intelligent beings out in the deep cosmos; it was passionately endorsed by Carl Sagan and he wrote a novel about it which was turned into a film- Contact. Roberto tried to arrange an affiliation between SETI and UFO groups, which seems bizarre. SETI proponents are totally Skeptical of UFO’s for obvious reasons; it makes their efforts somewhat superfluous. Roberto also defied Cold War allegiance by forging links with UFOlogists in the Soviet Union; that area has the richest and most promising UFO data in the world. There was the Tunguska event of 1908 and the famous sighting in Voronezh in 1989. Roberto’s journal Notiziaro UFOpublished articles that were also put out in the famous Russian broadsheet, Pravda. Roberto also spoke about a wave of UFO sightings in 1954; these included the incredible close encounter over Florence at the packed football ground- Stadio Artemio Franchi in which a group of objects flew low over a Fiorentina match, see here for more details: http://hpanwo-voice.blogspot.co.uk/2013/01/football-ufo-in-florence.html. UFOlogy in Italy has a long history, in fact the dictator Benito Mussolini was obsessed by the subject and ordered an official government investigation in 1933, a full fourteen years before Project Sign. Il Duce’s interest was sparked off by a wave of sightings of black triangles, a form of UFO still widely reported today. Another case in Italy I’m interested in is the creature encountered by Filiberto Caponi; Timothy Good investigated this personally in his book Unearthly Disclosures. See here for more detail: http://www.filibertocaponi.it/index.php?lang=it. I asked Roberto about it and he laughed. “That one is nothing to do with UFO’s he said. It’s cryptozoology!” Technically he is correct. There’s nothing connecting the being Caponi claims to have encountered with ET, but the features of the entity do resemble those reported by witnesses of beings which do come from close encounters of the third kind, so is Roberto being a bit hasty? It was good to meet Roberto and his wife; it was a very interesting lecture.
 
Capt. Robert Salas
Stephen Hawking once commented on UFO’s; through his electronic voice box he declared that, seeing as they only appear to “cranks and weirdoes” he was very sceptical of their existence. However this next witness is a member of a profession who, by its very nature, has had his psychiatric health more carefully monitored and screened than anybody else in the world. The job Capt. Robert Salas USAF, ret. used to do was man the launch control station for intercontinental nuclear missiles. In the event of all out nuclear war it was his finger that was “on the button”, and he who would send the missiles on their way. If at any time he launched his missiles without authorization, because he lost his mind, or by mistake, then the country targeted would most likely shoot back before asking questions and this could result in an all-out exchange which would destroy the world forever. Who would let a “crank” or “weirdo” do a job like that? Yet Capt. Salas did have an encounter with a UFO and he is speaking openly about it today. It was one morning in 1967 and he was on duty in the launch facility. This is in an underground bunker, or “capsule”, in a rural area of Montana USA, a long way from his headquarters at Malmstrom Air Force Base; nuclear facilities are always spread out over a wide area in remote locations so that they can’t all be targeted by enemy fire. He was in the bunker monitoring the missiles, ready as always in case the order came through to launch, when he received a phonecall from the security police outside. There was a strange light flying around beyond the compound. Half an hour later there was a large glowing red object hovering right outside the gates. At the same time an alarm went off on the control panel. All the missiles began to shut down. Pretty soon all the siloes were in a no-go situation. It’s reasonable to presume that the presence of the UFO’s disabled the missiles. There were several other similar incidents at other nuclear bases. As Pia Kundsen also revealed, UFO’s seem to be fixated on our military activity, especially nuclear weapons. I myself took a photo of a UFO close to a nuclear weapons facility, see: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=s2gBQVSgfvg. The UFO’s clearly have the ability to interfere with the electronics of nuclear missiles. Does this mean if it ever came to a war they’d step in and put a stop to it; don’t know, but I hope so. However at the time Capt. Salas had his encounter America was not at war and his team were on routine alert. Why did the UFO’s choose that time and place to fiddle? Only they know. Since then Capt. Salas has appeared at the Citizen Hearing and studied man more cases of UFO’s at nuclear sites, in Israel, Pakistan, Russia and many other places. There were events in Vietnam too. He refers to what he calls “The Secret Group” people who know some of the facts about UFO’s which they’re not willing to reveal to the rest of us; this sounds like the same people Richard Dolan calls “the Breakaway Civilization”. Capt. Salas said that Wilbert Smith, a Canadian engineer, knows a lot more as well, see here for more details: http://hpanwo.blogspot.co.uk/2011/11/who-is-wilbert-smith.html. Capt. Salas has had many contact experiences of his own, which might be an answer to why the UFO’s buzzed his team that day in 1967. He’s a staunch advocate for Disclosure and it was interesting to hear his speech.
 
I felt quite drained of energy as the conference drew to a close. I did also after Bases last weekend; it’s strange how just sitting there listening can take it out of you. We headed off to the Old Bridge for a social gathering and I had a “dirty burger” which was very nice. I had a lovely evening chatting to old friends and then it was time for bed. Some people left on the Sunday evening, but this was out of the question for me; I decided to stay overnight and travel home on Monday. The wind had strengthened during the day and the walls of my tent were battered continuously; it felt like somebody was punching them over and over. It rained very hard as well. However the fabric and poles of the tent held firm; not bad seeing as the tent is over fifteen years old. I bought it in 1998 for a trip to Ireland and it’s still in good shape. I couldn’t help feeling slightly uneasy because of what Richard D Hall talked about. The unfortunate victims of human mutilations are often people alone in remote areas like the Brecon Beacons and Dalby Forest. The campsite I was in was empty, my tent was the only one and there were no buildings as I said; I was several miles from Holmfirth on the isolated crest of a hill hundreds of feet above the populated valley. It was dark, cloudy and windy out there. I was intensely aware of my vulnerability. Was this the last anybody would hear of me? I’d be listed as missing while Section Five-Eight’s helicopter flew in to pick up my remains. Nevertheless I eventually drifted off to sleep. When I woke up it was light and the wind and rain had stopped. I breathed an only just slightly tongue-in-cheek sigh of relief and crawled out onto the waterlogged ground to strike the tent and pack everything into my rucksack. I then realized that I hadn’t paid the lady who runs the campsite. When I first booked online I couldn’t pay right then because I’m kind of “between bank accounts” right now… if you know what I mean. I phoned up the lady and explained and she said that was fine; all I had to do was give her the fee in cash when I arrived. However, as I explained, there was no management accommodation at the site and her personal address was in another town a few miles away. I had not seen her all weekend; nevertheless I was out all day from early till late and this might be why. So I had no choice but to head for a post office and send her the money via a postal order. When I got home and fired up my PC I had an email from her entitled Thanks for Nothing! It went on to say: Hi Ben. I noticed you’ve just packed up and left without paying. Here I am trying to run an honest business and people can’t be honest with me. I should have known better than to trust people. I never will again! It was signed: a very upset campsite owner. I’ve noticed that trust is generally regarded as a rather quaint and naïve notion in the modern world and those who succumb to it are suffering from childishness and weakness; this is deliberate social conditioning I think, see: http://hpanwo-voice.blogspot.co.uk/2014/02/eastenders-murder.html. Even somebody at the conference suggested that I do a runner and count myself lucky that there is still “one born every minute” and I’d quite rightly squeezed thirty quid out of one. If I had decided not to pay her it would have been easy. I didn’t give my home address or surname when I booked over the phone. No doubt there are many people who would hold her to blame for her gullibility had I done so. She apologized after I emailed her to explain. Presumably the postal order has arrived by now. I’m glad I didn’t cheat that lady, and that I did cheat the social manipulators. The second UFO Truth Magazine Conference was a glorious success and I’m very grateful to Gary Heseltine and his family who took part; also to all the speakers and assistants. I talked to the other delegates and I didn’t come across a single one who had any complaints. I had a great time and can’t wait for next years which will hopefully be even bigger and better.
 
 
 

Probe- Autumn 2014

$
0
0
(Some of the names have been changed)
In his book Monster of the Mere the cryptozoologist Jonathan Downes calls Blackpool"the biggest shithole in the world!" and goes on to describe his dislike of the town in lurid detail. I think that's going too far, but Blackpoolcertainly is the Babylon of the North. I've stayed there twice, once when I was an active young trade unionist at my hospital; I went with a lobby group to the Labour Party conference in 199-something. I also spent a weekend there in 1992 with a woman I should never have gone near, except she ended up being the mother of my daughter so it's a good job I did. In more recent years I've returned there many times, but I've come to know it well as a place to pass through rather than to visit. I'd finished last month's copy of Nexusby the time the coach arrived in Blackpool, so I left it on my seat in case anybody else wanted to read it and learn something. I walked out of the coach station, at the foot of the Tower, and southwards along the Victorian promenade, looking at the shop fronts and wondering if the local people's staple diet is candyfloss and hotdogs. Once past the PleasureBeach with its huge overhanging rollercoaster, the streets evened out and the prom gave way to a path that runs along Blackpool's new sea wall which looks like the side of a nuclear bunker. It might be needed soon; the tide was in and the rough green autumnal waves were already pounding against its concrete bulk. The southern extremity of Blackpool is a tram stop with the intriguing name of Starr Gate; it's rather apt considering the esoteric nature of my business in the area. After that there's nothing in sight except the beach curving away along the coast of the FyldePeninsula and the precarious looking dunes covered in rough grass. When walking to Lytham St Annes the town always emerges with a degree of theatrics. It's within walking distance from Blackpool(for a hospital porter at least), but it's another world away and the contrast is so striking. I plodded steadily down the white sandy beach. It was windy with heavy clouds, although none of the forecasted rain had yet hit. There were many people flying kites and others walking their dogs. The sky was deep blue and chemtrail-free. Then the end of a pier poked into view around the bend and slowly but surely more of it came into view. It was an old pier with 19th century decorations and no fairground rides or casinos. Then I saw the houses of North Promenade, a long row of dusky roofs and brick walls of a dark rose colour that I've never seen anywhere else. Closer to the pier were large multi-storey blocks, some very modern, hotels and the Lifeboat Memorial. Lytham St Annes is a unified conurbation of Lytham, Ansdell, Fairhavenand St Annes-on-the-sea, but it is St Annes I've come to know so well; I've calculated that in the last decade I've spent the equivalent of almost two months in the town. Music drifted through my head, strains of a George Forby ukulele thrash blended with a mellow number by The KLF. My mobile phone rang and it was my good friend Colin Woolford announcing that he'd just arrived. It was time to head for the SaltersWharfpub for some drinks and a meal, the first of my various Probe traditions. As I entered the pub it started raining and a thick rainbow arched over the town, framed by mountainous, elegant clouds.

The Probe International Conference is the first one I went to and definitely my favourite, see: http://www.ukprobe.com/. I didn't think I'd be able to go this year because of a lack of money. Then I had an email from a man who likes HPANWO asking me if I was planning on going. When I replied in the negative he immediately offered to pay for me to go. I must admit I felt embarrassed, but it was a say-yes-or-no situation and I said "yes". I'm very grateful and hope this report lives up to the expectations of my benefactor. For this reason I felt very fortunate indeed as I met up with some of my Probe-buddies. As is the case with most of my interactions with others, it's not all love and light. There are people I've met at Probe who have been very antagonistic towards me. Mack, one of the people in the pub on Friday night, is not one of those; in fact he's a good friend and I'm very fond of him. Nevertheless he is a very volatile individual and he bubbles over occasionally for no apparent reason. On one instance he very vehemently chided me over what he considered my terminology when I was talking about one of my favourite subjects- free energy, the way we can extract useable power from nothing. "It's not from nothing! It's from the zero point field!" he opined loudly. "And the zero point field is not nothing!... And it's not free!" I calmly but firmly stood my ground and stated that I knew what the zero point field is, but I disagreed. "Nobody will take you seriously and you'll sound like your talking bullshit!" he persisted. I replied, truthfully, that I'm not really interested in what other people think of me. Mack shook his head "I won't budge on this!""I'm not asking you to budge" I responded. "I simply disagree with what you're saying." I also found it odd that Mack felt this issue was so important; I regarded it as trivial and inconsequential. When I was a hospital porter I was trained in conflict management, how to calm down a patient who becomes aggressive. However in my experience the skills I learned were more necessary for dealing with other members of the hospital's staff. I also developed a few tactics of my own, for example see: http://hpanwo-tv.blogspot.co.uk/2013/07/physical-dignity-statements.html. I wasn't bothered by Mack's tirade and I felt no resentment towards him for it; I know him well enough not to take his behaviour too seriously. In fact I've learnt that resentment I feel towards negative action comes from my own sense of hurt; when that hurt doesn't happen then I have no reason to resent. Mack and I continued to get along fine for the remainder of the conference. It has come to my attention that some people regard me as a bit of a pushover. These are people who don't know me and make that judgement from some superficial aspect of my demeanour that I'm not aware of. It is sad that in the community that calls itself "alternative" this controlled response has not yet been unlearned by so many people; the currents of psychological manipulation run deep indeed, see here for more details: http://hpanwo-voice.blogspot.co.uk/2014/02/eastenders-murder.html. Like I say, it's a shame, but if that's the way things are then it must be dealt with. If anybody who has misjudged me thus, intends to act on their perceived advantage over me, then I hope they will consider my above words due warning.
I couldn't stay at the Monarch Hotel on Friday night because it was fully booked, so I had to bed down in the Travelodge on Clifton Drive. In the morning I headed for the venue at the YMCA on St Albans Roadhappily anticipating a sweet reunion with my Probe-buddies. It was as wonderful as always to see them all again; but sadly there were some notable absences. Dennis and Marian couldn't make it this year, and I badly missed Dennis' business-like discussions of orb photos and Marian's warm and affectionate hugs and kisses. Their stall with its alien T-shirts and sculptures is a landmark of the conference. Fred and Val, Dex Dobie, Dave Morgan and Noel couldn't get there either. However the biggest hole has definitely been made by the passing away of Jean Wright, Sam's wife and fellow organizer of the conference. She was a great lady, totally dedicated and as genuine as they come. Wherever she is now I wish her well. As always conferences cover many topics, but these tend to interact with current affairs. The situation with the Ebola outbreak and war with the Islamic State were the main focus of conversation, so when the dapper and distinguished figure of Dave Starbuck (http://www.revelationaudiovisual.com/) took to the stage it was quite refreshing. The subject of his lecture was numerology, the use of mathematics for divination. Unfortunately his microphone was not very good and he illustrated his talk with a paper flip chart that only the front row could see, but he was as knowledgeable and enthralling as always. He not only claims to have predicted an earthquake in California, but also that what day of the month we are born effects our personality. He links this to astrology too, that different numbers relate to the various planets. He has made the life of Adolf Hitler a test study and he says that things that fit in with his system are not a coincidence. Astrology and numerology are not my best subjects, but I have a healthy respect for them and take them very seriously. Dave is a very experienced lecturer, as opposed to the next speaker, Tracy Ashfield, who was making her conference debut. Her voice was quavering and she was close to tears as she explained that she's waited thirty years to tell her story. For her entire life, for as long as she can remember, she has been abducted by various strange creatures to which she has given her own names: "Mothman", "Egyptian man", "Greek people", "monks", "shadow people", "a dark smoky figure". Experiences like this have happened to generations of her family going back to her grandparents at least. She has been taken to spacecraft where she has seen a man lying on a table whom she suspects was the famous American experiencer Travis Walton. These events frighten and disturb her a lot and they seem to peak every ten years of her life. She explained how the creatures she has to deal with operate "pods" in which pieces of human bodies float in water. These are somehow connected with reincarnation and life-after-death. Tracyhas been in touch with Rosemary Ellen Guiley, the brilliant researcher and prolific author who spoke at the recent Leeds Exopolitics Expo which I hosted, and she believes that these beings are what Muslims call the Djinn. Tracyis up against a lot of opposition. Her doctor thinks she's psychotic and her husband doesn't believe her. I was extremely impressed with Tracy's bravery and can only imagine what she's having to endure. I feel the deepest respect to her and hope she manages alright. Tracy Ashfield's information was considerably built upon by the next speaker, Miles Johnston (http://www.thebasesproject.org/), an old friend and colleague who is doing a lot of dedicated and expert work into these subjects. Miles is a radio and TV broadcast engineer as well as a UFOlogist and has put his skills to good use for his work in the Bases Project for over twenty years. Bases had its first major conference a couple of months ago which I was happy to attend, see: http://hpanwo-tv.blogspot.co.uk/2014/08/the-bases-project-conference-2014.html. Miles current labours began when he met Barry King, a man who claims to have been a security guard at a secret military underground base beneath the village of Peasemore in Berkshire. In this base, Nazi scientists were developing artificial alien-like creatures and many other nefarious activities including mind control and biological warfare. Many people have approached him with stories of their own experiences, including extraterrestrial and military abduction, implants, super-soldiering, interdimensional portals and much more. He has also worked on the disturbing subject of the elite plans to change the nature of life on Earth through transhumanism and pseudolife. A story was going round just before the conference that Miles had been cloned. I regarded this as somewhat tongue-in-cheek and we made many jokes about it early in the conference; therefore I never expected at all what happened next.
I began to feel drowsy, not because Miles was boring, in fact he was very riveting; it was just that I'd eaten a large pie at dinner and the room was warm with a smothering atmosphere. As I felt my eyelids droop I noticed that there were suddenly two people on stage. One was Miles himself, dressed in a grey jacket and standing at the podium delivering his lecture, the second was a man wearing a white T-shirt standing a few yards to his right downstage, just before the front row of the audience. This man had his arms akimbo and was staring hard at me. The really weird thing was, he looked just like Miles. It was Miles double. I blinked and the apparition vanished, but it returned a few minutes later when I felt my mind drift into half-sleep again. After this second appearance of Miles' double I was alarmed enough to remain fully awake for the rest of his speech and never saw the double again. This is not the first time I've seen unusual but very tangible visions while in the state between waking and sleeping. A few years ago I saw a phantasm of my girlfriend's dead father on a train, see: http://hpanwo-voice.blogspot.co.uk/2008/10/real-ghost-train.html. If this weird aetheric duplicate of Miles wasn't just my mind playing tricks then what could it be? Has this talk about Miles being cloned been more than just idle ribbing? If this was a clone then it wasn't a one in the conventional biological sense. Real clones are physical and can't appear and disappear. Was it therefore Miles' doppelganger? Unlikely because Miles did not see it himself. I've had an encounter with my own doppelganger and not only could I see it, but I may have been the only one able to, see: http://hpanwo-tv.blogspot.co.uk/2013/04/doppelganger.html. Things like this happen at Probe all the time; at the March 2011 event a "ghost" was captured on film by speaker Sweeps Fox, see: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=e1p0KMH563I. Several people have since come forward to claim that this is actually just an audience member, and have even nominated whom it might be, but I'm not so sure. The entity is sitting in front of a loudspeaker placed on a sack truck and it appears to be translucent. This is another reason why I'm reasonably confident that my own sighting of Miles'"clone" is significant too. As it turned out, this was not the only intrusion of the supernatural into this October 2014 conference.

Kieran Lee Perrin(http://chroniclesofamindcontroltarget.blogspot.co.uk/2014/05/operation-you-lot-tree_13.html) is a very new face on the scene who debuted at Miles Johnston's Bases conference a couple of months ago, see link above. He was once a successful businessman living a conventional life running a recruitment consultancy firm, until he discovered that he is a "targeted individual"; this is somebody who has been selected by the authorities for harmful and non-consensual medical and psychological treatment. In Kieran's case this involved implants being placed in his body, "wetware" as he calls it. Sadly some of his family and friends are involved in this; this is known as "gangstalking" which is a multi-pronged attack involving the spreading of false rumours, following people around, nuisance phone calls etc. He has also heard sounds in his head due to V2K- voice-to-skull technology; this is a system militarized from research into experimental hearing aids for the deaf. It involves sounds being projected at a person, usually loud and annoying noise, or abrasive and insulting voices, which are heard through direct electronic stimulation of the aural nervous system. The TI can do nothing to stop themselves hearing these sounds because they bypass the ears entirely and enter the brain direct. You might think that Kieran is simply paranoid and fantasizing what's happening to him, but you'd be wrong. He has hard evidence in the form of MRI scans of his head which show foreign objects placed in his brain and at the back of his mouth. His dentist referred Kieran to radiology when he discovered these objects while removing Kieran's wisdom teeth. The ones at the back of his mouth and curved and mobile. Sickeningly, their function seems to be inflicting pain; they are instruments of torture. Kieran also has wires that run through his entire body. I've spoken about implants before, see: http://hpanwo-voice.blogspot.co.uk/2014/03/dr-roger-leir-dies.html. Although there is an extraterrestrial factor to consider, there's no doubt that the state and corporate forces are involved too, perhaps solely in some cases. After he'd spoken there were some people outside who had come to meet him from ICAACT, see: http://www.icaact.org/. One of them was Lenny whom I've met several times. As we greeted each other he glared at me with his thousand yard stare and gave me his regulation rant about how UFO's are "a load of old crap!" and that we all need to "wake up!" to "the realstory!" I've spoken about Lenny previous reports, but I won't post a link; HPANWO-readers can use the search box if they like. This is because I think I was too hard on him in the past; he has suffered enormously and deserves a little slack. However he is as doctrinaire and intimidating as ever, although he and I can get along OK. He still refuses to enter the conference hall or buy a ticket because he believes that the Probe management would not tolerate his presence there, but it's probably more the other way round. There are several delegates who share his view that UFO's are a non-issue and belief in them is not a condition of entry. If he did attend the conference he'd be very welcome and most people would listen to him attentively. It has to be said that Lenny appears to know next to nothing about UFO's and his opposition to the topic is purely instinctive and ideological. It's a pity because he has a completely distorted view of a group of people who could otherwise be his allies; perhaps because he's a TI himself he doesn't have the luxury of time to develop an analytical perspective. The fact is that he's completely right about everything he talks about in his newsletters, of which he gave me a copy, and completely wrong about so many of the people who want to help him and others; and put a stop to the evil conspiracy that has ruined so many lives, including his own. The last speaker of the day was that regular personality David Boyle (http://exhibitionoftheuniverse.com/), and I'm pleased to report that his Exhibition of the Universe will be reopening very soon. He is the only man in Blackpool Jonathan Downes admired. The last time he was on stage at Probe he was designing a machine to extract energy from moonlight. It was just as well he was on last because, like Richard Hoagland, once he's on stage you can't get rid of him. He is a small, round and quite elderly man, but is enthusiasm and energy are boundless. He talked about what he sees as the answer to life's great questions: Who are we? What's the meaning of life? What's the purpose of the universe? He compared atoms to pixels- as above so below, as the saying goes. He's a student of the Kabbalah and the Tree of Life, crop circles, reincarnation, the 19.47 factor, the Flower of Life and how it relates to the Pyramids of Egypt. He also brought up numerology like Dave Starbuck did; he says the infamous number 666 relates to humans because we have 216 bones, which collapses to 6, as does the number of subatomic particles in carbon and water atoms. I always enjoy David Boyle's talks very much, even though I can only usually grasp about half of what he says. He has the knowledge and charm of a kind of Goro Adachi meets Roy Kinnear.
After Saturday's proceedings were over at about six PM I went to check in at the Monarch Hotel. As soon as I entered the room which Steve and Lesley had designated for me I realized something amazing. Although I'd stayed at the Monarch five or six times I was usually in a different room, but I had been placed in this room before, once. It was the room I had had in October 2006 when I attended my very first Probe conference; I recognized the large window and the view over the street. I remember being very agitated at the time. I sat on the bed and called my daughter urgently. I can't remember what the problem was. I went back out to meet up with Miles, Colin and Kieran Lee Perrin and we went for a meal at a very nice curry house just off the High Street. There we got talking to a young woman named Jenny who was also at the conference; it was her first time and she is quite new to Probe-esque subjects. I've been most careful of all not to mention Jenny's real name because she is a media personality, in the world of TV news. I know only too well how getting involved with the conspiratorial/paranormal/UFO world can be a very bad career move, as it were. Unfortunately it is quite likely that Jenny will be affected professionally by her private interests; nevertheless if she can protect herself she should. There is no valour in being a false martyr. She is acutely aware of the price she might have to pay for her awakening to the arcane and has bravely persisted nonetheless. One of the subjects that we talked about was something Gary Heseltine brought up at the UFO TruthMagazine Conference, the advanced age of the delegation. Garysees this as the aging of the UFOlogical community, but is aging the correct word? Perhaps simply old is more appropriate. It's true that the average age of a Probe delegate is probably around the late 50's early 60's mark, and there is a large contingent in their 70's and even older. We had a lady of over a hundred attending her first one a few years ago. However at the BUFORA conference, see: http://hpanwo.blogspot.co.uk/2012/09/bufora-conference-2012.html, I saw a photograph taken in the auditorium of a UFO meeting held in 1962 and the same observation could be made; so why are there any UFOlogists even alive today? It could simply be instead that subjects like UFO's, false flag terrorism, the paranormal etc, are ones that need the contemplation of a mature mind. Most of the major spokesmen within our community, like David Icke, Ian R Crane etc, only became aware of this milieu after a fair bit of conventional life experience. Ian talks eloquently about his "mid-life crisis" and how false that very word is. My own conspiratorial awareness only emerged in me after a long process of inner reflection, sometimes it was also traumatic. All such dismal thoughts were dispelled from my mind though when we went to the Langdale Hotel, the official conference hub, and watched a brilliant cabaret act, the same couple who were there last year. Apparently there is a video of me dancing out there somewhere; I suspect it will be used to blackmail me.

After a hearty Sunday morning breakfast I strode up the broad quiet streets of St Annes to the YMCA for what was to become one of the most remarkable days the Probe conferences have ever seen. It began with Steve Mera (http://www.phenomenamagazine.co.uk/#/steve-meras-books/4576857088), whom regular HPANWO-readers will recall from the UFO Truth event. Steve has joined forces with Don Philips to produce a new TV series which will hopefully be a unique and original scientific investigation into the paranormal, see: http://hpanwo-voice.blogspot.co.uk/2014/10/don-philips-and-steve-mera-hangout.html. His lecture focused on the UFO presence before the 1940's. This is because Skeptics often claim that there wasno UFO presence previous to that era. This is completely false. There are very convincing photographs, eyewitness reports and documentary evidence which shows that UFO's date back long before then; in fact phenomena like them are found throughout history. Before there was photography flying saucers appeared in paintings like the Nuremburg Woodcut of 1561 and even in Egyptian tomb carvings. Interestingly somebody has apparently "confessed" to faking a famous UFO photograph from Belgiumin the early 1990's. This says an awful lot about Skeptic logic; when a person claims to have spotted a UFO the Skeptics will demand evidence like a starving man grasping for food, yet the moment some nobody across the street sticks his hand in the air and says: "It's OK, I faked it." the Skeptics will respond: "Right, that's it then, case closed" without a second thought. And as Pia Knudsen points out, the moment anybody cries "fake" UFOlogists will drop a case like a hot potato and run away. However a confession is a claim too and fake confessions do happen, like the time a Bigfoot witness said that he'd produced a fraudulent film of the creature, yet later his tale turned out to be incredulous, see: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=1lDF-NAOraQ. What happened next was almost a poetic illustration of Steve's lecture. Between the speakers there was a fifteen minute break; I left the auditorium and headed for the entrance to grab some fresh air. As I stepped outside I saw everybody clustered round staring at upwards and pointing; some people had cameras out and were holding them up. Somebody quickly explained that an unidentified flying object had appeared. I stared into the sky, but it took me a minute or two to find it because it was so small. Eventually my eyes located a tiny speck of silver in the clear blue sky. It was completely stationary; I heard later that someone had reported a UFO at 8 o'clockin the morning. I made my own recording of the incident on my mobile phone, but the quality is so poor that it's useless. Most of the others, with phones a bit newer than mine, managed to zoom in on the object and these photographs were displayed on the auditorium screen during the afternoon break. Unfortunately, apart from the magnification, the quality of most of them was not much better than mine; they showed just a pixelated blob. However one photo was taken by a man with a proper camera and telephoto lens and the object appears to be silvery grey or light green in colour and shaped like a cone with a flat top. Somebody with binoculars described it as "diamond-shaped" and that it was "unmoving". Below is a snapshot of my notebook page where I wrote down the details at the time:
As you can see I recorded it as: Silver metallic grey. Very small, distant. Elevation about 40 degrees. Apparent size- less than 10% of the moon. 12th October 2014. 11 AM. East to northeast. Lytham St Annes, LancashireUK. The drawing is based on the telephoto picture taken of it. We continued to watch the UFO for about twenty minutes; at one point a jet aircraft passed in front of it, indicating that it was at a very high altitude; this gave it a minimum range and size too. It got smaller and smaller as time went on, as if it were drifting away without changing its bearing by much; therefore we can estimate that it was moving very slowly towards the east or northeast. If there were any other witnesses to the sighting then they have either not contacted the media or the media have not covered it because I can find no stories online. It was a tantalizing and frustrating encounter. It can't be ruled out that the object was just a balloon of some kind; conversely its shape and other features mean that it was not obviously so and that it might have been a genuine ET. If so then it's a pity it never came any closer. It felt like we were being teased. The main effect on the conference was that it delayed the start of the next speaker's session by about half an hour. As it happened this was as apt as the previous one, for it was Brenda Butler (https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=zJzWgFMB5TI). I met Brenda a few weeks ago in RendleshamForest, see: http://hpanwo-tv.blogspot.co.uk/2014/09/rendlesham-forest-2014.html. She is one of the principle investigators into the Rendlesham Forest Incident which is a highly significant UFO event that took place in Suffolkin 1980. She has been a UFOlogist since 1965 and talked about many other strange events that took place in that area, not just the famous landings during Christmas 1980. She says that the local British witnesses have been overlooked and that the "yanks" have been the only ones to have their testimony publicized; Brenda wishes to give their side of the story a hearing. The year before, 1979, there was major activity occurring in the area all year, animals disappearing from farms, UFO witnesses going missing or dying, and the landing of a craft north of RAF Woodbridge a long way from the 1980 events; this has become known as "Area 1". Also a fishing boat offshore struck a USO- Unidentified Submerged Object. Brenda still regularly visits RendleshamForest along with my friend and fellow researcher Derek Savory and they have recorded some bizarre images on film- a jeep driving through a portal-like structure, swirls of light and orbs, and a dragon. She has had encounters with ghostly monks and many other things, even the spirit of her departed dog. She has discovered tunnels leading to an underground facility in the area, maybe the same one the UFO witness Larry Warren was taken to. One thing Brenda makes very clear is that the 1980 incident was not unique and was in fact just one of many strange phenomena that regularly occur in that region.
After Brenda had finished a lady called Jane Fraser came onto the stage and sung some songs, including a lovely tribute to Jean Wright called Autumn Leaves. Then it was time for the return of the TV historian Mark Olly (http://hpanwo.blogspot.co.uk/2009/04/probe-conference-march-2009.html), this time dressed in normal clothes. He sent me full circle by telling us that Robin Hood is real. I remember first hearing about the story of Robin Hood as a child in first school and being captivated by it; I also watched the various films that have been made over many years. I assumed Robin Hood was a real person until quite recently, when I began visiting Nottingham regularly, that I was told that he was no more real than Santa Claus, just a character from a mediaeval folk tale. The popular image of Robin Hood- dressed in green with tight trousers and a feather in his cap, is straight out of Hollywoodand based on the character as portrayed by the actors Errol Flynn and Douglas Fairbanks. However, Mark has tracked down a real man behind the legend, not in Nottinghambut in Yorkshire, and has even narrowed his grave down to a handful of places in Wakefield. There's even a connection between Robin Hood and the Knights Templar; so much for stealing from the rich and giving to the poor. Mark's next mission is too solve an even older historical mystery- what happened to the 9th Legion of the Roman army, which vanished without a trace in Caledonia, modern Scotland, almost two thousand years ago. I look forward to hearing what he discovers.
I was delighted to meet up again with Ellis Taylor (See links column and numerous HPANWO posts). This time he did a speech about the harrowing subject of occult elements in the most terrible crimes, especially the kidnap and murder of children. As Dave Starbuck described, certain numbers keep recurring in the reports of these crimes and also certain symbols, words and phrases. There are the names of saints in the names of the victims' schools and significant pagan holidays around the dates of the crimes. Also emblems like bells, swans and geese which are all powerful on a magickal level. He's also discovered that the location of these atrocities form a hexagram on the map of England. I was not surprised to learn that in the exact centre of this symbol stand the town on Milton Keynes, a giant occult temple; see here for more detail: http://hpanwo-tv.blogspot.co.uk/2012/03/secrets-of-milton-keynes.html. I know my new friend Jenny was very upset by this information, being a newcomer to this area of knowledge. However Ellis is doing the right thing talking about it; I'd be more disturbed if everybody was silent and complicit on the matter.
Time was getting on and we were running very late, thanks to the UFO sighting, so the last speaker of the Autumn 2014 Probe International Conference was rushed on without a break in between. He was Kevin Rowan-Drewitt (https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=npZVrJu7GFk). He is a student of ancient mysteries and spoke about the enthralling topic of the ancient stone circles of the British Isles. I was shocked to learn that only a third of them survive, the rest having been demolished in the millennia since they were built. Long Meg and her Daughters in Cumbria is the site he concentrated on the most, talking about the enigmatic spiral patterns carved on it. This motif can be found all over Britainand beyond in places as far away as Brittanyin France and Baffin Island off the coast of Canada. Contrary to popular belief, the stone circles of Britainare nothing to do with the Druids. The Druids only came to Britainwith the Celts in the first millennium BC; these stone circles are far older, dating back to the Bronze Age and Neolithic. Kevin has discovered that the construction of many stone circles contains sacred geometry, and this can be found in more recent pagan art, like the lid of the Chalice Well at Glastonbury.   
See here for my HPANWO TV reportage on last year's Probe Conference:http://hpanwo-tv.blogspot.co.uk/2013/10/return-to-probe.html.

What goes up must come down, and the higher you fly the further you have to fall. It is the moment I dread at every Probe conference. When the last speaker has finished and Sam has closed the conference, it ends with a massive jolt. The YMCA staff walk in and begin packing up the chairs. The stall vendors carry their boxes out to their cars, the decorations and posters are put away and within minutes it's all over and I'm left staring at a room that is suddenly just a basketball/five-a-side court. The delegates and speakers hang around in little circles saying goodbye, but this doesn't take long either; one more handshake, a hug and kiss, tender words of parting. Few Probists stay behind when the conference is over. Most of them live somewhere in the North Country and they have their own transport. The carpark echoes with the roar of engines as they all head for the hills. Then there's that subdued triste silence that falls over the venue and the street outside. I don't have transport and so always have to stay overnight before making my way home on Monday morning; luckily there's never been a time when I'm literally the only one. This conference a lot of people were there to meet up in the evening, Miles, Colin, Kieran and our new friend Jenny. We went back to the curry house and they all chipped in to buy me a meal for my birthday. Then we went for a few more drinks before returning to our hotels. In the morning on the way down to breakfast I knocked on the door of Miles' room to say goodbye, but he didn't answer; I heard the sound inside of the shower running. Lesley served me up one more full English then it was time to plod along the wide streets and right angle junctions of St Annes one last time. I often feel lousy after the end of a good conference, but it's always far worse with Probe; I've even coined the term post-Probe blues. It only lasts for a day or two but it can be surprisingly potent. In fact when I was hosting the Leeds Exopolitics event two weeks before I said to the audience at the end: "You might feel a bit down after this. It's because it's such an intense experience being at a conference. You now have to go back into the so called 'real' world where everything you've allowed to flow freely for the last three days has to be dammed up again. All the people presently surrounding you who accept you as you are, will suddenly be hundreds of miles away." I then went on to advise them on a few tips to keep their spirits up: "Don't just dive back in head-first. Be kind to yourself. Read one of the UFO books you've bought off the stall or watch one of the UFO DVD's, just to keep yourself in the mindset you've been enjoying. Network with others on the phone or social media. You're not alone, even if it feels like it for a while." That advice was as much for myself as for the Exopol delegates. In the case of Probe this time I had the comforting bulk of Richard Dolan's UFO's and theNational Security State- 1973 to 1991- the Cover-up Exposed in my rucksack. I relished settling down into it on the coach. But first I had to get to the coach. I caught the bus for the fifty light-year journey to Blackpool, but I looked at my clock and saw that I had an hour till the coach departed. I decided on impulse to decamp from the bus at Starr Gate and walk to the coach station along the beach. I strolled across the wet sand, dodging jellyfish and razorshells. It was a cloudy and dank morning, not very warm. I still took off my shoes and socks, as I have to on any beach, and headed for the waterline a few hundred yards out. The Blackpool shore lay stretched out to my right with the Tower and the South and Central Piers plainly visible. I suddenly remembered that today was my birthday, almost as an afterthought. Strange to be travelling on my birthday. After a few minutes I noticed that the South Pier didn't look much closer than it had a few minutes earlier. I looked at my clock. It was now forty five minutes until I had to catch my coach; I'd been walking for entire quarter of an hour and made very little progress. It struck me that I was a lot further from my destination than I thought; distances are hard to judge on a beach. My stroll broke into a stride and then a jog. Something similar happened at Exopol; I got lost in Leedson my way to the coach stop and got it with minutes to spare by running like crazy. Perhaps it was subconscious; I didn't really want to leave after all. I knew I had to head for the Central Pier and the Tower. As soon as I remembered that the Tower wasn't actually by the Central Pier and was slightly north of it I knew I'd had it. I began wondering how much extra National Express would charge me for a ticket transfer and how many hours I'd have to wait for the next service. I decided to see if I could get to the prom and hail a taxi. It took about four minutes just to put my shoes and socks back onto my wet, numb feet, but once I'd managed it I saw one at a rank. On the way to the coach station I asked the female driver if she had heard of David Boyle and she hadn't. I tipped her two pounds and advised her to check out his new exhibition when it opens in a few weeks. The coach lumbered away from Blackpool onto the main road to Preston, past the ugly and dangerous-looking experimental fracking sites. On the M6 motorway there were a surprisingly large number of military vehicles travelling in both directions, including several convoys of a dozen cars each and lorries carrying God-knows-what. I couldn't help wondering, had the UFO sighting of the day before led to a crash-retrieval? Unlikely. I got home and went through my phone messages, organizing my work for the following day. I was feeling a bit better by then, after all Probe is different from most other conferences. It's on twice a year, not once. Only six months till the next one... and counting.



Area 51 Alien Interview- New Research

$
0
0
The following was posted in the YouTube description box of a video uploaded on the 4th of January 2015 by the user "JennyArea51Insider":
My name? My name is... it doesn't matter; just call me "Jenny". I was a scientist working for... actually I'm not a hundred percent sure WHO I was working for. The truth is, I was originally a scientist at an average pharmaceutical company laboratory. One day somebody in a dark suit who didn't introduce himself came to see me and said I'd been "selected". He offered me a job with five times my current salary, no questions asked; well, I jumped at it on the spot. I had to sign any number of secrecy papers, but I didn't stop to read the small print. My mortgage was year in arrears, I was about to lose my house, my husband was threatening to run off with the kids; what would YOU have done!? I travelled to work every day from Las Vegas McCarren International Airport on a Janet plane to the airbase you know as "Area 51"; I won't tell you its real name. From there I got on a bus without windows and a dark curtain over the driver's cab and we drove a few miles to... somewhere nearby, don't know in which direction exactly. It was underground, don't know how deep; it took three minutes down in a lift, that's all I can tell you. No stairs, no fire escape. Armed security guards in masks everywhere! Guns pointing at you every second! I can't give you too many details about my job; it might reveal my identity and that of others. But basically I had to do tests on these... things... creatures; I don't know what they were or where they came from, but the word is our employers have their spacecraft in hangers at ground level. The creatures were kept on the deepest level of the basement. Little short, spindly humanoids. They were grey-coloured and had wrinkly skin, almost reptilian. Their eyes!... Oh my God! They were like huge black holes! And if you looked into them it gave you the strangest feeling, like they were reading your thoughts. I had to analyze what they called "blood" and "skin", but it was nothing like that from any animal I was familiar with. I don't know if they were there of their own free will or they were prisoners. Some of them died and once or twice we did a post-mortem. I had to film them with a camera. At the end of the examination we always stored any film, photographs and documents in a special vault with an electronic registry system for checking items in and out. Anyway, yesterday after one of these examinations, I had to stow the film and the registry computer crashed just after I'd scanned the film in. It failed just in time before the door on the vault shut, so it was left hanging open. I suddenly realized that as far as the records were concerned the film was filed correctly with the door sealed, but in fact it was still in front of me with the door open... if I took it out, nobody would know. I never planned this, honestly! The thought never even crossed my mind before! The idea just suddenly popped into my head and I acted instinctively. I knew I had to hide it because our pockets and bags are searched and scanned. The film was on a very small mini-disk so I ripped a hole in my stocking and shoved it into my shoe. I pushed it down so it was under the arch of my foot and walked off. I could feel it there, digging into the sole of my foot. I hoped that the leather of my shoe would shield it from the body scanner we have to go through when entering or leaving the complex. God, I was scared, because if it wasn't hidden alright I'd be caught red-handed! People on the staff just "disappear" every so often and rumour has it they're not just sacked. But it was too late to turn back! Whew! The scanner didn't buzz. I tried hard to look and act normal as we went up in the lift to the big enclosed car park where the bus picks us up. When I got off the Janet at McCarren I almost fainted with relief. Anyway I didn't go straight home but used a library many miles away in another town; don't want my home computer to be traced. I've never had a YouTube account before but it was easy to set one up anonymously. I had to convert the files because they're in some very weird format, but I managed to do it and so what you're seeing here is what I filmed. I think the world has a right to know what's going on in secret deep below Area 51!... See here for the video:http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=_kO73W6Gr_Q.
The above makes disturbing reading. It's similar to what has been posted many times all over the Internet almost since the World Wide Web began. You may be wondering who "Jenny" or "JennyArea51Insider" is and whether her story is real or not; let me tell you right now that is it not real. "Jenny" doesn't exist; I invented her myself and completely made up the story you've just read. The video link is one I corrupted which is why it's blank; don't worry it wasn't taken down by the CIA before you got the chance to watch it. But if I can do that so can many other people, and indeed they have. Normally accompanying these angst-ridden blurbs are the videos themselves; I've found several hundred on YouTube of varying degrees of quality and persuasiveness. The most well-known is Ray Santilli's notorious "Alien Autopsy", now completely discredited; but it's not the only one by far. However most of the others are more recent and, as I say, fairly unconvincing. There are exceptions though. I'd say generally older videos are more likely to be the real thing; though not always of course, as in the case of the Santilli film. The reason I trust the old ones more is because of the lack of very good and easily accessible special effects that is the curse of the modern age; what I whinge about here: http://hpanwo-tv.blogspot.co.uk/2011/06/fake-alien-videos.html. This inundation of home Photoshopping has caused major obstacles for serious paranormal research; there is now a catastrophic signal-to-noise ratio problem in UFOlogy. It's sad because some of these videos could be real, but how can we possibly sort the wheat from the chaff? I can walk down a high street in Nairobi and purchase a software suite, for an affordable price, that will give me the ability to create realistic imagery that it is virtually impossible to prove as fake. Photographic evidence simply does not carry the same weight that it used to. It's a shame because if my fictional character Jenny has counterparts in real life then what would they do? Send their film to the press? No, she'd suspect the package would be intercepted. She would want to be able to publish the evidence herself, instantly, to the maximum possible audience. The chances are that a real person in that situation would indeed upload the material to YouTube and other similar video sharing sites. Of course these video sites usually have comments boxes under each video and how would they read?: "Another fake", "Total BS", "Fake as Jordan's tits!", "Pwned!""Get a life, m8", "not another one!". Therefore the people who make these fake videos are doing genuine investigation a great disservice. Poor Jenny would become the ultimate little boy who cried wolf, through no fault of her own.

The timing of the release of the Santilli film in May 1995 could be significant, for reasons I'll detail later. It was a sensation across the world and in August a USnetwork documentary was broadcast all about the film which achieved massive viewing figures, see: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=qyh36fQf7p8. The high public approval of the film was not reflected within the UFOlogical community. Very few experts thought it was real; most were either on the fence or denounced it as a fake, including Philip Mantle who has written an essential and definitive book on the subject, see: http://www.roswellbooks.com/autopsy/. It didn't take long before gaps and inconsistencies emerged in the film and Santilli's story, and his small cluster of supporters began to drain away; but it was not until 2006 that Santilli eventually made a full confession. This was timed to coincide with the premier of the Warner Brothers feature film all about him, Alien Autopsy, staring Ant and Dec, see: http://www.imdb.com/title/tt0466664/, but that was eleven years later. Throughout the intervening decade if you said "alien autopsy" to anybody, almost all of them would immediately think of the Santilli film. However during that entire fame, fortune and media furore a second similar incident took place that received a fraction of the publicity, in fact today it is virtually unknown outside the UFO community. On Friday July the 26th 1996, a man phoned the Los Angeles offices of Rocket Pictures, a film and TV production company, and claimed to be in possession of a VHS cassette containing taped footage of an extraterrestrial being. The man called himself "Victor" and gave no further information about himself. Rocket Pictures asked to see the tape and Victor sent them a copy, not the original. After viewing it they asked Victor if he would be willing to be interviewed; he agreed, but only under very stringent protocols. Victor went to extraordinary lengths to withhold his identity; he wore a wig and a mask over his face, and he was shot in silhouette. He also used a sound modulator to disguise his voice. He insisted that the interview be scripted with a list of questions he had to approve first. He revealed that he had been present at Area 51 a short time before; Area 51 is a highly secret military compound in Nevada USA rumoured to be the location of covert government UFO research. However he wouldn't say what his job there is, or whether he was an employee, contractor or visitor; only that he had cause to be present on the base for whatever reason. His demeanour is very sullen and irritable; one gets the sense that he feels frightened and insecure. He speaks slowly and carefully, as if contemplating his words in advance. He chides the interviewer several times for deviating from the script and at one point walks out of the studio and has to be coaxed back. He gives a few details about how he managed to get hold of the recording. The film archive at Area 51 was all being transferred from video tape to digital disk and during this process some of it was inadvertently mislaid in the incorrect data system and this was how it came into Victor's possession. The film itself is silent; Victor says that the original does have a soundtrack, but that he removed it from the copy because he's concerned that it could disclose the identities of the people featured. The film is two minutes and fifty-five second long and is filmed from a single static camera on a continuous shot. The location is very dark and only a few small lights appear to be lit. In the foreground two people sit with their backs to the camera, half in and out of frame on each side. In front of them is what looks like table on which are laid some unidentifiable objects; although one of them is clearly some kind of electronic display which has a pulsating blue-white light. Another object is set to the right of the table that looks like it might be some coat hangers, although that resemblance is probably spurious. The background is completely black and only two squares of light show which might be TV screens or windows. It is later revealed that they are actually reflections from light sources behind the camera on a glass partition that is placed between the people and the table. A spotlight is shone at the end of the table revealing an unearthly creature with a large bulbous head and huge black eyes. Its skin is orangey brown or terracotta in colour. Its lower face is diminutive and seems to consist of just a snout with a small mouth and no lips; no nose is visible, although it turns out later that the being has a small one. The entity's shoulders are visible and they are very small in proportion to its head by human standards. The being moves its head smoothly at first as if looking around itself, but then it slumps over; I get the feeling it is sitting on a chair of some kind. It starts throwing its head around it fast jerky motions. The pulsating light on the device on the table changes its rhythm, giving the impression that this is some kind of medical monitor to which the being is hooked up, although it doesn't resemble any conventional vital signs monitors that are used in hospitals. The creature opens and closes its mouth over and over. It appears to be in distress. The two people in the foreground begin moving around too, as if concerned for the entity's wellbeing. Then two men emerge from the background dressed in surgical scrubs, hats and masks and medical gloves. They appear to be doctors and they begin holding the being's head and examining its face with penlights. It's hard to be sure, but it looks as if red liquid is issuing from its mouth and a part of its face which is where a nose would be expected to seen; one of the medics definitely wipes the creature's mouth with a cloth. On the bottom of the frame is printed DNI/27 and next to it is a time code which is set at 04:00:18at the start; yet there are second fraction digits too, like an athletics stopwatch. It's not clear whether this indicates an elapsed time or the time of day. Victor says that "DNI" stands for "Department of Naval Intelligence"; however there is no such organization, at least in the United States. There is an Office of Naval Intelligence. Unless the "Department of Naval Intelligence" is a codename for part of the black budget world.
Victor explains that this is actually an "interview" in which the scientists on the project sit the alien being down and ask it questions. He describes the footage as late in a series of films made in a laboratory at "S4", a super-secret facility within the already top secret Area 51 base. S4 is alleged to be subterranean and lie underneath Papoose Lake, a dry lake bed south of Groom Lake where the main "Dreamland" base is and another witness, Bob Lazar, has already gone public about his service there. There are a number of aliens living at S4, whether as guests or prisoners, nobody is completely sure. The reason there's a glass partition is because it is actually a window; the alien is sitting in a separate room which is hermetically sealed to protect it from infection. It is very sensitive to terrestrial microbes. The being can't speak but can communicate telepathically and so a human with psychic abilities, termed a "telepath", needs to be present to interpret the being's thought forms into human language. There are a number of researchers sitting on the near side of the partition along with the psychic. Behind the camera there are allegedly a number of other seats. The entity being filmed has been at S4 since 1989 and so we can date the time of the interview between that year and 1996 when Victor went public. Once or twice a month the researchers carry out these "interviews" for a few hours; if they try to any more often or for longer periods the alien becomes unresponsive. Victor describes this programme as having limited success. Translation of its thoughts via the psychic is not always reliable. When it comes to scientific subjects communication often breaks down; the project's experts think this is because humans are not capable of understanding the advanced level of knowledge that the being's species has achieved. Interestingly the entity finds it easier to share information on spiritual concepts like the nature of the soul, life after death and reincarnation. It regards the body as a temporary material vessel or container for an eternal aetheric spirit; a common concept in many of the human world's religions. The reason the laboratory is so dark is because the aliens can't stand bright light. Their meagre build suggests that they evolved in a habitat that has a weaker gravitational field than that of the Earth and the creature did strike me as finding it difficult to hold its head upright. It can breathe our atmosphere with difficulty; this may well be one of the reasons these creatures suffer from so many health problems. Victor says that the emergency response from the medical team is far too slow and that the physicians chosen for the project tend to be selected on the grounds that they're unlikely to spill the beans rather than for their professional competence. Rocket Pictures decided to ask some special effects and movie props designers for their opinions. These were divided over the issue; some denounced it immediately as fake and Academy award-winning Rick Baker said unequivocally that the alien was a puppet with an operator sitting behind it in the dark moving it with his hand inside the head. However renowned image analyst Jim Dilettoso said that he couldn't work out how this effect could have been made. TV make-up expert John Criswell is more cautious, but still concedes that special effects couldn't explain everything and that if it were a fake, it was extraordinarily good. Like Rick Baker he believed that the darkness of the scene was used to hide a puppeteer or marionette strings. The viewpoint of those with a UFOlogist persuasion was similarly mixed. Robert O Dean, a former NATO intelligence expert was very upset by the video to the point that he wept; he's has a reputation on the scene for being an empath. Abductee author Whitley Strieber said "I hope to God it's fake because if it's not it makes me ashamed for mankind!" The Skeptics will love this, but Rocket paid Victor a considerable amount of money in rights for their use of the footage. Victor is unrepentant. He is aware how the money angle will be interpreted by detractors, but he has endangered not only his career but also his life; he needs a degree of financial compensation and also the funds necessary to protect himself should the authorities attempt retribution against him. Rocket eventually produced a TV documentary about the Interview, presented by the actor Steven Williams who played the black "Mr X" in The X-Files; it includes a complete and uninterrupted playback of the footage under question at 31.35, see: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=XNtg7M4nqt4. A few weeks later Victor was interviewed by Art Bell on Coast to Coast AM, see: https://www.youtube.com/playlist?list=PL413F395E60653660. Victor's strategy is very different from other Area 51 whistleblowers like Bob Lazar and David Adair. These men chose to reveal their identity completely and hoped that nobody would dare to open fire in the middle of a crowd of people who knew who they were. There is sound logic behind this; if Bob Lazar had suffered any kind of illness or injury, or if he had committed suicide, after he came out, it would prove him right in the eyes of many. It would therefore be counterproductive for the authorities to carry out any kind of violent retaliation against Lazar. Far better just let him ramble on and hope as few people as possible took him seriously. Victor aggressively maintains his anonymity and this has its risks. If he were to "fall under a bus", so to speak, nobody would know. All that would happen is that people would stop hearing from him and he would vanish. However Victor is careful to state in the documentary that he has made plans in case that should happen, for a "dead man's trigger" to ensure that the nature of his demise would be not be silent. I imagine he hopes his former employers were all watching.
The reaction to the Alien Interview was comparatively negligible outside the world of UFO and conspiratorial interest groups; as I said the Alien Autopsy was enjoying the limelight, as well as having to endure burgeoning scepticism and Skepticism. Research into the Interview failed to turn up any further clues. Victor remained untraceable, unidentified and enigmatic; nobody knew where he was, or even if he were alive or dead. The best UFOlogists have the abilities and tenacity of Chandleresque detectives and can usually shake some information from the tree, even if it is ambiguous and disputed, as they very swiftly did with the Alien Autopsy; but the background to Victor and his story remained completely nebulous. For a while there was some speculation that Victor was actually Whitley Strieber, but that was quickly discounted. During his 1997 Coast to Coast interview Victor declared that this would be his last ever public appearance. After the initial video analysis no further progress on the study of the Interview footage was made until over seventeen years had passed, as I'll detail later. However, in June 2008, totally out of the blue, Victor once again contacted Rocket Pictures asking for a new interview and demanding further payment for it. This time the interview was outdoors. The host picked him up in a car and they drove to an isolated lay-by out in the country. There were some theatrics to Victor's disguise this time; he wore a comical rubber mask of the American statesman Donald Rumsfeld and carried a back-scratcher in his hand. Eleven years had done nothing to lighten his mood; on the contrary, he sounded more frightened and belligerent than ever. He was very unhappy about his feature on Coast to Coast and regrets getting involved. He is highly critical of Rocket and their treatment of him. He also very vocally rebukes the UFOlogy community for what he sees as their lack of proper investigation into the matter, unfairly I think; and for their selfishness and egotism in promoting themselves personally. It's strange because Victor expresses both annoyance at people for not debunking his video at the same time that he boasts about how nobody has managed to debunk it. Later on in the interview Victor becomes unwell; he begins panting and spluttering. He pauses and bends down, in an appropriately similar manner to the alien in the footage. He then goes on to talk about figures in government who are behind the UFO agenda. Victor says that Dick Cheney, who was the vice-president at the time, knows everything. Donald Rumsfeld was a "bombastic clown". This is interesting regarding Victor's disguise; is it implying that Rumsfeld was nothing but a pawn having his back scratched by those higher up who know everything? He regards President Bush as an ignorant puppet; perhaps today President Obama is the same. He then says that his "container has reached its expiration date" which implies in the alien context that he is terminally ill. Then in a chilling tone he predicts the end of the world very soon, but doesn't elaborate how this might happen. He does tell us that it will happen before the year 2017 and that it is directly connected to the relationship between human leaders and the aliens at S4. Victor ends with a quote from the 1st century Greek philosopher Strabo which sums up his mindset at the time: "When I am gone let earth and fire mix, it will mean nothing to me." Rocket released the new interview as part of a special edition DVD which includes both the original 1997 documentary and the 2008 interview, the edition linked above, plus bonus features. It received moderate and limited attention; after all it's just one more alien autopsy film, right?
That was pretty much where the situation remained for the next five years; still nothing more surfaced; Victor's latest appearance led nowhere. If his self-prognosis is correct then he must have passed away quite a while ago. Then in 2013, from across the Atlantic, Andrew Burlington a man from London began releasing material onto YouTube that reawakened the debate. Operating under the webname "Victor Nevada", Burlingtonuploaded a series of multiple videos to his channel TheAlienInterview, see: https://www.youtube.com/user/TheAlienInterview. I was contacted personally by Andrew Burlington and he sent me a special DVD of additional material that has contributed to this article. After a painstaking frame-by-frame analysis, the first thing he points out is something missed by Jim Dilettoso, John Criswell and Rick Baker. The eyes of the being in the video change shape; they're not fixed as they would be on a dummy, but dilate and contract as if the creature has working eyelids. I'm not sure if this means the being is capable of closing its eyes like a terrestrial vertebrate can, but it does appear to have some kind of musculature in its forehead and eye sockets. This kind of effect can be simulated in a model using robotic attachments called "animatronics", rather like the model of the girl's head in the movie The Exorcist; but this is extremely difficult to do properly and very expensive, especially if the effect is to be believable. It's beyond the capabilities of anybody but a professional film studio. When the medics bring out their penlights we see the creature's shoulders, upper arms and torso for the first time and it appears to be able to move those too, albeit very feebly. It shrugs its right shoulder slightly when the man lays his hand on it. Burlingtonhas also confirmed the presence of the red fluid issuing from the entity's nose and mouth. The eyes move when the medics shine the penlight into the them too, as if the creature's eyes are reacting to the sudden increase in light. It also appears to have reflexes that respond to the environment around it. The movement of the mouth is also more pronounced than was previously thought. The researcher Sean David Morton found the electronic instrument with the pulsating light interesting; the pulse changed at exactly the right time as the creature became distressed. This would be hard to synchronize if it were a puppet. If this device is some kind of medical monitor for the being's heart, or whatever else it has that might be similar to a heart, then it responds directly to every change in the creature's condition. Jaime Maussan showed the footage to a cardiologist who agreed that the film was real for that reason; if the being were a puppet how could the operator synchronize their own movements with the light pulse? I wrote to Sean David Morton while preparing this review and he comments thus: "I was there at the START of the STORY! I am convinced the film is COMPLETELY REAL, and even those who thought it was not, said that even a HOAX this good would cost hundreds of thousands of dollars. THE HEART MONITOR IN THE BACK IS THE KEY! It has an ALIEN HEARTBEAT and is PERFECTLY SYNCHED with every action on the screen".Burlingtonalso picks up on an error made by Dilettoso in the first investigation. Dilettoso claims that the original footage, which the video was copied from, was shot on film; this contradicts Victor's statement when he said that the film was all digitally recorded onto video tape. The reason Dilettoso thinks this is because of the two square lights in the background. He says that these are TV screens and if a video shot includes a TV screenover you get an effect of "Moire patterns", radiating interference lines on the image. I would ask firstly why he assumes these square lights are TV screens. I can't tell what they are; my first thought was that they were little windows. But even if they were TV screens, Burlingtonhas spotted another problem. When the medics burst in you'll see that one of them moves in front of one of the "screens". The only way this is possible is if the footage is being shot through a glass panel and the square light is actually a reflection off the glass of something behind the camera. If so then this would back up Victor's testimony because he did say that there was a glass partition between the place of filming and the chamber the containing the alien. There's also a tantalizing link in the appearance of the alien itself. According to some leaked documents discovered by Tony Dodd, the South African Air Force shot down an unidentified flying object on the 7th of May 1989. This object came to grief in the Kalahari Desert just over the border in Namibiaand it was secretly salvaged by the military; and then transported to the United States, the inevitable end to any such event it seems. The craft had two alien beings on board whose description match the creature in Victor's film, the terracotta skin, the big black eyes, the gourd-shaped head with bulbous protrusions at the back and sides. Burlingtonhas also found marks on the head which could match the injuries sustained during the crash, as the South African documents reveal. This could also explain the entity's poor health. What's more Victor said that these creatures arrived at S4 in 1989, the same year as the Kalahari crash. It could be argued that Victor made the story up by getting his information from simply reading Tony Dodd's book, Alien Investigator, where Dodd first reveals this information; the only problem is that this book wasn't published until 1999, three whole years after the Alien Interview tape came to light. One of Burlington's most significant breakthroughs is something that might appear very obvious, he brightened up the image. It amazes me that Dilettoso didn't think of that, not least because it is the image in Dilettoso's own studio, screenovered in the 1997 documentary, which formed the data source for Burlington's research. This makes me suspicious of Dilettoso; how incompetent can one be by accident? Or was he censored? What Dilettoso and Burlington have both done is brighten the image enough so that some features that are normally shrouded by darkness are now visible. We can see the upper body of the creature quite distinctly as well as the edge of the table, the pulsating light instrument and more of the other equipment on it. We can see that one of the people sitting in the foreground has a patch on their sleeve and an epaulette indicating that it's a military uniform. However, most important of all, we can see no other people in the scene. Rick Baker said that the alien is definitely a large glove puppet, so where's the puppeteer? There is nobody sitting behind the being with his hand inside operating the head. There are no marionette strings; none can be seen at all even when the medics enter and shine their torches around the place. What's more the medic's bodies would probably interfere with the strings even if they were there. So, as Sherlock Holmes said: "when you have eliminated the impossible, whatever remains, however improbable, must be the truth."
For me the major smoking gun is the lack of confessions; again it's worth comparing Victor's Alien Interview to Ray Santilli's Alien Autopsy. As Philip Mantle details in his book, once the UFOlogists turned their prying eyes on the Autopsy film and its background, it didn't take long for Santilli's cards to fall to the table. The special effects designer, John Humphreys, whom Santilli had employed to build the fake alien body and props, came forward (he was also approached by Warner Brothers to work on their 2006 Alien Autopsy movie, what irony!), as did the butcher who supplied the meat that made up the dummy's innards. Almost as soon as the film had hit the screens a businessman called Spyros Melaris told Mantle that he had funded and organized the whole enterprise. If, shall we imagine for a moment, the Alien Interview video was also faked, why has the same not happened? The making of such a production must have been at least as intricate, expensive and demanding as the Santilli film. They'd have to find a rich investor to fund the project, a location big enough to build a studio and secluded enough not to arouse suspicion from neighbours etc. You'd need a large team of designers to build the puppet; a far more elaborate affair than the one Santilli laid out on that table in CamdenTown. This had to move, it needed animatronic fittings. There were props like the light pulse machine and the screens. There were the costumes, Victor's disguises and medical uniforms. The cast of at least five people, as opposed to Santilli's three, would have had to rehearse many times and it would only have been after a number of takes that they could have got it right. So where are they? There must have been a considerable number of people involved; why have not one of them spoken out? It really is a baffling conspiracy of silence when you consider how lucrative the "I fooled the world!" meme is nowadays. It has certainly set Santilli and Shoefield up for life. This means that a large group of people are not only sitting on a secret, they're sitting on a goldmine. Why? As John Criswell admitted, the designer of the puppet could have got a job in Hollywoodeasily; why haven't they? Or maybe they have; in which case they'd want an achievement like the Interview on their CV. And weren't they tempted at some point to brag about it to one of their chums at a drunken late night party in Beverly Hills? The world of the movie special effects industry is not a community of millions; most people in it must know most others. Could they really keep a secret that big? No, nothing has come out at all about the Alien Interview; nothing but a stunned, dumb, curious silence. Despite all the investigations not a single clue has been so much as glimpsed that might expose the hoax. On the contrary, all the research so far has led in the other direction, towards the likelihood that the video is genuine; it really is a film of an alien, and it really was smuggled out of Area 51 just like Victor said it was. So if this is a real alien video what does that mean? We've pretty much reached an impasse; where do we go from here? All we have are the words of "Victor": electronically altered, anonymous, evasive. And the video itself: mute, enigmatic, provoking. This stalemate is really caused by the governments of the world's policy towards UFO's; they're to be kept secret from the public at all costs, classified higher than the H-bomb, as Wilbert Smith said. Progress to reveal the truth about the Alien Interview must now be part of the greater strategic effort to gain full Disclosure on everything to do with extraterrestrials, see: http://hpanwo-radio.blogspot.co.uk/2014/11/programme-113-podcast-stephen-bassett.html. New information is emerging every day, like the recent revelations of the old man known as "Agent Kewper" who mentions S4 and the aliens there, see: http://vimeo.com/64939351. In the face of all this the authorities obstinately stick to their story: "Thank you for signing the petition asking the Obama Administration to acknowledge an extraterrestrial presence here on Earth. The US government has no evidence that any life exists outside our planet, or that an extraterrestrial presence has contacted or engaged any member of the human race. In addition, there is no credible information to suggest that any evidence is being hidden from the public's eye."(Source: http://www.paradigmresearchgroup.org/main.html) In order to maintain such a simple and brazen falsehood it's likely that the government uses a full spectrum of espionage and psychological warfare. This includes disinformation, the positive seeding of inaccurate and deceptive material to distract and confuse the target. This inevitably brings us back to Ray Santilli's Alien Autopsy. According to Philip Mantle, Santilli was something of a wheeler-dealer who simply wanted to earn a few bob. He had no interest in UFO's and the paranormal; he just thought that the mythology of Roswellwas a lucrative market to exploit. Mantle knows Santilli and doesn't suspect him of any deeper wrongdoing. I've never even met Ray Santilli and have no direct evidence at all to suggest what I'm about to, but I offer it as a vague hypothesis based on circumstantial evidence. You might have noticed it's something I've been hinting at throughout this article. Is there some way the Alien Autopsy film was created as a piece of disinformation? Or if not created, does it owe its success to an intelligence operation streamlining its path to publicity because it happened to be the right kind of material to use as disinformation? For what purpose? For the purpose of distracting and repelling people from the Alien Interview, and possibly other similar real alien videos. You might wonder how this is possible or how that would work. It's easiest to understand if you pretend for a moment that the Alien Autopsy film had never existed; the chances are that the Interview would have received far more attention from the media and the public. Instead it was drowned out by the clamour of hype surrounding the Autopsy. The Autopsy was patently bogus; everybody with any knowledge on the subject worked that out very soon after day one. However as the slow, sweet, agonized train wreck of its demolition took place under the floodlights and TV cameras of the world a very important cultural and psychological concept was being implanted in the collective human mind: a simple equation: alien video = fake video. This meant that the few members of the public who did encounter the Interview would have turned away without a second look; "It's alright Marjorie, it's just another of those silly contrived space alien things students get up to, switch over to the EastEnders would you?" The people of the world could have had access to a really interesting and... yes, I'll say it... probably genuine video of a secret interview with an alien, and instead they got a transparent farce of a rubber mannequin filled with offal and two amateurish fools in beekeepers suits plodding round it. At this point somebody is probably getting ready to leave a comment explaining to me an obvious flaw in my hypothesis, that the Autopsy was released a year before the Interview. How did the instigators of the disinformation campaign know in advance that the Interview was about to emerge? Well, in that case you assume the Interview footage was stolen very soon before Victor's debut. I'm sure the authorities didn't know when, or even if, Victor was going to go public with his scoop, but they may well have already known that the footage was missing and that Victor had absconded; they would therefore have feared exactly what was about to happen and taken precautionary steps in advance to mitigate its impact. We don't know how long Victor had been sitting on his secret before he called Rocket Pictures; perhaps for over a year. What's more I suspect that the Autopsy might have been made not only specifically to cover up the Interview, but also to be ready in case other similar materials were leaked. A few years before the Autopsy came out the Cold War ended. Despite all Mikhail Gorbachev's efforts to restructure it, the Soviet Union collapsed; it was formally disbanded in December 1991 at which point the KGB, its famous intelligence service, was closed forever. The authorities knew very well that within the KGB's vaults lay millions of highly classified files relating to all kind of sensitive subjects, including UFO crash-retrievals that had taken place over the years in the USSR's vast territory; like this one which I think is very persuasive: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=0JAtIzZy0H0. They knew very well that the haemorrhage of these files was impossible to stop in the chaos of the transition to the new Russia and that all that information would end up on the black market where anybody could get hold of one of the files for the right price. The motivation for the Autopsy might have been to head that problem off at the pass. This year marks the twentieth anniversary of Ray Santilli's Alien Autopsy film and a number of events have been planned to commemorate it, including new books, films and public meetings. This could be an opportunity for the Alien Interview to reclaim its rightful place, one that the Autopsy usurped, after all it's only one more year after that for the Interview's second decade (hopefully Victor is wrong about his Armageddon). Or will the original distracting hype about the Autopsy simply be refreshed for a new offensive? The new Disclosure attempts by Stephen Bassett and others, see radio show above, could make it a vital tactic against us. There's no way to know for sure now, but I'm interested to find out and hope very much that the Alien Interview's time is come. Thanks very much to all the researchers involved, especially Sean David Morton and, more recently, Andrew Burlington. See here for related information: http://hpanwo.blogspot.co.uk/2014/01/alien-autopsies.html.



Cloud Atlas

$
0
0
See here for an official trailer for Cloud Atlas: http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=hWnAqFyaQ5s

A few months ago word reached me of a new movie coming out with the intriguing title of Cloud Atlas; most people in the conspiracy/paranormal community who had seen it were raving about it. I tend to be cautious about excessive hype because I find it is rarely deserved, and falling too much into the spirit of its enthusiasm tends to lead to disappointment when I view the object of it. I walked into the cinema thinking that surely Cloud Atlas couldn’t be that good, could it? Yes it could, and it was. I’m so accustomed to reviewing books and films I can’t stand, so please indulge me while I review one I love for a change.

The film is by Andy and Lana Wachowski the cinematic siblings who brought us such greats as the Matrix Trilogy and V for Vendetta. The film’s intricate plot requires concentration to follow, but it is well worth the effort. The film is based on a novel by David Mitchell and the greater story arc evolves across six independent sub-stories that are set in different eras over a time period of nearly four hundred years; three are in the past, one in the present and two in the future. Despite this the events in one tale influence those in succeeding ones, and amazingly, preceding ones too. The way this occurs is found in Oriental philosophy, a subject that has influenced the Wachowskis in other films they’ve made. The different characters in the various scenarios are actually separate incarnations of immortal souls. This is explained several times in different ways; for instance Sonmi-451 in Scenario 5 says: “Our lives are not our own. From womb to tomb, we are bound to others, past and present; and by each crime and every kindness we birth our future”. In Scenario 3 the character Isaac Sachs experiences the same revelation although he describes it very differently because he’s a physicist: “Belief, like fear or love, is a force to be understood. As we understand the Theory of Relativity or the Principles of Uncertainty. Phenomena that determine the course of our lives… These forces that remake time and space, that can shape and alter who we imagine ourselves to bebegin long before we’re born and continue long after we perish. Our lives and our choices, like quantum trajectories, are understood moment to moment. At each point of intersection, each new encounter suggests a new potential direction.” What I find interesting is that the different souls incarnate as very different personalities playing very different roles. The various incarnations can be both protagonists and antagonists, depending on the scenario. Also some of them play major characters in one scenario and are virtually cameo in another. One of them, which I’ll call Soul TH because he’s played by the actor Tom Hanks, starts off as a murderous quack doctor then goes on to become a blackmailing hotel receptionist, a mild-mannered and thoughtful nuclear power station engineer, a violent Irish novelist, a movie actor and a troubled uncle. All the characters in the story have a birthmark on their skins resembling a comet; this suggests that they are what Michael Newton calls a “soul group”, a collection of separate spiritual entities who are, at a higher level, all one; excuse the cliché, but it is an accurate description. See: http://www.spiritualregression.org/. The soul reflects on itself by incarnating into these various alternating experiences.

The film takes a lot of stamina to watch and the most common criticism laid out is that it’s too long and complicated. It is epic in length, a hundred and seventy two minutes, and the film makers treat the viewer very roughly, but is this a bad thing? They want us to think and they demand the effort from us to do so. They consider the viewer an intelligent intellectual and provide a challenge that they feel is appropriate; they consider us up to the job and so push us hard. What a relief that is from a media whose role is normally the opposite! Cloud Atlas is definitely an art-house flick, not a general release film aimed simply at the mass market; if anybody doesn’t like it they can go vegetate themselves in front of Battle of Los Angeles! It is an independent production by the German producer Tom Tykwer; he also co-directed it along with the Wachowskis, and he composed its award-winning score. It’s one of the most expensive independent movies ever made, its $102 million budget coming mostly from German arts company sponsors. The production was deeply troubled; it almost went bankrupt and the film came perilously close to being cancelled more than once, but the cast and crew were determined to finish it and they even had a whip-round to fund some of it out of their own pockets; the thing was funded partly out of donations from the actors you see on the screen and the people behind the cameras who made it happen. I’m pleased to say that the film has so far grossed $28 million, with the DVD newly launched and home sales yet to come in. Along with the money problems were the logistics. The multiple scenarioes would have taken a couple of years to film with a single unit so the film was shot in parallel. The obvious problem was that any miscalculation of the schedule means that the actors or crew-members could be double-booked. Suppose the unit in the studio in Germany told Hugh Grant, or an indispensable technical expert, they needed him at the very same moment the location team in Edinburgh did? It must have given Tykwer nightmares! 
In discussing the plot it’s easiest to name the characters by the souls they have inside them through the entire film, not just the characters they play in the separate scenarioes. I’ve already mentioned Soul TH, played by Tom Hanks. The others I’ll call Soul HB, played by the actress Halle Berry; Soul JS, played by actor James Sturgess; Soul DB, played by actress Doona Bae; Soul JB, played by the actor Jim Broadbent; Soul BW, played by actor Ben Whishaw; Soul HW, played by the actor Hugo Weaving (Smith in the Wachowskis’ Matrix films of course); Soul JD, played by actor James D’Arcy; Soul ZX, played by actress Zhou Xun; Soul KD, played by actor Keith David; Soul DG, played by actor David Gyasi; Soul SS, played by actress Susan Sarandon; and Soul HG, played by actor Hugh Grant.

Scenario 1: This opening scenario is set in the South Pacific in 1859. Adam Ewing, Soul JS, is young newlywed lawyer from San Fransisco who is seeking his fortune as part of his father-in-law’s business, the slave trade. He sails to an island and falls ill from shock while witnessing the mistreatment of black slaves, including Souls DG and HB. He is treated by the ship’s doctor, Soul TH, a Dr Goose, who secretly tries to poison him while pretending to cure him. Luckily one of the slaves, Soul DG, stows away on board the ship and rescues him from the doctor’s clutches. He persuades the ship’s captain, Soul JB, to take him on as a member of the crew. His friendship with the slave causes him to question the morality of slavery. His father-in-law, Soul HW tells him that he is violating a “natural order”, a statement that recurs several times throughout the film. In fact there’s a quote first uttered by Dr Goose, Soul TH, which comes back more than once: “There’s only one rule which binds all people: the weak are meat and the strong do eat”. This is the basis of Social Darwinism and the “It’s a dog-eat-dog world, Man!” ideal, see: http://hpanwo-tv.blogspot.co.uk/2011/03/charles-doing-washing-up.html. The outdoor scenes of Scenario 1 were filmed in the Mediterranean on the Balearic Islands.
Scenario 2: Souls BW and JD play a pair of homosexual men in Cambridge University in 1936 called Rufus Sixsmith and Robert Frobisher. As a gay couple in those days they have to keep their relationship secret, but they are eventually separated for good when Frobisher goes to Scotland to work for a famous, but elderly, classical composer Vyvyan Ayrs, Soul JB. Frobisher goes through a straight phase and has an affair with Ayrs’ younger wife Jocasta, Soul HB; but his musical partnership with Ayrs only really breaks down when Ayrs tries to plagiarize ones of Frobisher’s own compositions, the Cloud Atlas Sextet, which is also the score to the movie. When Frobisher challenges him, Ayrs threatens to publicize Frobisher’s homosexuality and disgrace him. Frobisher shoots himself after a very moving sequence in Edinburgh where he comes close to being reunited with Sixsmith. Sadly their plans are thwarted by the brief appearance of an avaricious hotelier, Soul TH, back on Earth as a similar person to Dr Goose. This part of the film includes an abstract scene in which Sixsmith and Frobisher are in a china shop breaking everything; it is very reminiscent of the scene in V for Vendetta where V topples dominoes. Oddly enough Frobisher comes across the published journal of Adam Ewing and becomes enthralled by it; this happens in all the scenarioes, a physical as well as a spiritual link, bonds each one with the previous one.
Scenario 3: This is set in San Francisco in 1973 but was in fact filmed in Scotland, mostly around Glasgow; I know somebody who went to watch while they were doing the street scenes there. Soul HB comes back as Luisa Rey, a roving reporter who lets nothing stand in the way of a good story. She is the daughter of a famous war correspondent, Soul DG, now deceased. She discovers that the manager of a nearby nuclear power station, Soul HG, who along with Soul HW, seems to always incarnate as unpleasant people, is secretly working for an oil company and wants to stage a nuclear accident to keep people using oil and not alternatives like nuclear fission power (This is not a real alternative in my view, but that’s a big subject that I discuss elsewhere, see: http://hpanwo-tv.blogspot.co.uk/2013/05/ben-emlyn-jones-live-at-truth-juice-hull.html). Like many TV detectives she has a young child as a side-kick, a boy called Javier. She’s also helped by Soul KD, a former solider whose life was saved by her father, and an older Rufus Sixsmith, the only character who appears in more than one scenario as the same physical person. In this scenario, Soul DB plays a brief but essential role; she becomes much busier later on in the film. The most remarkable sequence is where Luisa meets up with Soul TH incarnate as a very different person, Isaac Sachs, the aforementioned mild-manner scientist. They’ve never met before, but they experience a strange and sudden sense of recognition. This has happened to me when I meet new people sometimes. The strange thing is that Souls TH and HB have not encountered each other before in the timeline, but they become very close indeed later. So they effectively experience a memory that is not from a past life, but from a future one! Along with Sachs she very much warms to Sixsmith too and uncovers the love letters he exchanged with Frobisher. She goes out and buys a rare vinyl disk copy of his Cloud AtlasSextet. The man serving behind the counter has it on in the shop at the time. He says: “I only played it to check it wasn’t scratched, but I can’t stop listening to it.” This might be because the salesman is Soul JD and he composed it himself in a previous life.
Scenario 4: London 2012. This contemporary segment has a very different feel to the others; it’s much more light-hearted in style, almost a comedy. Soul JB is Timothy Cavendish, a successful publisher who is promoting his newest author, a rough and choleric Irishman or Gypsy called Dermot Hoggins, Soul TH, who has written his autobiography. At a party on the top floor of a hotel, they run into a critic who recently panned the book. Hoggins is so angry that he throws the critic off a balcony where he falls to his death. The scandal that erupts makes the book an overnight bestseller. Hoggins is in jail and so cannot earn royalties; this allows Cavendish to make even more profit, but unfortunately Hoggins’ brothers are not in jail and they are as violent as the author. So they come to Cavendish and threaten him for the money. Cavendish can’t afford to pay them and so asks his brother Denholme, Soul HG, to hide him in a hotel. There he hopes to continue his next project, a manuscript submitted by Javier, Luisa Rey’s kid detective right-hand man, an adult now of course, about the intrigue in Scenario 3. Things get worse when it turns out Denholme has tricked his brother into being signed into a secure old people’s home for Alzheimers sufferers, which oddly enough is Vyvyan Ayrs’ old mansion converted; this is because Cavendish had a secret affair with his wife previously. Cavendish and a few of the other residents have to make a jail-break style escape and are thwarted by Nurse Noakes, a huge, violent and very physically powerful woman, Soul HW. At the end Cavendish finds his long-lost childhood sweetheart, Soul SS, and goes to live with her. The interesting part of the story is that just before Hoggins attacks the critic he catches eyes with a nameless woman at the party and stops to look at her. This woman is actually Soul HB and he must have experienced another subconscious memory of her like he did when they met in Scenario 3.
In Scenario 5 we see Soul DB in her biggest role in the film, this segment features two Asian actresses, the South Korean Doon Bae and Chinese Zhou Xun, in their first major international parts. The setting is a megacity called Neo Seoul in Korea in the year 2144. Soul DB is a Sonmi-451, a genetically-modified human clone who is used as a slave in a tacky fast food joint. She breaks her programming when she forms a friendship with Yoona-939, Soul ZX, another clone who does not have the usual mind control that is supposed to be inbred in clones. She introduces Sonmi-451 to free thought; together they watch films, including a movie made about the adventures of Timothy Cavendish in Scenario 4, played by an actor animated by Soul TH. The customers at the burger bar treat the clones with contempt, insulting them and sexually harassing them for their amusement. Yoona-939 is killed by the manager, Soul HG, when she strikes back at one of the customers. She says: “I will not be subjected to criminal abuse!”, a line from Timothy Cavendish which she picked up from the film. Sonmi-451 is rescued by the leader of the anti-government resistance. It appears that the world, or at least Korea, in that future date is ruled by a despotic regime called “Unanimity”. The clones are fed from packets of processed food that are made in secret from the bodies of other clones who have been killed when they are no longer useful to the system. Oddly enough this obscene nutritional concoction is nicknamed “soap”; and when Cavendish is under the brutal charge of Nurse Noakes she threatens to force-feed him soap flakes. If I recall, the symbolism of soap comes up another time in the movie and other such curious connotations are woven into the story. Sonmi-451 escapes with the resistance leader, Soul JS. They go to Hawaii where Sonmi-451 makes a broadcast to the whole Earth and its colonies in space just before she is captured and executed.
Scenario 6 is set in the year 2321 in Hawaii, although it was filmed by the same unit who filmed Scenario 1 on Mallorca and the other Balearics. Zachry, Soul TH and his sister Rose, Soul ZX, live in a post-apocalyptic pastoral society on the Big Island of Hawaii. They speak in a peculiar constructed dialect that is very hard to understand; for instance “true-true” means “truth” “yeasoe” means to approve of something, “cog” means “to know” and “keeping eyewise” means to watch over somebody. This language is not subtitled and following it is one of the biggest challenges of the film. The community is unfortunately preyed upon by a tribe of violent cannibals called the Kona whose leader is Soul HG. To make matters worse Zachry, is tormented by visions of a demonic entity called “Old Georgie”, Soul HW; we get a bit of Karma or future-life-memory because the demon tells Zachry “the weak are meat and the strong do eat” like he, Soul TH, told Adam Ewing in Scenario 1. However they have a history in their society and they worship the memory of Sonmi-451, although they misinterpret her as a religion. The priestess of this religion is called the “abbess”, Soul SS. Zachry’s culture has contact with outsiders who have a much more technologically advanced civilization and they visit the island occasionally to trade. One of these is Meronym, Soul HB, who wants to locate the transmitter from which Sonmi-451 made her broadcast, and to find out if any of the off-world colonies still exist. Zachry takes her there and they receive a signal. The film begins and ends in Scenario 6 with a brief prologue and epilogue. At the start an elderly Zachry is relating a tale over a campfire in a troubled tone. At the end we realize that he is actually telling this story to his enraptured grandchildren and there’s a heartwarming scene in which we realize that he has moved to an off-world colony himself with Meronym, with whom he has fallen in love and started a family. Maybe this is why, as Isaac Sachs and Dermot Hoggins, he recognized Luisa Rey and the woman at the party. They were, quite literally, his soulmate.




Cloud Atlas really is a supreme cinematic achievement, if you don’t mind me lapsing into the kind of pretentious pseudo-intellectual terminology “duh cwitics” always use. The real critics are completely polarized over this film; it seems to be the kind of movie you either love or hate. When it premiered at the Toronto Film festival it received a ten-minute standing ovation, but others have called it “an honourable failure, but a failure nonetheless”. The Guardian said it “carried all the hallmarks of a giant folly” and Slant magazine considers is “a total and unparalleled disaster!” In my view, as a writer of fiction myself, the only way to deal with the critics is to develop a very thick skin and ignore them, see: http://hpanwo-voice.blogspot.co.uk/2008/06/critics.html; however tempting it might be to throw them off a balcony like Dermot Hoggins. I have nothing but praise for this mind-expanding, inspiring and uplifting movie. It has been nominated for several anti-prizes, such as the “Movie you Most Wanted to Love but Couldn’t” and the Village Voice Worst Film of 2012, but it won every German film award on the books and also got several accolades for its make-up. Best of all, it won a Golden Globe for its score, the classical Cloud Atlas Sextet, which was composed both inside the story and behind the scenes; like the film it is divided into six movements. The beauty of the score perfectly complements the joyous and adventurous spiritual intrigue of the film itself. It has a scope beyond what is almost comprehensible, and yet it is strangely so logical and tangible. “Everything is connected” is the motto of the movie. It means what your great grandfather’s postman decided to do on just one occasion can decide the outcome of a global revolution three hundred years later. This is not a new idea; on the contrary, the notion behind the story of Cloud Atlas is one of the most primeval themes in human thought. It can be found in the most ancient wisdom teachers of India and Ancient Egypt. The notion is that mankind is far more than the sum of its parts. Its parts being isolated physical beings, which come from oblivion and return to it having no effect we are not able to immediately induce with the brute force of our hands; an effect which fades back into the matrix of chaos soon after it is enacted. The more force, the longer delay before its inevitable extinction; the “bungled and the botched” of Friedrich Nietzsche’s worldview (in Bertrand Russell’s commentary). It is instead the perennial philosophy, one which came down from the Orient and Egypt; one which has always been the basis of indigenous cultures across the world and inspired and the wiser minds of Greece and Rome. It can be found in the gnostic heresy of Christianity and Islam, heresies for which their proponents endured lingering deaths and genocide at the hands of the Vatican authorities, because they merely spoke it. We are all spiritual beings having a human experience; this is a formula repeated so often that it has almost lost its meaning in the New Age and Spiritualism, despite the fact that it is so important and true. This is what I think Jesus learned during nearly all of his life that was edited out of the Bible, between his childhood and the last few months before the Crucifixion; did you really think that was all there was to him? I think he spent those years with the Essenes, the Jewish gnostics who lived mystical lives beside the Dead Sea and wrote Mary Magdalene’s lost gospels of Nag Hamadi. All these eternal and ubiquitous themes are explored in this magnificent film, Cloud Atlas. Not only the deep and profound, but the simple and everyday feelings, the divinity in the very ordinary humanity of people, especially in Scenario 4. Mr Meeks who helped Tim Cavendish break out of the old people’s home where his brother had imprisoned him, only uttered one thing for nearly all of the film: “I know”. But those two words sum up the entire film. “The weak are meat and the strong do eat” are the words Soul TH both uses and has to hear, the words of social Darwinism, the ethics of the Illuminati who have made it their “Great Work of Ages” to keep ancient knowledge from the people. The manifesto of Sonmi-451, Soul DB, are the death knell for everything they have done. We are coming close to a time in history when films like Cloud Atlas will truly be the illustrations of the end, and the new beginning. Sonmi-451 was a nameless, faceless GMO clone who spent every waking hour flipping burgers for “consumers” who were almost as mindless as she was expected to be. But she became one of the most important people who ever lived once she understood the secret that has been kept from us to maintain our servitude. We are all Sonmi-451’s; all of us are nobodies and all of us are everything. That is what Cloud Atlas describes and illustrates better than any film I’ve ever seen. So, do go and see it; it’s still showing in a few small picture houses and the DVD is now on sale in all good shops, and can be purchased online: http://www.amazon.co.uk/Cloud-Atlas-DVD-UV-Copy/dp/B0095HHBRY




Richplanet 2015 Tour

$
0
0
Richard D Hall is a solo maverick in the truth movement. He is fiercely independent and the only events he ever organizes are his own. I've been to his live shows before, for example see: http://hpanwo-voice.blogspot.co.uk/2014/08/richplanet-live-in-london.html. (See links column for Richard's website). I'd heard some reports from others who'd attended his shows in the previous few days, but I knew that his format could change at the last minute. His work is based around current affairs so you never know what you're going to get untill you're literally sitting in front of him. The 2015 Richplanet Tour is subtitled "as NOT seen on TV" which is appropriate because Richard has had no end of trouble from the television network related to his programme; they forbid him from broadcasting all his best material and a few months ago they banned him because of his episode with Nick Kollerstrom about the Woolwich incident, see: http://hpanwo-voice.blogspot.co.uk/2014/08/chris-spivey-arrest-whos-next.html. Showcase TV are not as "controversial" as they profess. It costs Richard £600 to buy the airtime and he wonders "Is it worth it?" The good news is that all his shows are available, completely uncensored, on his website viewer, see link above. Ustane and I were familiar with the venue, as we trudged up towards it we recalled the 2013 AMMACH conference which was held there, see: http://hpanwo.blogspot.co.uk/2013/04/ammach-conference-2013.html. Also some years earlier we had seen the late Lloyd Pye give a lecture there. The Belgrave Rooms are the city's Masonic centre and are covered with the Brotherhood's occult symbolism, see: http://hpanwo-tv.blogspot.co.uk/2013/04/ammach-conference-2013-vox-pop.html. However they have the cheapest function suite to hire in Nottingham, which makes it quite understandable that Richard and other would choose to book it. I was keen to pick up Richard's latest DVD releases from his stall; two full-length films. I was delighted to meet up with lots of my old friends; some I knew would be there, with others it was a nice surprise. Some of them had never met Ustane and it was nice to introduce them to her; the social side of these events is equally important as the lecture content itself.
Richard D Hall bounded onto the stage in his trademark dark brown suit to thunderous applause from the audience, some of whom were standing at the sides beside the packed seats. The first part of his talk was entitled: Subversion in the UK, although strictly speaking a large part of this subversion relates to an incident that did not happen in the UK, but in Portugal. It was the subject of one of Richard's new films, the second part of his expose of the Madeleine McCann case, called Buried by Mainstream Media, the True Story of Madeleine McCann- The Phantoms. The film opens with the same music that the first one does. I can't recall who Richard gets to compose his theme tunes, he did tell me once, but they're excellent at their job. Ustane and I find the score very poignant and we've started calling it "Madeleine's Requiem". Madeleine McCann was three years old in May 2007, the time she allegedly disappeared from a holiday villa at an Algarveresort in Portugal. According to her parents they left her sleeping in a bedroom with her brother and sister while they went to a restaurant for a meal just a short walk away. They nipped back to the villa regularly to check on the children and on one of these checks they found that somebody had broken in and abducted Madeleine. There was a huge international media storm and campaigns to "find Maddy now!" which raised millions of pounds. This second part of Richard's investigation provides lots of new information and maybe even some answers. The only evidence of any abduction of Madeleine comes from a few eyewitness accounts which are very dubious in themselves. One of the McCann's friends, Jane Tanner, says that she saw a man carrying a young child in his arms, yet the forensic artist's depictions of the man, whom Richard calls "Tannerman", are very vague; they even look a bit like Richard D Hall himself! What's more Ms Tanner never mentioned him at the time. Strange how one would fail to tell the police about a man seen carrying a child away from the apartment after knowing there's been an abduction of a child there. Three other suspects were seen in the area. In one case a man reported to the police that one of them had attempted to abduct his daughter, yet for some reason he only came forward after Madeleine's "abduction" had been publicized. The footprints of conspiracy lead on to where the body of Brenda Leyland was found in a hotel near Leicester, see: http://hpanwo-voice.blogspot.co.uk/2014/10/mccanns-twitter-troll-found-dead.html. Richard managed to track down a former employee of the McCanns who says that nothing in Jane Tanner's story makes sense. It makes even less sense when Ms Tanner added more and more details to Tannerman's description, some of them, at least, clearly imaginary. The second supposed suspect Richard christened "Sagresman" because he was said to have been seen on the beach near the village of Sagres on Cape St Vincent, about sixteen miles from Praia da Luz where the McCanns and their friends were staying. It's chilly and windy there in April and few people would have been on the beach, yet a father claims that a man tried to kidnap his daughter there in late April, the 27th or 29th (which!?). Yet for some reason this man didn't report it to the police until after Madeleine's disappearance; he also sent the authorities on a wild goose chase across Europe to question a polish holidaymaker and his wife. The father gave his name as Nuno Lourenco and Richard suspects his story is a fantasy invented to support the idea that there was a dangerous paedophile at large in the area who was intent on abducting a young girl; this would make him an accomplice of the McCanns and their friends. Another phantom suspect, "Smithman", crops up from a report in Irelandby the Smith family from Drogehda. They claim to have seen a man walking down to the beach just after Madeleine's disappearance; he was carrying a young girl in his arms and he closely resembled Tannerman. However similar criticisms can be made of their statements that were made of Jane Tanner's. The Smiths didn't report their sighting for thirteen days, even though Madeleine's disappearance had been on the headlines across the world since then. The confusion and incompetence the Portuguese investigation suffered seems to have been the product of a spanner in the works thrown by the English translator Robert Murat; was he a mole working as part of the conspiracy too? He was eventually set up as another suspect, one more red herring to thwart police progress. Despite the disintegration of the Smithman farce, the story was promoted by Scotland Yard and even thrown together into a superficially plausible "new lead" that was included in a special report on Crimewatch UK. The McCann team also propped up Smithman in their personal publications, and it's covered by Kate McCann, Madeleine's mother, in her book. The plot is thickened even more when, unbelievably, a fourth phantom is revealed; he came forward to the police after over three years had passed and claims to be Tannerman. He was a local father carrying his daughter home from a creche. The Scotland Yard Crimewatchphotographs of "Crecheman" blur his face so he's not been revealed in his full identity. Luckily Wendy Murphy, a legal expert on crimes against children, has spoken publicly about her doubt. Another is the famous TV crime reporter Shaw Taylor (sadly he's just died). I thought this odd at the time; why was Madeleine McCann's case getting so much publicity when, sadly, children disappearing like this is not unusual; in fact similar events happen literally every day. Richard thinks Madeleine died in the apartment and her parents and their friends disposed of the body, and they are covering up her death. The evidence comes from searches of the scene by sniffer dogs which picked up the smell of blood and dead bodies there. Also the McCanns' stories are full of contradictions and very imprecise information. The McCanns'"charity" is connected to some extremely untrustworthy people including high diplomatic officials, media spin doctors from Tony Blair's government, fifth column psychological mind-controllers and also supposed private investigators with links to fraud, espionage and organized crime. Even the Pope offered his moral support. The question is, did the parents murder Madeleine or did she die of natural causes? If it's the latter then why didn't they just say so? They were on holiday with a group of about seven friends, with children of their own, "the Tapas Seven" as they've been christened, and it looks as though they're involved too. Did one of the friends kill Madeleine? If so why are the parents collaborating with them? If the parents are the culprits then why are these friends collaborating with the McCanns? The entire group of people surrounding the McCanns even tried to frame somebody for kidnapping Madeleine; it's totally "Bob Lazar" as Richard himself would say. Why has Madeleine McCann's supposed kidnapping been made such a cause celebre involving such high profile people, front-page headlines and official institutions? There are no certain answers yet. Richard speculates that it might have something to do with organized child abuse and MI5 involvement in it, like at Kincora Boys Home. Possibly, we know MI5 were involved in that, see: http://hpanwo-voice.blogspot.co.uk/2014/08/mi5-cover-up-kincora.html. The DVD of this film can be purchased here: http://www.richplanet.net/catalog/product_info.php?cPath=1&products_id=256.
Richard D Hall's second new production is called An Independent Investigation into the Cumbria Shootings- Patsy Driver; it is a new viewpoint on one of the worst firearms offences in British history. The official story goes that Derrick Bird, a mild-mannered taxi driver from Rowrah, Cumbria who had been behaving perfectly normally up to that point, suddenly got up one morning in June 2010 and went on a killing spree; he shot dead twelve people and injured eleven others before driving to an isolated rural lane and turning his gun on himself. However, as is often the case, the truth behind the news is more complicated, and it's deliberately hidden by the authorities. It does seem as if Derrick Bird did carry out some of the attacks, but the evidence for the party line, that he was the only killer, simply isn't there. Like Lee Harvey Oswald, Sirhan Sirhan and Mark Chapman, he is a "patsy", somebody manipulated into taking the blame for the secret crimes of others. In fact I think the Derrick Bird incident has remarkable similarities to the Port Arthur shooting in which a young man called Martin Bryant supposedly gunned down people at a tourist cafe in Australia; but the evidence doesn't match, see: http://www.whale.to/b/viallspam.html. In the case of Chapman, who allegedly shot John Lennon, and Sirhan, who is supposed to have killed Robert Kennedy, the patsies were in a trance state and probably under mind control, see: http://hpanwo-voice.blogspot.co.uk/2014/03/bobby-kennedy-two-gunmen.html. The same possibility emerges in the Derrick Bird case, although Channel 4's documentary on the subject was a typical pathetic primetime whitewash. As far as the witnesses to the shootings go, not all of them saw the gunman and of those only a few got a good look at his face. The witness who got the best look at him describes him as somebody who is totally different to Bird in appearance. As with 9/11 and 7/7, the CCTV evidence which has been released to the public, is scant, ambiguous and, so it seems, specifically selected to conceal and mislead. Richard's research is thorough and systematic; he retraces the route supposedly taken by Bird that day and interviews some of the witnesses himself. The region is a close-knit community and many of the residents knew Bird personally; they all say that he was not somebody they would ever suspect of being a mass murderer. There are also discrepancies in their testimonies. The gunman... or gunmen's taxies were Citroen Picassoes, but in some cases it's reported as greyish blue, on other cases maroon. In Whitehaven the killer shot out his left quarterlight, yet in other places the witnesses say that all the car's glass was intact. Some of the CCTV shows a vehicle with a taxi sign on the roof, in others this is absent. Some of the people involved with the victims are very reluctant to speak to the media, and one of them called the police when Richard approached them. The people who live in the inland areas in the later part of Bird's supposed rampage are the most cagey of all and Richard says: "It's like drawing teeth to get them to make a statement after Seascale!". I had a similar reception in Nottinghamwhen making inquiries about Helen Duncan, see: http://hpanwo-tv.blogspot.co.uk/2014/07/helen-duncan-most-dangerous-psychic-in.html. Neil Sanders is featured in the film in a few scenes describing how "Manchurian candidates" can be programmed using the methods developed many years ago during the CIA's MK Ultra project (see here for more information on Neil's work: http://hpanwo-radio.blogspot.co.uk/2012/11/programme-20-podcast-neil-sanders.html). Was Derrick Bird one of these hypnotized assassins? Were other operatives driving different cars used to carry out some of the other killings? Was bird murdered? He might have been shot by somebody else, like Oswald was by Jack Ruby, or programmed to shoot himself. Either way the end result was that there were no suspects to try for murder and the legalities of the case were dealt with by a coroner's inquest. These are much easier to rig than criminal trials. If the official story is true and Derrick Bird was the proverbial "lone nut" then why would he do it? The papers have tabled a whole array of motives, that he was angry over financial issues, even though he had £22,000 in the bank. He also supposedly had woman trouble and issues at work. Also apparently the taxman was after him, even though he was not eligible to pay tax. His first alleged victim was his own twin brother, although there's little evidence to link Bird with the killing; the same goes for his solicitor KevinCommons. All in all the official story of Derrick Bird makes no more sense than the official story of Madeleine McCann. If something else was going on, and that multiple killers were used along with the mind controlled Bird, then why? If we assume that the government or elite were behind this incident then there is definitely a cast iron motive to kill one of the individuals on Bird's inventory of death: the second victim, Bird's solicitor, KevinCommons. This is because Commons was attempting to prosecute United Utilities, the company running the local waterworks. The allegation was that the company had mismanaged the nearby reservoirs causing them to overflow into adjoining rivers. This had resulted in massive floods which caused millions of pounds worth of damage and caused many people to lose their homes. A policeman was drowned in the torrent bravely keeping people away from a bridge just before it was destroyed by the deluge. Mr Commons was leading a class action lawsuit against the company; powerful people were in danger of losing millions and even ending up in jail for criminal negligence. Interestingly, two senior executives of the water company resigned around the time of the Derrick Bird shooting and Commons' replacement solicitor was investigated for fraud, perhaps on trumped-up charges. The other eleven victims might have been an attempt to camouflage their real objective by burying it under a pile of shock and horror. The media seemed to react very quickly, suspiciously so. The BBC presented their regional news programme from Whitehaven; which means they must have been planning to do so before the shootings even took place; how is that possible? An Independent Investigation into the Cumbria Shootings- Patsy Driver can be purchased here: http://www.richplanet.net/catalog/product_info.php?cPath=1&products_id=255. The fifth anniversary of the incident is coming up in a couple of months so this film is an opportunity to cut across the propaganda.
Richard has been approached several times by mainstream media and in the London lecture last year (see link above) he explains how he was asked by Plum Pictures to take part in The Great UFO Conspiracywhile they were in preproduction. He wisely told them where to go, as did I; the end result has completely vindicated us, see: http://hpanwo-voice.blogspot.co.uk/2015/03/letters-of-complaint.html. However the word has not got round yet because a lady called Jenny Kleeman asked him to take part in a "documentary" she is making about alternative views on the fate of Madeleine McCann... you can guess what Richard said. Then lo and behold, she turns up at the event! Actually she just hung around outside hoping to get a vox populion Richard's talk (if you ask me I think she fancies him!). Richard talked more about the media, highlighting something I've noticed myself, but not given much thought to. Because newspaper sales are dropping, newspaper stands are found in places they would not have been a few years ago, like supermarkets and department stores. Also more free papers are coming out, most notably Metro, a paper that people can just pick up and read from free racks on busses and trains etc; it makes all its income from its ad pages. Another trick the media use is to create false role-models and Richard asked his viewers to vote on who they thought was the biggest of these. I voted for Russell Brand; I said: "Russell Brand, a man who is being very highly promoted in the mainstream for his supposed anti-establishment views.  Brand used to be a friend of David Icke and knows about the idea that 9/11 was an inside job, but will not say so publicly. David told him: 'Walk the talk or walk away!' and they haven't spoken since. Brand is being led along by his giant ego and his puppet masters feed it to make him do whatever they want him to."Brand is bringing out a film very soon about bankers, but will it be anything other than controlled opposition? Doubt it, but we'll find out; I'll review it. However, Brand was beaten into second place by the man anybody who knows me will have thought I was going to vote for, that smiling Simeon of the small screen, Prof. Brian Cox. I've written about Cox an awful lot, maybe too much, but I stand by what I've been saying; His Royal Coxness is playing a very important and unique role in media mind control and disinformation, see: http://hpanwo-voice.blogspot.co.uk/2013/09/prof-brian-cox-watch-this-space.html. Other nominated media reaction agents include Stephen Fry; he presents a comedy quiz show called QI and it has a very Skeptic-based theme. He recently appeared on Irish TV presenting some rather theologically weak arguments for atheism; and his co-host on QI is none other than Dan Schreiber, presenter of TheGreat UFO Travesty, see: http://hpanwo-voice.blogspot.co.uk/2015/03/the-great-ufo-conspiracy-review.html. Jeremy Clarkson was also nominated by a few of the voters. Clarkson has been in trouble many times at the BBC, for instance he once described a very dark place as: "dark as Lenny Henry in a cave!" Lenny Henry being a well-known black comedian. That metaphor is completely benign as far as I can see yet there was uproar; black celebrities came on TV to say how disgusted they were and "race relations" groups lambasted him. Clarkson doesn't care and I respect him for that. Interestingly it's in the news at the moment that Clarkson has been sacked from his job at the BBC; therefore somebody with the initials "JC" is being crucified at Easter... you have to credit the Loomies for their sense of humour! I got into a heated argument with somebody over Clarkson because this person I know thinks that anybody who so much as mentions Clarkson has fallen for a simple distraction psy-op; I disagree. I think there is an agenda over Clarkson; but it's not distraction, it's cultural Marxism. Jeremy Clarkson has failed to abide by the political correctness rules of society and therefore he has been pilloried as a warning to the rest of us. Appropriately, Richard then went on to discuss the work of Yuri Besmenov, a former KGB agent and defector from the Soviet Unionduring the Cold War. He has revealed the psychological warfare tactics used by communist agents who infiltrate and corrupt an enemy state in order to make it become communist itself. What he reveals is deeply chilling because it's exactly what I see in the world today being carried out by cultural Marxist fifth column organizations like Common Purpose, the Fabian Society and the FrankfurtSchool. These methods include sewing discord and confusion, breaking up relationships and families, and destroying a sense of cultural identity. Things such as feminism, so called "anti-racism" and the abuse of white, straight males are a part of that, see: http://hpanwo-voice.blogspot.co.uk/2014/11/sexist-comet-shirt.htmland: http://hpanwo-voice.blogspot.co.uk/2014/03/gay-marriage.html. A lot of people make the mistake of seeing Marxism as an anti-authoritarian idea, a quest for freedom; this is how it presents itself. It's an easy trap to fall into, especially if you're young and naive. I myself was seduced by it for a short period in my late teens when I became an active trade unionist; luckily it was a phase I quickly got over.
Richard talked some more about the media and about how minor issues are blown out of all proportion to cover bigger issues; the MP expenses scandal and phone hacking inquest are examples. The real stories lie underneath. I myself have always said: when a story like that breaks out on page 1, look and see what's on page 15! According to Richard, the globalists probably have their eyes fixed on Malaysiaright now. This is because it's predominantly Muslim, it has natural resources and it has recently held a war crimes tribunal against Tony Blair and George W Bush; it also doesn't currently owe any money to the World Bank and has not sold off its gold at discount prices like most other countries. Could this be why Malaysian Airlines have had such bad luck lately, losing two aircraft in the space of a few months? Richard has calculated the odds of that happening by chance and they're staggeringly small. However Skeptics will still say this is "just a coincidence!" And this brings us on to the coincidence fallacy. Nothing physically possible is so unlikely that you can say: "This can NEVER happen!" therefore a Skeptic can use a coincidence call to debunk almost anything. There needs to be a discussion about what "level of likelihood" would become the universally agreed cut-off point between what is to be considered random and what is to be considered intentional, a statistical ceiling. This so far has never been done and therefore coincidence has become something of a trump card for Skeptics, an unfalsifiable wreaking ball that they can drive into any debate, see here for more details: http://hpanwo-voice.blogspot.co.uk/2014/04/pan-pareidolia.html. Richard paused the footage of the Malaysian trial of Blair and Bush and pointed dramatically at the screen where Alfred Webre can be seen on the presiding panel. Actually this is not a scoop by Richard; Alfred has said several times himself how he took part in that war crimes tribunal.
However this was a good segueway into the subject of controlled opposition in the Truth movement. I think it's fair to say that Richard regards much of the rest of the Conspirasphere with suspicion and disdain. Sometimes he is unfair, as I said in my review of the Londonevent, see above. This may be one of the reasons he has remained such a lone wolf. He has never openly made unfounded accusations, but he has implied many times that certain individuals within the UFO/conspiracy/paranormal community are compromised. He is no doubt correct in some cases, but I caution him against being overzealous. I've explained in a recent HPANWO TV production how excessive and hasty shill-shaming can do far more harm than good, see: http://hpanwo-tv.blogspot.co.uk/2015/03/the-shill-squad.html. One of the few people Richard does trust and works closely with is Andrew Johnson who has also suggested several people as possible candidates for cointelpro. A lot of Andrew's frustration comes from a very legitimate and justified gripe: why has the 9/11 Truth movement been so reluctant to accept the definitive research of Dr Judy Wood? In his book Andrew relates how 9/11 Truthers, who themselves have been misrepresented and ridiculed by believers in the official nineteen hijackers story, go on themselves to misrepresent and ridicule Dr Judy Wood and her discoveries when they really should know better, see: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=W1r65dE8rb4&list=PLvaxr0OSBw2DtOWulcA96d7sG2rsNyOgb. I myself have fallen into conflict over this, see: http://hpanwo-voice.blogspot.co.uk/2013/09/the-911-civil-war.html. Andrew is correct when he says that the "thermitically correct" brigade is a controlled response to 9/11, but I suspect that most of the antagonists he describes in his book are not knowing agents who are purposively corrupting the 9/11 Truth Movement; they have merely come down with a failure of nerve. They are frightened to step outside the norms created by the masters of deception who are running the show. A good example of this is the aforementioned Alfred Webre. Webre was interviewing Leuren Moret one day when he interrupted her and told her not to mention Dr Judy Wood; why? The answer might lie in my own experience with the "stop Kevin Annett!" cult; see the link above to my film The Shill Squad. Did Alfred join those people because he was rationally and politely persuaded? I doubt it; based on their usual conduct I suspect he was bullied and browbeaten into accepting their dogma. If so then this would mean he is not very resilient when targeted by "truth mobs" and there have been some really nasty examples of those truth mobs tying to chivvy and chase people away from Dr Judy Wood. There are other kinds of norms in 9/11 Truth. In the UKthe "official" 9/11 Truth Movement is very sensitive about its image; it is affiliated to the Stop the War Coalition... although I suspect that this affiliation is one-way and the StWC doesn't reciprocate. However UK9/11 Truth portrays itself as very middle class and centre left. It eschews anything it considers too "far out" for their shop window, which is why Dr Judy Wood is so unwelcome. Whenever they even bring up the subject of Dr Judy Wood, or "Judy Wood" as they insist on calling her, their line tends to be more: "but what will people think of us!?" instead of: "She's wrong because..." UKT-9/11 wants to be seen as distinctly separate from the rest of the Conspirasphere, which is why I didn't fit in there. I really must one day write a piece on my own experience of my involvement with them, but my general unspoken feelings were well worded by Joshua Blakeney, a British researcher based in Canada: "Do these people really think that if they just spend enough time wearing suits and voting for the Green Party then eventually The Guardian will agree to investigate 9/11 Truth!?"
At the moment Richard awaits his challenge to engage our Fearless Leader David Cameron is a live public debate... which would be hell of a lot more exciting than the election debates that are on TV at the moment. However his eyes have also turned skywards as questions are coming in about Mars. At the moment there are several spacecraft on Mars, including mobile rovers; however Richard is wondering if these missions are faked and the images we see of the Red Planet are just pictures of remote locations on Earth; this is similar to the notion that the moon landings were faked, see: http://hpanwo-radio.blogspot.co.uk/2014/11/programme-110-podcast-marcus-allen-part.html. It's perfectly possible, after all if NASA can fake men on the moon, robots on Mars shouldn't be a problem; they don't even have to worry about private individuals with telescopes any more. Why would NASA fake data from Mars? Perhaps because they're trying to cover up evidence of life there. Richard is also changing his strategy to one much more proactive than reactive and he wants to set up his own free energy research project, see: http://www.richplanet.net/starship_main.php?ref=203&part=1. There are a few existing ones of these like Dr Steven Greer's, but this is not to be trusted, see: http://www.siriusdisclosure.com/orion-project/energy-solutions/. Michael Tellinger has just emailed his list with an announcement of a free energy discovery; hope it's the real thing, but either way the more people who research this subject the better.

Richard received a well-earned cheer at the end of his lecture. At the time of writing his tour is still underway so do go and see him if you can: http://www.richplanet.net/events.php. Although we have definite differences of opinion, Richard is somebody I really respect and we need more like him if we're going to see the end of this New World Order... and we are. It was getting late by the end of the event and Ustane and I had to catch a bus so we couldn't stay around to talk to Richard, Andrew or any of our other friends who had travelled there. As we left the Belgrave Rooms we saw Jenny Kleeman interviewing a member of the audience. We walked quickly on by.
See here for the latest HPANWO Voice articles:http://hpanwo-voice.blogspot.co.uk/2015/04/disclosure-champagne.html.


Bases 2015

$
0
0
The Bases Project was founded by Miles Johnston twenty-one years ago to investigate the claims of several individuals who came forward to say they had been involved with a secret military base which they say lies deep underground beneath the village of Peasemorein Berkshire. These claims are deeply disconcerting; activities on the facility are alleged to include kidnapping and extrajudicial imprisonment, illegal human experimentation, genetic engineering, mind control and covert research into UFO's and extraterrestrial life, see: https://thebasesproject.org/ and: https://www.youtube.com/user/megawatts1066. I've investigated Peasemore myself, see: http://hpanwo-tv.blogspot.co.uk/2013/10/peasemore.html. Since then Miles has carried out a large number of interviews and investigations and has produced films he calls the Bases series. The Bases Project, previously when amalgamated with AMMACH, has also hosted a number of public events, see background links below, but the most recent one was by far the most ambitious.

The Bases Project Film Festival and 2nd International Conference 2015 was a three day event held from Friday July the 31st to Sunday August the 1st. It brought in speakers from as far away as Germanyand the United States of America, and delegates from locales such as the Netherlandsand Switzerland. One man travelled overnight by coach from Oban, Scotlandjust to be there for the final afternoon session. My good friend Colin gave me a lift from Oxford; he lives in Londonand therefore I'm about half way there so he often picks me up when we're both attending events in the West Country. He had with him in the car Dr Robert Duncan whom he had to meet at the airport. Dr Duncan had just arrived after a long journey by air from Idaho USA and so was completely doped up with jet lag; he slept in his seat for most of the drive to Wiltshire. I was delighted at the prospect of the upcoming conference. As regular HPANWO readers will know, I never travel abroad and take few domestic holidays, but the UFO/conspiracy/paranormal conference circuit is my equivalent of that. This is despite the fact that they are often working breaks. At the last Bases event I was a speaker, see: http://hpanwo-voice.blogspot.co.uk/2015/06/bases-at-woodborough-ben-emlyn-jones.html. This time I was a judge in the Film Festival... as it turned out this was to be just the start of my involvement. The venue for this year's event was again a school, but a very different one to last year's traditional elite Illuminati induction centre with its esoteric ancient mound topped by a tank of polluted water. This time we were in the modern atrium of St John'sInternationalAcademy, see: http://www.stjohns.wilts.sch.uk/. It was empty of pupils at this time of year. The conference was to be held in the theatre which had steep rows of folding seats like a lecture theatre, but it had a standard raised stage. As we arrived, Matthew Williams was exactly where I expected to see him, in the makeshift gallery at the front setting up his film and audio equipment. Miles Johnston was stomping around in Bermuda shorts and a tweed jacket with his face flushed and his white hair standing out like a lion's mane. "Where's the feckin' Blu-Ray remote!?" he bellowed in his Ulsterbrogue. "I left the fecker right here a minute ago on top of the feckin' projector for feck's sake!" Then the sweet anticipation I'd been feeling was satisfied as one old friend after another turned up and we had a happy reunion. The first speaker was David Hodrien (http://bufog.blogspot.co.uk/). The main conference wasn't due to start till Saturday, but Friday was the only day he was free so he was slipped into the schedule before the film festival. Dave gave a fascinating lecture about how music has been influenced by the UFO phenomenon. On my HPANWO Radio shows I sometimes play the 1947 song When you see those Flying Saucers, by the Buchanan Brothers, for example see: http://hpanwo-radio.blogspot.co.uk/2015/05/programme-136-podcast-roswell-slides.html, and according to Dave it's the first ever certified UFO song. However it was by no means the last and many established artists have written pieces of music inspired by UFO's and alien contact; including David Bowie, Jimi Hendrix and Bruce Dickinson. There are also some bands with a dedicated UFO theme like Element 115 and C.E.IV, whom I've seen playing live at the Weird 11 conference in Swindon. Many musicians have had encounters too, including some household names like John Lennon, see: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=f9PgRl9ohA0. There's also a story told by VernonPresley, father of the "King of Rock and Roll" Elvis Presley, that there was a UFO flying above the house when his son was born. There's a tragic element to this story because Elvis had a twin who was stillborn. He expressed grief for his lost brother his whole life and had a shrine built for him at Graceland. It's possible that his feelings contributed to his eventual nervous breakdown and premature death, see: http://hpanwo-voice.blogspot.co.uk/2015/02/is-elvis-alive.html. But is it possible there was a "walk-in" situation here, or attempt at one. Sometimes babies initially diagnosed as stillborn emerge alive and occasionally extraterrestrial influence could be the cause of this happy eventuality, as with Jason Andrews, see: http://5thworld.com/Jason/.
The Bases Project Film Festival was originally due to happen on a different date, but I think it was a good idea to have it consecutively with the main conference. The films began soon after David Hodrien's speech and I settled down with my notebook to watch them. Some of them are available free on YouTube, but I decided it wouldn't be fair to preview any of them unless I could do so for all of them. There were many entries out of which Miles selected ten nominations. The Dutch artist Mirjam Janse designed four beautiful trophies, three of which to give to the award winners, see above. The three categories were amateur, semi-professional and professional. The following is based on notes I made while watching the films. These are running observations based on a single viewing; I sometimes change my mind about a film after I've seen it more than once:
Beyond Apathy. Duration 5 mins 34 secs. Category: amateur. Dir. Anna Bragga.
A short film about the plans to introduce fluoridated drinking water into Bedfordshire. Serves as a good introduction to the dangers of fluoride. Will hopefully encourage viewers to find more details for themselves. Consists mostly of interviews with activists. (https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Ulrl8mYvwJM)
Voice from the Gasfields. Duration 1 hr 1 min. Category: semi-pro. Dir. Ian R Crane.
Ian is a personal friend of mine, but I didn't let this prejudice me. Covers the resistance to fracking in Great Britain and Australia. Sadly Australiais well advanced of the rest of the world and there's a warning that we must learn from the Australians' mistakes or we'll go the same way. Subtitle It started with just One Well indicates that. Good use of music and graphics. Ian has shot hundreds of lecture recordings, but this is his first feature film and that requires different skills. Good first effort. It was moving to hear about how the ordinary folk living in the Queensland forests have had their lives ruined by fracking. (https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=V3K0kV7UcME)
22 The Light Codes. Duration 34 mins 30 secs. Category: semi-pro. Dir. Jergen van Meeteren.
This was an animation. No narrative and was purely abstract. Featured beautiful graphics and was very dreamlike and hypnotic. Even psychedelic. Its imagery included fractals, crop circle-like patterns and mandalas. (http://www.earth-matters.nl/26/11286/spiritualiteit/the-light-codes.html)
Daisy Wheel Toruscope. Duration 7 mins. Category: amateur. Dir. Joanne Gray.
Another animation, much simpler this time. Has a lovely score; especially the opening piano solo. Illustration of a new discovery about how sacred geometry connects to the calendar, the hours of the day, astrology and astronomy. Even life cycles and plant seed growth. (https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=ozkYpO4vjbs)
Fight for Justice. Duration 5 mins. Category: amateur. Dir. John Walson.
Another good summary and introduction like Beyond Apathy. It's about a personal ordeal at the hands of organized child abuse by the state and religious institutions. Very disturbing, but dignified. Stylistically it resembles a movie trailer for a longer film. (https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=CIsPxt9zwS4)
Street Eyes. Duration 1 hr 15 mins. Category: pro. Dir. Ollie Marshall.
A fictional feature film. This covers a lot of important concepts rarely seen in Hollywood like Reptilians, demonic and angelic possession, indigo children, black-eyed humanoids, Area 51, zombies, men-in-black etc. The final scene is about the extraterrestrial abduction of unborn babies and was very disturbing. The narrative was slow-moving and tedious with some inept and botched attempts at humour. Acting and characterization were rather poor, but the actress who played Natalie wasn't bad. Technically it was very good. Well-composed score and sound effects, highly atmospheric. Excellent lighting and makeup. Some original and neat stylistic devices like designer crackling and lines on the screen. The ending was truncated, a bit anticlimactic. Could make room for a sequel? One of the minor characters was played by Stephen Bassett! (http://www.marshallfilm.com/)
Rush, Duration 1 hr. Category: semi-pro. Dir. Jane Clements.
Award winning film already, screened and Monacoand Cannes. All about the remarkable case of the "Fire Burn Doctor". Includes detailed testimonials of many people instantly cured of burns by the helpline. Interviews with Dr Philip Savage, the founder of the service. Amazing idea, but not enough info. Could have been longer and gone into more detail. Hope to see a sequel. (http://www.fireburndoctor.com/home)
Walk in Case. Duration 18 mins 29 secs. Category: amateur. Dir. Sandra Daroy.
Fiction. Tackles a lot of vital issues like the Djinn and implants. Mentions the late Dr Rauni Kilde. Very good score. Chilling scenes in the psychiatrist's office. The pub scenes were filled with background noise so the dialogue was hard to hear, but maybe that was the venue's audio. Was one of the characters based on Miles Johnston? (https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=7SicHiQAcXw)
Mind the Matrix. Duration 2 hr 14 mins. Category: pro. Dir. Christianne van Wijk.
Introduces various conspiratorial elements like GMO foods, vaccines, fracking etc. What's more the "Matrix" continues beyond death in a cycle of birth and rebirth. Interviews with Ian R Crane, Max Igan, Vinny Eastwood. Effective sinister score and sound effects. Resembles Voices from the Gasfields in style. Some of the scenes include different lighting effects within them. (https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Z30QqiA9s8U)
The LakeDrain. Duration 1 hr 23 mins. Category: pro. Dir. Jerry Griffin.
Another fictional feature film. Like Street Eyes it covers some vital esoteric subjects, including the hazards of CERN and the Large Hadron Collider. Features scenes that might be distortions of spacetime. Parodies of hillbillies. Very strange and offbeat. Surreal in both style and content. There's some humour, but is it intentional? A segment on deep underground military bases and an interview with the real Richard Sauder. The plot was hard to follow. I suspect the score and sound effects were all from a free music library. There are some weird sound effects inserted at odd moments, animal calls, helicopters and thunder claps. Spooky and a bit frightening in places. Intriguing movie. (https://www.youtube.com/user/PerformanceGallery/featured)
In the amateur category Fight for Justice won with Beyond Apathy as a runner up.
In the semi-professional category 22 The Light Codes won with Voices from the Gasfields as a runner up.
In the professional category Mind the Matrix won with Street Eyes as a runner up.
The viewing session was very long because we had short breaks between the screenings and in the end it even overlapped to the following day. Afterwards I got together with the other judges to make our decision. I know it's a bit of a cliché, but I mean it when I say standards were very high at this festival. I can honestly state, I did not dislike any of the films nominated and would happily watch any of them again. None of the films received no votes at all. The award ceremony was hosted by the woman I call "Jenny" in this article: http://hpanwo.blogspot.co.uk/2014/10/probe-autumn-2014.html. She is now a regular at alternative events and we've become firm friends. The award ceremony was filmed and during it she appears and partly reveals her identity, but I don't know yet whether this footage will be published so I will not. As I say in the link, she is a fairly famous media personality, and we all know what happens career-wise to people like that who stray from the directed conformist norm.
The conference suffered from a number of setbacks. Along with missing remote controls there were a few more technical hiccups, yet Matthew and Miles recovered from most of them and the show went on as it must. However when the main conference began on Saturday we were without a master-of-ceremonies. Danielle la Verité (see here for more details: http://hpanwo-radio.blogspot.co.uk/2015/05/programme-137-podcast-danielle-la-verite.html) had originally been booked but she had not turned up. It is no secret that Danielle suffers from agoraphobia, a psychological disorder that means she feels very uncomfortable leaving home. I approached Miles and offered to step into her place seeing I have experience of being an MC, see: http://hpanwo-voice.blogspot.co.uk/2014/12/mike-clelland-at-exopol-comms.html, and he agreed. I had some smart clothes in my bag and so got them out and ironed them. I had not put this set on for a few years as I'm not habitually a formal dresser, and to my frustration I found that they'd shrunk... I hope that's it anyway; the alternative is that I've grown! The trousers were completely indecent, but the shirt just went round me. However it left a draught gap at my midriff and constricted my throat a bit. So I wore that with my normal trousers and hoped I didn't look too silly. I also kept a hat on my head because photos and film of me without headgear tend to white out my scalp on camera, a bit like the snooker player Willie Thorne. My hat was white and therefore equally reflective, but I look less ridiculous with a hat whited out. Matthew said next time he'll give me some makeup! I wished Danielle a speedy and complete recovery and then took to the stage. Because of my MC duties I was not able to take notes of the speakers' talks so my reviews below will have to be brief. The first speaker was Daganac'h (http://www.ascendedavalon.com/#!daganach/c1enr) a beautiful Norwegian lady. She describes herself as an embodiment of the divine feminine and somebody dedicated to helping humanity return to divine natural law and order. I had got to know Daganac'h quite well because we were both staying at the home of a mutual friend. She is very likeable and friendly. We helped cook a dinner together after we arrived on Thursday night. She was originally an air hostess with SAS airlines, but had a spiritual awakening which changed her life. I'm glad to say that she is opposed to conventional secular feminism because I'm also a very harsh critic of it, see: http://hpanwo-voice.blogspot.co.uk/2015/04/anti-feminist-women-banned.html. As far as she's concerned, liberating women is about creating a spiritual balance and not just supplanting male domination with its female antithesis. Simon Miles (http://www.biblewheel.com/GR/GR_Database.php) gave a talk that might make you reconsider if you've decided that you've got crop circles sussed, whatever your personal conclusion. Simon has found that there are symbols encoded into more than one crop circle that appeared in the same area over a period of many years. These include a menorah, a ritual Jewish candlestick with seven heads, the famous "pi" crop circle and a strange decoding of the Bible called "the Bible Wheel". As you can see in the link above, the author Simon draws on has renounced his previous discoveries; would Simon's work make him think again? Unfortunately I had to swap hats during the next session and become a film judge again, so I missed most of the talk by Dr Emma Therese-Lewis (http://www.emmathereselewis.com/Introduction.html) which is a shame because she looks really interesting. Once I'd introduced her I just popped back in to call her to time and give her an outro. She's an academic and clinical psychologist who runs a private practice locally, so in the West Country perhaps that's not really mainstream and career-threatening. She was running one of the workshops at the event. Maria Wheatley (http://www.theaveburyexperience.co.uk/) was another speaker whose talk I had to miss in part. She lectured with her usual passion and eloquence about the ancient megalithic sites and her research into them. Interestingly, a bit of history here, I once met Maria a very long time ago in 199-something, long before I started HPANWO, when I went on a dowsing course at the Rollright Stones, Oxfordshire. I'd been invited along by a New Age pseudo-friend. She was accompanied then by her late father who shared her interests and skills. Harald Kautz-Vella (https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=HtAQdxowpYA) came all the way from Germany for a second visit in just a few weeks; he had shared the stage with me at the Woodborough event, see: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=j88BcgzzcTc. He is a prolific author and covers a wide variety of interconnecting subjects from social engineering, cultural Marxism and mind control to chemtrails, the black goo and transhumanism. He believes our "bio-field" has been moved from non-linear empathic forms to binary, egotistical and left-brain centred forms, deliberately. Then after a tea break came the first in a double bill with our keynote speaker Dr Robert Duncan (http://projectsoulcatcher.blogspot.co.uk/), now with his circadian rhythm adjusted to British Summer Time. His speciality is transhumanism, the creation of cyborgs and how it relates to mind control. His research ties in well with Harald Kautz-Vella's although he is far less radical. In fact Harald and Dr Duncan had a long and very jargon-dense debate about mad cow disease during the Q and A's on both days. I asked him a question myself because he seemed to be giving out two different messages about transhumanism. During his two addresses he gave us multiple reasons to be concerned about how such high technology could be abused, but then went on to say how positive it was. How can such a subject be in any way positive without a social revolution beyond anything we can imagine? Max Igan puts it very pithily in his film about transhumanism; how much can we be transhumanized without losing our humanity? Especially when we have an elite which has none. The vision the ruling class might have for a cyborg future is likely to be very different to that of naive fools like Ray Kurzweil, see here for more details: http://hpanwo-voice.blogspot.co.uk/2013/09/bases-project-live-in-london.html. Saturday ended very late because the first speaker on Sunday, Dollie Indigostar (https://instagram.com/dolliepops1/) had to be shifted forward to Saturday at short notice. Dollie was certainly the most charismatic speaker. She is a very diminutive woman whose head barely comes above my waist but she is packed with energy. She glided up and down the stage in flowing movements wearing Gypsy pantaloons and lots of unusual jewellery. She talked about indigo children, whom we've all heard of, but also "golden", "crystal" and "rainbow" children. These are all "starseeds", humans with extraterrestrial souls, who are intended to bring healing and spiritual enlightenment to the world. This ties in eerily with David Hodrien's talk where he mentioned Elvis.
After the day's proceedings were over I shed my shirt and tie with relief. Colin and I headed for Knap Hill to watch the sunset and skywatch as we have before, see the links to my coverage of previous Bases events. The sun was shining although heavy cloud was rolling in. We didn't see any UFO's but did wonder at the glory of the full moon rising, tinted blood red by atmospheric filtering. I heard the voice of Douglas Adams, creator of Hitchhikers' Guide to the Galaxy, echoing in my head: "Isn't it enough to see that a garden is beautiful without having to believe that there are fairies at the bottom of it too?" I don't agree with Adamsat all, in fact I think his point is pretty meaningless. I fantasize replying to him: "Is it necessary to disbelieve that there are fairies at the bottom of it in order to appreciate the garden's physical beauty?"I haven't paid Dr Steven Greer his five thousand dollars and so don't know the CE5 protocols, but I played a recording of David Griffin being interviewed on my mobile phone. However the UFO's did not flock to the sound of a familiar voice. While we were on Knap Hill, Colin and I filmed a "fast blast" video for Facebook, see: https://www.facebook.com/colin.woolford.3/videos/10204491616828533/.

The Bases conferences 2015 have taken place in a period of controversy for the organization. After the initial investigation of Barry King's claims related to the Peasemore base another man came forward professing knowledge, James Casbolt aka Michael Prince. He has just been sentenced to twelve years in prison for blackmailing and threatening his ex-wife and her family, and for stalking other women, see: http://www.cornishman.co.uk/Jail-St-Ives-dad-James-Casbolt-2m-blackmail/story-27499915-detail/story.html. I first met James Casbolt back in 2006 at the Probe conferences. Interestingly he had a girlfriend with him in those days, a blonde American called Haley, although according to the newspaper link the couple met four years later. Was this a different girl? How did a rich heiress like Haley Meijer end up marrying such an unlikely man? What's more his fast-tracked American citizenship papers and enlistment in the USarmed forces seems unusually easy. A lot related to this story doesn't add up. Not least because of James' extraordinary personality change. Believe it or not, he used to be a cheery, happy-go-lucky character yet when I bumped into him again at last year's Bases at the Barge, see: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=gKHBqlzz95Uand background links above, he was transformed. He was cagey and dour. He seemed almost embarrassed to meet me. On stage he was very aphasic and evasive. Then I began hearing from some of my female friends that he had been harassing women online. It was inevitable that this subject would be tabled during proceedings at the conference. Another piece of news that emerged during the conference was that "Rowdy" Roddy Piper has died. The Scottish-Canadian wrestler turned actor is well known in the Conspirasphere for playing the lead in John Carpenter's incredibly meaningful film They Live, see: http://www.bbc.co.uk/news/world-us-canada-33745636. I gave a few quotes from the movie from the movie on stage as a tribute to him.
Mirjam Janse (http://www.mirjamjanse.com/) opened the day's activities. She ad-libbed an uplifting and interesting lecture about healing, crop circles and aliens; and how they relate to our own bodies and souls. Mirjam also had a workshop running in one of the adjoining rooms. She is... if you were paying attention... the artist who designed the Film Festival trophies. Then came David Shayler (https://www.scribd.com/david_shayler) a former British intelligence officer who bravely spoke out against corruption and murder by the UKgovernment. Hopefully this will serve as an example for other agents to follow. He talked about the law and how the UKjudiciary is an unlawful institution that has stripped us of our constitutional rights under English common law. He also talked about the wonders of hemp and its predicted suppression. See here for a HPANWO Radio interview with Shayler: http://hpanwo-radio.blogspot.co.uk/2012/10/programme-19-podcast-david-shayler.html. Graham Harvey (http://grahamsquest.co.uk/) gave one of the best talks of the event. His subject is one I am fascinated by and consider one of the most important in the world: farming; because if we have no food nothing else matters. He explains how modern agriculture could be made so much less harmful if it went back to a "mixed" system of arable and livestock together rotated around different fields. Instead we have factory farms producing monoculture produce, toxic chemicals and genetically modified crops on the land. He didn't mention "terra preta", but off stage he and I talked about it, see: http://hpanwo.blogspot.co.uk/2008/06/terra-preta.html. Next we had an extended presentation by a couple, Max Spiers and Sarah Adams (https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=AIJrSQ6-9jk). They spoke both together in dialogue and as individuals about many subjects. They gave a bit of their own back story about their own unpleasant relationship with James Casbolt. Max has been involved with elite mind control projects while Sarah has had a spiritual awakening that has helped her deal with the troubles she's had in her life. Max and Sarah are a sweet couple who are very manifestly in love and who both have a vision for a better world.

When I gave my final address as MC, I warned the delegates about what was to come at the end of the conference. As I've said many times before, for example here: http://hpanwo.blogspot.co.uk/2014/10/probe-autumn-2014.html, the end of a good UFO/conspiracy/paranormal conference can be a surprisingly unsettling and gloomy affair. The closure of the event is very abrupt. Once we've had all the thank you's and goodbye's the lights go on, people get up from their seats and leave the theatre to begin their journey back to the normal world. After a weekend of being around people who understand and appreciate us for who we are, we all have to go back to our private isolated bubbles where everybody around us thinks we're crazy. It's difficult to describe to an outsider the camaraderie of the UFO/conspiracy/paranormal conference circuit. Events like those organized by Bases are very intense. The emotion, atmosphere and surroundings can be deeply intoxicating. A few of us hung around in the auditorium while Miles and Matthew hastily tidied up their equipment while Roger and Rosemary on reception did the same. I found myself feeling almost angry with these friends of mine, not because I dislike them; on the contrary, it's because I love them so dearly. I was angry because being separated from them made me feel the way it did. Angry that the conference couldn't just carry on indefinitely and we could just stay together. Some of them talked about heading down to the pub for a drink before going home, but I just wanted to get the painful parting over with and set a course for Oxfordright away. In the end Jenny persuaded Colin and me to go to the pub. Once I was there I was glad I'd come and my spirits lifted a bit. The others were staying for a big organized dinner, but not me and Colin. We said a heartfelt goodbye to Jenny and left Marlborough. We were accompanied on the drive home by a jolly and talkative man whom I'll call "Tom" (not his real name). He lives in Kidlington, just outside Oxford, so he is one person on the scene I can stay in touch with locally. He wasn't going straight home though; we dropped him off at a lovely pub called the Gardeners Arms, one I used to go in regularly, where he was taking part in a pub quiz. He was very enthusiastic about us joining him for a "swift half" before leaving. However as I stood in the pub full of people hunched over their quiz sheets talking loudly I felt my surroundings closing in on me. I hinted to Colin that I wanted to get out of there right away. Tom meant no harm and I don't blame him; it was just the mental state I was in. I may be a big tough ugly ex-hospital porter, but I'm not invulnerable; I have my limits. Thank you very much to Miles, Matthew, Roger and Rosemary, and everybody else who made the Bases Project Film Festival and 2nd International Bases Conference 2015 happen. That includes all the speakers and delegates. I enjoyed every minute of it. The good news is that in a few weeks it's the Warminster 50 event, see: http://www.warminster2015.uk/and a lot of the people at Bases are also going there, so we'll meet again very soon. Watch the HPANWO space for a report on that.



Some of Them are on Our Side

$
0
0
It’s very “in” to be a pessimist these days. As I said in a recent article on the Voice, I think this is often because it gives one a kind of street-cred, see: http://hpanwo-voice.blogspot.co.uk/2012/03/insider-posers.html. There seems to be a strange kind of prestige and ascendency in believing that all hope is lost. I’ve spoken before about “Lenny”, see: http://hpanwo.blogspot.co.uk/2009/10/probe-autumn-2009-part-4.html; but apart from him I’ve noticed that there is another kind of cynic, a quiet and private kind exemplified by another Probe-buddy. This is an elderly man who regularly attends the Probe conferences; he’s a quiet man, a loner who tends to stick to himself. However when you get talking to him you’ll quickly find that he is calmly and dispassionately convinced that all hope is lost; the Illuminati are on the verge of unstoppable victory and that Planet Earth is doomed to death. I hesitated to ask him why he bothers to attend Probe at all then! But whether I’m talking about the quietly resigned or the egotistical auto-sodomites like “Lenny”, it’s obvious that many people who, when they first become Conspiratorially-aware, take one look at the world around us and surrender. And I agree that on first glance things do look pretty bleak, the perpetrators have made sure of that. We have a population of billions enslaved to an Elite for whom evil is their lifeblood on a planet that is choking to death on its parasites’ venom. But I’m willing to give up some of my kudos at this point and concede my entry to the pissing-contest: I don’t think it’s that bad. It’s bad, yes, but I’m not ready to throw in the towel yet. The media is one of my biggest sources of inspiration, ironically, when you read my rants about it (EG: http://hpanwo.blogspot.co.uk/2008/07/grimlys.html). We hear all the time that it’s controlled and full of propaganda; and yes, it is full of propaganda, but is “controlled” the right word? A better one might be “influenced”.

In fact I’d go as far as to theorize that right now there’s a battle raging in the world’s media. On the one hand you have establishment misinformation, but on the other you have films, books and other works of art constantly coming out that have powerful anti-establishment and nonConformist themes. This would not be possible if the media were completely controlled. Good recent examples are Avatar, V for Vendetta, Dead Poets Society, Wag the Dog and The Last Enemy. There is no way that if Hollywood and the BBC were completely controlled by the forces of Darkness that these films could ever be produced. What we would have instead is a continuous stream of Conformist and institutional polemics with a token handful of very wet and transparent counter-positional publications just so as not to make it too obvious. At the moment I’m going through online videos of films and TV programmes that came out either before I was born or before I was old enough to properly understand them, and which sum up what I’m talking about.

A Very British Coup- Channel 4, 1988.
It can be seen for free online here:http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=LYZfRk0yEl8&has_verified=1
Unfortunately the title of this drama gives away the plot, but don’t let that spoiler put you off. This is no independent production, it has a star-studded cast of big names like Philip Madoc, Tim McInnerny and Alan MacNaughton. It’s a witty film with a clever script full of great one-liners, about the career of a Leftist, “Old Labour” politician who through some terrible oversight on the part of the “Men in Grey Suits” ends up getting elected Prime Minister. Harry Perkins is a working-class Yorkshireman from a long line of steelworkers and the story contains numerous anecdotes portraying him as a down-to-Earth man-of-the-people; for example he uses a Sheffield Wednesday football bag instead of a suitcase to carry his paperwork and he walks between Buckingham Palace and Downing Street when he meets the Queen. The opening scene of the film shows him in the bathroom, urinating and shaving with a string vest on, using his father’s shaving mug; all he needed was a pigeon-loft and you’d have a complete epitome of an old-country Yorkshire labourer. He immediately begins implementing policies that during the early 1980’s, when the story was conceived, were in the manifesto of the real British opposition Labour Party: improvements to the Welfare State, complete re-nationalization of the National Health Service and all service industries, an end to nuclear power, unilateral nuclear disarmament and a departure from NATO and all Anglo-American Cold War treaties. To appreciate its message it’s important to realize the era that the story was written. During Margaret Thatcher’s term in office Left-Wing ideas were seen as very radical and alternative because Thatcher herself was such an arch-Conservative. I myself believed this during my childhood in that period. In the light of recent years I and many others have come to realize that the Left Wing of the political spectrum is as much a potential tyranny as the Right and that the entire scope of conventional political viewpoints, from Communism to Fascism, is created and controlled by a covert superpolitical Elite. However, if you like you can imagine Harry Perkins as holding other, more mature and aware extra-political opinions as you watch the movie and the context alters itself unobtrusively. Between the scenes of Harry Perkins at work are interspersed shots of darkly lit rooms in the headquarters of MI5 where sinister-looking men watch the TV in malevolent silence. When Perkins announces to the American ambassador that he has two years to remove all US bases from British shores the CIA get involved too. Perkins then holds a ceremony on TV where the first nuclear warhead from Britain’s independent nuclear deterrent is dismantled; the first of every single one of them. With the help of a CIA agent in the US embassy a smear campaign is initiated by the security services, aided and abetted by top Military officers and a media mogul who is thinly-disguised parody of Rupert Murdoch. One of Perkins’ ministers is forced to resign after reporters catch him having an extra-marital affair with a woman who has links to the IRA. Then Perkins’ military adviser, and architect of his nuclear disarmament programme, is killed in a suspicious-looking accident on a level-crossing; Thomas Ronald Baron-style. In the end the conspirators resort to forging documents that apparently prove that Perkins is in the pay of the Soviet Union. Perkins apprently gives in and books a TV announcement to resign as Prime Minister, but as soon as he’s on the air he dumps his script and instead speaks out about the plot against him. The director tries to cut him off the air but Perkins’ assistant, a man who up till then had been a minor character with inconclusive loyalty, intervenes to keep the broadcast running. Perkins calls a general election which he is about to win decisively and the final scene of the film is of an empty polling station and the sound of helicopters and military radio chatter. The ending may be slightly ambiguous, but I think there’s no doubt that the implication is that, having failed using every other method, the conspirators decide to take over the country in a military coup. This is something that has happened numerous times in numerous places, and in the case of Latin America, usually with American involvement. The TV drama is based on a book by Chris Mullin who was a Member of Parliament as well as a novelist. He was also instrumental in the appeal and release of the “Birmingham Six”. The book spurns the popular image that coups d’etat only happen in the Third World or less powerful nations, and that they cannot take place in a major, industrial Western state. In doing so the story illustrates the limitations, and I would go as far as to say the illusion, of democracy. The people have the right to choose, so long as they choose the way the “Men in Grey Suits” want them to. The phrase “Men in Grey Suits” was coined by the political journalist Alan Watkins when referring to Margaret Thatcher, and her forced removal from power in what was effectively a non-military coup d’etat. She was not put up against a wall and shot, but she was advised to retire early because of her opposition to Britain being invested into the European Union. It’s interesting that in his famous controversial autobiography Spycatcher, MI5 officer Peter Wright reports attending a meeting in about 1980 which some mysterious individuals attend who say they have an agenda to prevent a Labour victory at the next election, at all costs! (Ironically this book became a bestseller due to the Government attempts to ban it and it remains in print to this day; the Government should have just kept their mouth shut, in which case it would have remained an obscure back-shelf title.) What happens next in A Very British Coup is left to the imagination of the reader or viewer, but it struck me that V for Vendetta would fit almost seamlessly as its sequel. Maybe Perkins went on to be arrested and then, like John Smith, died conveniently of a heart attack or something. And then the election victory was handed over to somebody else; Perkins’ shifty and treacherous Chancellor of the Exchequer perhaps. Such bloodless coups have happened in modern democratic states, like the famous “Dismissal Scandal” in Australia in 1975, see: http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/1975_Australian_constitutional_crisis. Or perhaps the country went directly into martial law with troops on the streets shooting demonstrators and the descent into Fascism and the scenario of V for Vendetta. Who knows, and who cares, so long as we make sure it never happens in real life.

Wild Palms- MGM, 1993
It can be seen for free online here:http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=YqbdA0gMq64
I remember watching this American sci-fi miniseries when it first appeared on the BBC. It was much-hyped beforehand but got crap reviews; well you know what I think of reviews, see: http://hpanwo-voice.blogspot.co.uk/2008/06/critics.html. It was co-produced by none other than Oliver Stone and although you certainly won’t see any Oscar-winning acting performances, it’s still one of the most remarkable TV series I’ve ever seen. It is set in California in 2007, which at the time was obviously the future, and it explores the political abuse of technology, especially technology in the media. The production design is quite clever and cyberpunk-ish; little details like anachronistic and strange tuxedo shirt collars being fashionable and the influence of Japanese art and architecture give it a hint of realism. The story is about how a Right-Wing quasi-religious secret society called “The Fathers” are taking over the media and politics. The plot is confusing because the bad guys have several different names: “The Wild Palms Consortium”, “The Church of Synthiotics”, “Mimecom” and a couple of others. Also it turns out that all the main characters are closely related to each other and that as the story progresses it is revealed that these relationships are all different; so sons become brothers and uncles become cousins, mothers become wives etc etc until I could no longer follow them. The bad guys, whatever they’re called, have found a way to create a holographic TV system called Church Windows and that by taking a designer drug called “Mimesine” the viewer can make the holograms seem solid, and they can even be touched. The Fathers have an enemy, an underground guerilla force known as “The Friends” who are libertarian and promote the US Constitution. What is very interesting is that The Friends are more general nonconformists, like myself, as opposed to being motivated by a political ideology; they’re free-spirited and eccentric while the prevailing culture of the setting values and enforces extreme conventionality (Sounds familiar?). Sometimes their notions and activities make me wonder if they were inspired by Robert Anton Wilson. They dress in strange clothes have fun-filled parties and recite Walt Whitman poems, like Robin Williams’ characters in Dead Poets Society and Patch Adams. This engaged me into the film on an emotional level and I found it oddly gripping. The Fathers are easy to despise because they’re authoritarian, sadistic and hateful, torturing and mutilating their victims; The Friends on the other hand exhibit a hippie-like “peace n’ love” demeanour. The series ends happily and I remember well the joyous celebrations on the streets, and the people calling out: “The Fathers have fallen!” has stuck in my mind ever since. The series could have been better on a structural and technical level, but it is perfect in terms of style and intrigue.

There’s a curious fact associated with Wild Palms: that just a couple of years before it was produced another TV movie came out in Britain called The Vision, which had a very similar plot. In this case the main protagonist is played by the elderly Dirk Bogarde and the climax of the story has Bogarde’s character interrupting a live TV programme and speaking out to the viewers, alerting them to the dangers of the secret conspiracy behind a new TV network, a la Wild Palms. The Vision however ends on a more sombre note. As soon as he’s arrested and led off by the police the hero realizes that the programme’s producers anticipated his action and did not in fact broadcast live as promised. His outburst is swiftly edited and the broadcast continues. The film is very hard to get hold of. It’s not currently being broadcast anywhere online and can only be purchased as a old VHS tape on the American Amazon site, see: http://www.amazon.com/Vision-David-M-Thompson/dp/B0009VF5KA.

I really don’t agree that we’re living in a world where we’re controlled by the media. I do agree that there are attempts, occasionally successful, to control our minds via some of the elements working within the media, but these elements by no means have a monopoly. Some people claim that movies which challenge the Conformist norm and Illuminati-engendered ethics are a psy-op, controlled-opposition. I’ve already said that in a completely Illuminati-controlled media there would have to be very attenuated and shallow anti-establishment productions in order not to make the manipulation too obvious, but people who claim that the works I’ve mentioned and described here are examples of this controlled-opposition are making a mistake I think. This mistake leads to a very twisted and unfalsifiable logic. Watching Robbie Graham at the Exopolitics Conferences, see: http://hpanwo.blogspot.co.uk/2011/08/exopolitics-leeds-2011.html and reading his blog Silver Screen Saucers, was a real eye-opener for me, see: http://silverscreensaucers.blogspot.co.uk/. When I hear people on the Internet chime: “Avatar is a psy-op!” “Close Encounters... is a psy-op!” I’m afraid I can’t take them seriously. You see if these works are all controlled-opposition then what on Earth could not be? How does anything pass the test that these people would use to prove that a film is not a psy-op? I’ve seen films and read books that have made my jaw drop with the level of daring that they show in raising certain subjects and themes that are totally taboo in the world of non-fiction: false-flag terrorism, UFO cover-ups, the faked Moon Landings, fake war reports, mind-control in education etc etc. These works are definitely not all controlled-opposition. Real controlled-opposition would be very different to what we see in these people’s theories. It would be far less soulful and sophisticated. This is firstly because propaganda doesn’t need to be very sophisticated to work; in fact very simplistic and monolithic themes tend to work best for most viewers, like in Independence Day and Roland Emmerich’s other movies. Secondly I suspect that the Illuminati are simply not capable of producing anything soulful and sophisticated; such feats are beyond the remit of their mental processes.

I can’t really write an article on this subject without paying tribute to my favourite anti-establishment TV series of all: Blakes 7. In fact I think this TV series ends the debate about media control. I review it in details in this article: http://hpanwo.blogspot.co.uk/2007/10/blakes-7.html. If the conspiracy to control the media was as successful as some theorists claim it is, then how the hell did they let this one slip through the net? Yes, the media is often used to manipulate the thoughts and feelings of those who watch it, but this agenda is in no way complete. There are many individuals working in the media today: script-writers, novelists, TV producers, film-makers; including some very famous names indeed, who know exactly what is going on in this world. They know far, far more then you’ll ever hear them admit in any interview or in any non-fictional piece of writing, but they know alright; and what’s more they’re trying to tell us. Their mission is not in vain, because we hear them. If any of them are reading this I’d like to say just one thing: Thanks guys!

Latest HPANWO Voice articles:http://hpanwo-voice.blogspot.co.uk/2012/03/misandry-in-big-issue.html
And:http://hpanwo-voice.blogspot.co.uk/2012/03/insider-posers.html
And:http://hpanwo-voice.blogspot.co.uk/2012/03/kony-2012-and-ugandan-oil.html
And:http://hpanwo-voice.blogspot.co.uk/2012/03/worst-tv-documentary-ever.html

Latest HPANWO TV films:http://hpanwo-tv.blogspot.co.uk/2012/03/disclosure-petition-ii.html
And:http://hpanwo-tv.blogspot.co.uk/2012/03/real-zombies_23.html
And:http://hpanwo-tv.blogspot.co.uk/2012/02/dr-peter-fenwick-mba-destroyer.html
And:http://hpanwo-tv.blogspot.co.uk/2012/02/find-bearsac-now.html

Pre-Roswell Roswells

$
0
0
One of the common topics I’ve explored on HPANWO is UFO’s and the various falsehoods associated with them; for instance: that they’re only seen by “loonies”, that they didn’t exist until impressionable and imaginative people, usually wearing anoraks, first saw them in cinemas in the 1940’s etc. As we can see, UFO photos and reports both date back to far earlier epochs, see: http://hpanwo.blogspot.co.uk/2008/04/old-ufo-photoes.html. Another myth is that UFO’s are unknown in the Third World and are only seen in developed Western nations where people have been exposed to them culturally; but the Zulu Shaman Credo Mutwa reports that this is definitely not the case, in fact he has been abducted and abused by the very same beings that were seen in a famous Brazilian case, see: http://hpanwo.blogspot.co.uk/2009/08/alien-abduction-similarities.html. In this article I shall explore the theory that the famous Roswell Incident of 1947 was the trigger that led to all subsequent incidents that resembled it, and that no such incidents occurred before it. The word “Roswell” of course refers to the city of Roswell in New Mexico, USA which was the centre stage for that most explosive of all UFO tales; however since then other similar incidents have occurred and the word has almost become a common noun with the qualifying adjective designating the place, EG: Brazilian Roswell, Welsh Roswell etc. It means: a very significant UFO event, especially one in which a large amount of decisive physical evidence is left behind, like a crashed craft and alien bodies, and that this evidence is secretly salvaged by the government and covered up. It’s only a matter of time before the Oxford English Dictionary adds the word to its list under that definition.

Contrary to what you might have heard, there are "Roswells" that predate the Roswell Incident. I’ll take you through all the ones I’ve heard about and if you’ve heard of others that I haven’t then get in touch and let me know. We’ll go backwards in time from the most recent to the earliest, but all of them crucially took place before July 1947:

Cape Girardeau- April 1941
The details of what will inevitably be christened “the Missouri Roswell” can be found in this MUFON (See HPANWO Links column) paper. The title is misleading however; this is not “the first Roswell”, but I’m getting ahead of myself! This is a fascinating document that presents the compelling evidence for the case very comprehensively. Somebody has not only done a good research and analysis job here, they’ve also managed to communicate it well: http://www.majesticdocuments.com/pdf/rswood_mufon2001.pdf. The story was first revealed in 1984 in a book by UFO researcher Leo Stringfield. He received a letter from a lady named Charlette (sic) Mann concerning a UFO crash-retrieval in 1941, a full six years before Roswell. The crash occurred just a few miles from Cape Girardeau, a busy and picturesque city nestling on the banks of the River Mississippi. Charlette’s story was then corroborated by other sources: her own sister gave a sworn affidavit that Charlette’s story was true. The Sheriff of Cape Girardeau County, at the time, backed her up, as do seven leaked Presidential documents from three sources and possibly even a handwritten memo from J Edgar Hoover. In April of 1941 Charlette’s grandfather Reverend William Huffman was the local minister at the Red Star Baptist Church in Cape Girardeau. One evening at about 9 to 9.30 PM he received a phonecall from the police asking him to come to the site of a light aircraft crash 10 to 15 miles outside town because the injured occupants were not expected to survive and they wanted somebody to administer Last Rights. Rev. Huffman did not consider this request unusual and left immediately; remember that America is a far more religious country than most European nations, like my own, the UK. He arrived at the scene and saw that it was not a plane that had crashed but a disk-shaped object. The disk was broken open and inside he saw strange control seats and artefacts, and also markings that he thought looked like Egyptian hieroglyphics, a recurring comparison that covers several other UFO reports. Lying on the ground outside the craft were the bodies of three small humanoids which resembled the classic Grey; one of them had been moved to one side and the minister thought that it might be alive. As it was he was only required to give two of the beings the Sacrament of the Dying. There were many policemen at the scene, as well as firemen and news photographers. Military personnel turned up and swore everybody to secrecy before taking over the entire operation and sending Huffman home. Huffman was a patriotic and God-fearing man who took oaths seriously, but he couldn’t resist telling his family members what he'd experienced, including his son, Guy, who became Charlette’s father. Charlette knew about the incident because her father and other family members mentioned it occasionally as a family curiosity, but it was from the 1984 deathbed confession of her grandmother Floy, William Huffman’s wife, that she learned the complete tale; that which she related to Leo Stringfield. She found out what became of the photo of one of the aliens that her father had shown her one night at a party. The photo had been taken by one of the photographers at the scene and given to Huffman by a friend of his at his church a few weeks later. Huffman gave it to another friend in the early 1950’s: Walter Wayne Fisk. Fisk was a career photographer who’d made a living taking snaps of Cape Girardeau’s famous rose gardens and probably Huffman thought he’d appreciate this piece of evidence more than the average man-on-the-street. As far as we know Fisk still has that photograph today. Recently, the researcher Stanton Friedman managed to track down the elderly Walter Fisk to his current home in New Mexico. They spoke on the telephone and Fisk told Stanton all kinds of strange tales, like how he was a psychologist and worked for the President, but he refused to confirm or deny whether he still had the photograph. Since then he has declined all attempts to speak on the subject and so the whereabouts of the photograph remain a mystery. Charlette described the photo to Stringfield: It showed two men holding up one of the aliens by its arms. She sketched a reproduction of it, see above at the top of this HPANWO article, and since then two photographs have emerged online that are said to be the original, see below:



I personally doubt that either of these photos are the real McCoy. The first one looks a bit too neat; it looks like it was shot in a studio enviroment with proper lighting effects, and the quality leads me to think that it was taken using modern equipment. The alien also looks a bit too much like something you could buy in a Roswell tourist shop! The second photo is very obviously taken in daylight, even though the crash was late at night, and it shows a creature far smaller than the ones Charlette reported seeing; it’s barely two feet tall. The most intriguing evidence lies in the independent articles, like the Hoover memo. This incident took place just a few months before the attack on Pearl Harbour and the US Government knew it was going to have to fight a war very soon and although there were serious leaks, like the photograph, it’s obvious that there must have been some kind of protocol already in place to deal with an incident like this UFO crash. It may not have been as perfect as it was at Roswell but there’s no way the Government would have been able to suppress news of this hitting the airwaves unless they had a contingency plan; and if they had a contingency plan then they must have had previous knowledge or experience of UFO crash-retrievals. Experience? Where did that come from? A few weeks later, on the 21st of May, a huge tornado ripped through the heart of Cape Girardeau killing 23 people and injuring many more; 233 homes were destroyed. It’s possible that any notoriety generated by the UFO and aliens was drowned out by this much more terrestrial disaster. The burying of news and long time periods between events and witnesses to them coming forward has plagued UFO cases left, right and centre throughout the history of UFOlogy; none more so than the next Roswell on our list:

Gateshead- 1940
The strange case of the “Gateshead Grey” took place the year before Cape Girardeau, but it went completely unreported at all until 2008. The researcher who broke the story was a friend of mine, Richard D Hall (I’ve been interviewed on Richard’s TV show and will be again shortly, see: http://hpanwo-voice.blogspot.co.uk/2012/04/ben-emlyn-jones-on-richplanet-tv.html) When he did a lecture on UFO’s in Gateshead, Tyne and Wear, he was contacted by an elderly gentleman who told Richard that he’d seen one himself. Robert Hall (no relation) had lived in the Bensham area of Gateshead in 1940 where he’d been a small child, aged just 5, and he’d had a close encounter which led to a full-blown Roswell. Gateshead is a very large and populous town that occupies the land south of Newcastle on the banks of the River Tyne; if an alien landing can be covered up there, it can be covered up anywhere! (In fact in my fictional novel The Obscurati Chronicles, I include a situation in which a UFO crashes in a big town near London, see: http://hpanwo-bb.blogspot.co.uk/2012/03/obscurati-chronicles-part-13.html.) It became famous in 1998 for the erection of the 66 foot high sculpture the Angel of the North, although in my view it looks more like an aeroplane stood on its tail than an angel. Are the Grey and the Angel being in the same place a coincidence or is something more occult and esoteric going on?... That’s a story for another article. In 1940 a strange atmosphere hung over the country; war against Germany had been officially declared the previous September, but the worst hostilities had yet to break out and negotiations were going on to try and find a peaceful conclusion to the conflict. However Britain was still preparing for the onslaught to come, building up the Armed Forces and organizing parades on city streets to reassure and inspire the British public. It was while watching one of these marches one fine day, on a hitherto undisclosed date that year, that 5 year old Robert and one of his friends were sitting on a wall on a main throughfare called Saltwell Road watching the troops file past. (It helps if you use Google Maps or Earth to follow this narrative) Eventually they got bored and felt cold (this could indicate that the date was not in the summer months) and ran down Stephenson Street, the side terrace near where they lived. When they were halfway down the road they saw a translucent barrier across the street that Robert described as resembling heat-haze. The two boys found that the barrier didn’t reach right down to the ground and they could pass under it by ducking. Then, at the bottom of Stephenson Street they were confronted by a large ovoid object hovering just above the ground about 12 to 14 feet in diameter. Running parallel to Saltwell Road at the other end of the residential terraces is an alley known as “the Back Alley” where local children used to play, and lined up all along this alley were a large number of beings of many species. In fact it was a veritable ET menagerie with more variety than any other reported encounter I’ve heard of; Robert’s descriptions of these entities answer those of other alien contactees’, and this was confirmed by Derrel Sims, see: http://www.alienhunter.org/. There was a humanoid creature that was covered in fur, “Bigfoot” Robert called it; classic Greys in several sizes, “Praying Mantis” insectoids, dwarf-like gnomes and blond, blue-eyed “Nordics”, very humanlike beings which you wouldn’t look twice at if you saw them in normal human situations. Robert and his friend were taken aboard the craft and underwent the medical examination that is a common feature of UFO abductions, blood specimens were taken and they were pacified by a paralyzing weapon that one of the aliens held in its hand. Robert was terrified and tried to flee; he saw other children climbing the fence by the railway line bordering the alley. Robert eventually managed to escape the aliens’ clutches and ran back to the main road where he alerted the marching soldiers. One of the soldiers went to have a look and shot at the aliens with his pistol. Panic ensued and people on the main road fled. The craft rose into the sky and disappeared.
If the events of that day weren’t incredible enough, more was to come three days later. Robert was on his way to the shops one morning and he took a short cut through a pedestrian alley further up the road than the Back Alley; suddenly he realized that he was not alone. He looked round and saw a Grey running towards him. He pelted as quickly as he could to the nearest street where his Uncle Ernie ran a coal yard. Robert tripped on the kerb and thought that the Grey had got him, but luckily Uncle Ernie was on the pavement outside and he attacked the Grey with a coal shovel and killed it. Uncle Ernie Wren was still alive in 2008 and Richard met him, but unfortunately Ernie is somewhat senile and unable to give a solid witness account. Ernie then moved the body behind the gates of his coal yard while Robert went and found a policeman. The body was then moved by a police or army vehicle to the crypt of St Cuthbert’s Church about half a mile away on Bensham Road where it was apparently stored for three months. There is no mention in the church’s management records of this going on, but then it’s not the kind of thing the Vicar would be too open about, especially if he’d been warned to keep quiet. Robert reports seeing men in white overalls going up and down the narrow outdoor stairway leading to the crypt and visits from “professors”. On at least one occasion during this time the local area was subjected to house-to-house searches, Northern Ireland Troubles-style; the soldiers were apparently searching for more of the aliens.
Robert suffered from a lot of the classic symptoms of “post-abduction syndrome” including a triangular scar on his face that lasted for 8 years. He was visited by military officers, scientists apparently investigating the matter and a very eager news reporter whom Robert says physically assaulted him to try and make him part with information. He was also followed to school many times by a frightening stranger. These sound to me very much like Men-in-Black encounters, at least some of them, and the callers may not have been whom they said they were or looked like; in fact they may have been aliens themselves, but that’s a long story.
All the researchers who have interviewed Robert Hall say that he comes across as honest; he’s a simple and ingenuous man who doesn’t fit the profile of a fantasist or liar. The UFOlogist Gary Heseltine has also interviewed Robert; Gary is a police detective and so has developed a good intuitive ear for when he’s being spun a yarn, and he passes Robert’s testimony as truthful. As I said above a very long time has passed between the incident occurring and research into it beginning, meaning that the majority of witnesses are probably no longer living, the memories of the living witnesses will have become faded and distorted, and direct evidence is harder to come by. Richard and the others have done a good job retrieving even what little they have. There’s no mention of the event in any newspaper archives or local records. Despite the fact that there are a few old people living in the area who also lived there in 1940 no others have professed any recollection of the UFO incident and the only one positively known to have been in the vicinity at the time is refusing to comment. However Robert’s sister Rhoda does recall the hostile visitors who questioned her brother. This would be less frustrating if Robert Hall were not such a credible witness. One thing he mentioned that is especially interesting is that he expressed his confusion that the craft he saw was so small while the aliens which presumably came from inside it were so numerous; I imagine that if he underwent an examination inside the UFO then it would have had to have been larger on the inside than its 12 to 14 foot exterior. The notion of alien craft being Doctor Who's TARDIS-like: larger on the inside than the outside, is not one Robert Hall is likely to have made up; however it is a recurring feature of many other abduction reports. A good example is Jan Siedlecki’s 1976 encounter in Leeds in which he describes a disk-shaped craft only about 20 feet across, yet it had three deck-levels inside (Good-1998). A bullshit-merchant would probably not put these details into his charade and make the craft’s inner and outer dimensions proportional, in line with terrestrial logic.
The week before this HPANWO article was published I travelled to Newcastle to record my interviews on Richplanet TV, and Richard showed me the location of the Gateshead Grey sighting. I took a few photos (Apologies for the darkness and poor quality, they were done on my mobile phone). It was immediately apparent that the architecture of the nearby houses and public buildings was 19th Century and so the area must look pretty much the same in 1940 as it does today. I took a photo of the famous kerbstone where little Robert tripped over as the Grey bore down on him before Uncle Ernie dispatched it to defend his nephew, but unfortunately the shot didn’t come out. It was too dark and my mobile phone camera had no flash. However it’s likely that this is the original kerbstone because it looked quite old, and although pavements need to be regularly resurfaced the kerbstones last much longer. I’ve very rarely seen them changed where I’ve lived.

This is 29 Hedley Street where Robert spent his childhood and lived as a five year old boy in 1940.

This is the spot at the bottom of Stephenson Street where the UFO appeared.

This is the gate to Uncle Ernie’s coal yard through which the dead Grey was dragged so it could be concealed. This gate looks very old and might also be original.

These are the narrow steps leading down to the crypt. St Cuthbert’s Church has been deconsecrated and abandoned since 1940 and today it is being converted into a museum (Not a UFO one!). By the time Richard and I arrived here it was night-time and completely dark and so I declined to descend the very narrow and steep stone stairway into the crypt; if it had been daytime I would have tried it. As you can see if you watch Richard’s documentary, see below, the crypt is just an empty derelict chamber filled with rubbish measuring 12 feet by 8, and according to Robert Hall, for three months 72 years ago it was used by the military to store an extraterrestrial corpse. This part of the tale is very revealing I think. Why did they leave it there for that long? Couldn’t they have moved it to somewhere more secure and convenient? This indicates to me that, unlike with Cape Girardeau, Roswell and all subsequent crash-retrievals, the British Government in 1940 had no contingency plan on how to deal with this kind of thing; it was as unexpected to them as it was to Robert and his friend. I wonder if the secret reports on the Gateshead Grey may have been shared with the Americans, even though they were neutrals in the war at that time. This may have triggered the US Military to work on a plan of what to do if something similar happened on their soil. Was this why they were all set up and ready a year later when that saucer came down near Cape Girardeau?
The story is told in Richard’s own words in this full-length documentary: http://www.richplanet.net/detail.php?dbindex=146 and here is the follow-up: http://www.richplanet.net/detail.php?dbindex=206 . The Gateshead Grey is a tantalizing mix of thin evidence, but believable testimony. The case becomes even more interesting when we find out that, even if it’s unknown in the modern human world, it may have influenced our folklore subconsciously: watch it and you’ll find out where the catchphrase “Little Green Men” might have come from!




Aurora- April 1897
As we go back in time before the 1940’s the stories of UFO-related encounters become dimmer and mistier. Although, as I demonstrate in the link above to pre-1940’s UFO photographs, it’s obvious that the phenomenon existed, it had little or no presence in popular culture. As we approach the century-ago marker we find a bleak landscape as far as Roswells are concerned. There are a few very tenuous recitations about crashed objects being seized during World War I, but nothing tangible. Then as we enter the close of the 19th Century we’re suddenly hit in the face by an almost unbelievable story from Texas: The Aurora Incident.
During the 1890’s news stories began to flood the entire world about the presence of “mystery balloons” and “dirigibles”. When studying the Aurora incident it’s important to understand the terminology used at the time; this was an era when the only aircraft were gas balloons and primitive airships; the Wright brothers’ first aeroplane didn’t lift off until December 1903, and conventional engineering wisdom beforehand mostly proclaimed that the aeroplane was impossible. Words like: “UFO” and even the slightly older: “Flying saucer” had yet to be coined. What these reports were describing was undoubtedly what we today would call a global UFO flap. This came to a head when on the 19th of April 1897 the Dallas Morning News announced that one of the mystery airships had struck a windmill in the city of Aurora, Texas. Despite it being officially classified as a “city”, Aurora only has a population of 376 and is just a small, sparse and isolated suburb of Dallas. The windmill was actually a wind-driven water pump fitted to a well in the garden of a Judge JS Proctor. The craft impacted at about 6 in the morning and exploded, scattering loose debris over a wide area, destroying the judge’s flower garden. Many of Aurora’s residents were alerted by the noise and rushed to the judge’s house to see if they could help. There was a badly burned and battered body in the debris that was thought to by the airship’s pilot. A local man who was an army signalman and keen astronomer stated to the reporter that in his opinion this was “a man from Mars”. Again, we need to be aware of the contemporary language difference here. At the time some of the most popular pieces of literature were books like HG Wells’ War of the Worlds which was about an invasion by intelligent but hostile creatures from Mars; it came out the following year, but others like it were around in 1897. Because of their influence, and lack of real knowledge about the true nature of Mars, anything extraterrestrial would have called “Martian” or “from Mars”. This was what we would call “an alien”. The creature was given a full Christian funeral and buried in the local cemetery. Again this would not be unusual practice in the United States at that time; remember William Huffman’s story above? The grave was marked by a very rough stone without an epitaph, see photo above, but it did feature what looks like a crude engraving of a cigar or disk-shaped UFO. There followed a clean-up operation in which the largest fragments of the object were carted off (Where!?) while the smaller ones were thrown down Judge Proctor’s well.
Again the hoodoo of a massive delay before the investigation returns to haunt us. The first serious research was not begun until the early 1970’s! The researchers' first move was to turn to the tastiest potential source of evidence: the grave. Unfortunately one cannot just walk into a cemetery with a spade and start digging up graves. Like most countries, the United States has Rights of Sepulchre laws that protect a person’s final resting place under strict guidelines that have few exemptions, and violating them is a serious criminal offence... even if the beneficiary of those legal rights is an extraterrestrial being! The investigators from MUFON wrote to the relevant authorities asking for permission to exhume the body and were given a firm and decisive negative reply; much to their frustration. The local council even posted a police guard at the graveside while the investigators were in town in case they attempted any grave-robbing. I can only imagine what it must feel like for a UFO investigator to stroll through a cemetery and walk above a grave that has an alien body just a few feet underground. But worse was to come because it seemed that somebody wasn’t going to take the chance that the burial authorities might change their minds. Soon after the first investigation the tombstone was stolen and it also looked as if somebody else had tampered with the grave, maybe even secretly exhuming the body themselves before the investigators could. Today the Aurora Cemetery Authority claims not to even know the grave’s exact location. Researchers have often noted that the people of Aurora are generally very uncooperative with UFOlogists and have no desire to explore this unusual piece of their hometown’s history... Has somebody warned them off? It’s ironic to think that as the Government were secreting away the bodies from the Roswell crash in 1947 another alien was lying in a grave just a few hundred miles away in Texas, and had been for 50 years. At the time of the first investigation there were fortunately a few very elderly witnesses to the crash still alive and they were tracked down and interviewed by an excellent individual, I think: Jim Marrs, see HPANWO Links column. Unfortunately he faced the same problems as Richard D Hall did over the Gateshead Grey; it’s not just governments that bury UFO secrets, the passing of time does too. However several people remembered seeing the object in the sky and after it had hit the ground.
There are several hoax theories going round, including one promoted by a former mayor of Aurora. The reporter who wrote the news story, SE Haydon, had a reputation as being a practical joker. There was apparently a motive for trying to put Aurora on the map. The town was in dire straits socially and economically because it had recently been hit by a spotted fever epidemic that had killed many people there; indeed the town went through several periods of quarantine (I myself was once stuck inside a quarantine zone in my hospital and it’s pretty frightening I can tell you!) The town’s main industry, cotton farming, had also just been decimated by an infestation of pests, boll weevils. Most people there were unemployed, poor, sick and hungry. The recent cancellation of a railway line through the town must have been a severe blow; and, in the same way some other places have tried to fake apparitions of the Virgin Mary, somebody decided to take action by fabricating a fake UFO crash... or so the theory goes. One wonders who, how and why they came up with this idea when there are plenty of other more promising ways to boost a town’s profile. Personally I’d stage some fake serial-killer deaths! Also the theories come from people who had no first-hand knowledge of the incident at all, and all Jim Marrs’ other contacts say the UFO was real, so unless we were faced with a conspiracy by a group of slow-witted octogenarians, we’ll have to knock the hoax theory on the head for now.
There’s more, apart from the grave there’s another massive potential source of data: the well into which the people dumped the debris. But annoyingly, just as with the grave, the well has been sealed over with a concrete slab and the current owner of the land refuses permission for UFOlogists to gain access to it. I’m beginning to wonder if Lyall Watson’s “Cosmic Nanny” isn't at work here, see: http://hpanwo-tv.blogspot.co.uk/2011/08/lyall-watson.html. There is an interesting story attached to the well though, if not a sad one because it concerns a man’s illness and disability. In 1945 a man called Brawley Oates bought Judge Proctor’s old house and went to live there. Like the judge before him, he got all his drinking water from the well and before long the unfortunate man was struck down by debilitating rheumatoid arthritis in his hands, rather like David Icke has been. Was Oates’ condition caused by drinking water from the well that had been infected with some kind of toxin from the alien debris? Whatever, the well remains sealed and a sturdy brick outhouse has been constructed over it to protect it further. Here’s an interesting documentary about the Aurora case: http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=fmY9D7T0m7A.

What has become apparent to me is that when it comes to Roswells we have two research obstacles: Since at least 1941 there has been a secret policy in place to cover up and deny these incidents. It’s a global policy, because whether the crash occurs in the USA, Brazil, China, Russia or any other country in the world, the same thing always happens: The government sends the army in, keeps everybody away, enforces media silence and then comes up with stupid cover stories about weather balloons or escaped chimpanzees. The other obstacle is time: the human lifespan, and our memory. There may or may not have been a decision by governments on dealing secretly with UFO’s before 1941; I suspect not, but this era is now so long ago that only the very elderly remember it, and their memories are blighted by inevitable lacunae and inaccuracies. The best hope for us all is to deal with the cause of the current and recent Roswells, what Stephen Bassett calls the “Truth Embargo”.

Just to end this article, let's look at the remarkable tale of a Mr James Lumley, a man hiking in the Rocky Mountains one day when he saw a lighted object cross the heavens and burst into pieces like “a sky-rocket”. This was followed by a rushing sound like high wind. The following day, Mr Lumley discovered: “that, as far as he could see in either direction a path had been cut through the forest, several rods-wide, giant trees uprooted or broken off near the ground, the tops of hills shaved off and the earth ploughed up in many places. Great and widespread havoc was everywhere visible. Following up this track of desolation, he soon ascertained the cause of it in the shape of an immense stone driven into the side of a mountain. An examination of this stone, or so much of it as was visible, showed that it was divided into compartments that in various places it was carved with curious hieroglyphics. More than this, Mr. Lumley also discovered fragments of a substance resembling glass, and here and there dark stains, as though caused by a liquid. He is confident that the hieroglyphics are the work of human hands, and that the stone itself, although but a fragment of an immense body, must have been used for some purpose by animated beings.” This report is dated to the 19th of October 1865, see: http://www.rense.com/general16/histufocrashing.htm. Could this be the first ever Roswell?

Latest HPWA article:http://hpanwo-hpwa.blogspot.co.uk/2012/03/registering-hpwa.html

Latest HPANWO Voice articles:http://hpanwo-voice.blogspot.co.uk/2012/04/engineered-humans-to-beat-climate.html
And:http://hpanwo-voice.blogspot.co.uk/2012/03/last-night-of-jr-social-club.html
And:http://hpanwo-voice.blogspot.co.uk/2012/03/misandry-in-big-issue.html
And:http://hpanwo-voice.blogspot.co.uk/2012/03/insider-posers.html

Latest HPANWO TV films:http://hpanwo-tv.blogspot.co.uk/2012/04/appeal-hearing.html
And:http://hpanwo-tv.blogspot.co.uk/2012/03/secrets-of-milton-keynes.html
And:http://hpanwo-tv.blogspot.co.uk/2012/03/real-zombies_23.html
And:http://hpanwo-tv.blogspot.co.uk/2012/03/disclosure-petition-ii.html

The Shift 2 with Ian R Crane

$
0
0
See HPANWO Links column for the website of Ian R Crane, including the Shift 2 pages.Here’s a direct link to the event I’m reviewing here:http://www.ianrcrane.co.uk/index.php?act=viewProd&productId=350

 It’s been a while since I last went to an event with Ian R Crane (Or Ian Crane, as he used to be known as before he discovered that a Liverpool estate agent with that name was getting all his emails). This is mainly down to the financial problems I’ve been facing since I was booted out of Hospital Portering, see: http://hpanwo-tv.blogspot.co.uk/2012/01/ben-emlyn-jones-live-at-ldidg.html; and as a result I’ve been unable to attend any conferences so far this year. However if you listen to one of Ian’s shows you’ll often gain new insights into situations like mine. Old phrases like “Every cloud has a silvery lining” are very true, but there’s an explanation behind why they’re true that is even more silvery.

Although I preach about the fallacies and foolishness of prejudice, I’m afraid I’m not immune to them. One of my most serious flaws in this department is my dislike for the city of Birmingham. I tend to regard it as a grim, unattractive and Godforsaken place. Ustane and I sat on a train, drowsy from our early rise, staring out of the rain-splashed windows at the crumbling red brick walls and shattered glass windows of abandoned Victorian factories, modern freight containers stacked up like Lego blocks and ash-coloured canals lined by graffiti-daubed concrete piles. We left New Street Station and were surrounded by the bright lights and elaborate, animated billboards of the Bull Ring. This was once a traditionally classic market dating back to the Middle Ages, rather like Oxford’s Covered Market; but while the latter has been carefully preserved in its original form, the Bull Ring has been crushed under a gargantuan postmodern steel-and-glass cathedral to consumerism. The researcher Andy Thomas has often remarked how the only structures modern Western society builds that come close to matching the temples of the ancient civilizations or the cathedrals of Mediaeval Europe are shopping centres, banks and offices of business and commerce; buildings that have a purely materialistic function. So he’s effectively saying that according to our culture materialism and consumerism is God! The Bull Ring is a perfect example. (See: http://hpanwo.blogspot.co.uk/2009/06/alternative-view-ii-part-1.html) I had been careful to bring my A to Z of Birmingham with me to Ustane’s house, but went and forgot to take it with me to Birmingham; not very helpful! But we soon found the venue with the help of a printout map from the Tourist Information Office (an institution I had not expected to find in Birmingham). The event was to take place in a Thistle Hotel, where Ian always seems to end up. Across the road from it was St Chad’s Cathedral and the sight of it gave me a nasty flashback. This is a story that really needs its own full-length article, which I plan to write, but to cut to the chase: Some years ago, in 1997 in fact, I went on a pilgrimage to the holy shrine of Lourdes in the south of France. I’ve mentioned before that I’m from a Catholic family and there was a time when I was fairly devout, before I “lapsed” and rejected all religion. The pilgrimage was something of an emotional rollercoaster, and it was not till long afterwards that I understood that it was mostly dips not rises. The management of the trip was very hierarchical and one of the “junior foreman” was a very unpleasant little man who took an instinctive and immediate dislike to me. After the end of the pilgrimage there was a mass held at St Chad’s Cathedral two weeks afterwards for the “brancardiers”, volunteers who helped look after the disabled pilgrims who came with us; I was one of them and wanted to attend. However the “junior foreman” told me that it was three weeks afterwards, not two; so I travelled all the way from Oxford to Birmingham and turned up at St Chad’s a week late. I sat on a bench outside for two and half hours waiting for the others to arrive, getting cold and miserable. As Ustane and I approached the cathedral I saw that the bench I’d sat on all these years ago was still there, and I felt my embarrassment and anger bite. Even after fifteen years it still recurs occasionally. However something remarkable happened a few minutes later that was a good prelude to the main theme of the event. Ian was playing quiet music on his speakers as the audience was arriving and one of the tracks was Song to the Trinity by Mike Stanley and Jo Boyce, a Christian pop duo who came on the pilgrimage with us, see: http://www.cjmmusic.com/. The song was a cover version with different lyrics, but the beautiful tune was unmistakable. Mike and Jo’s music was definitely one of the few rises on my Lourdes rollercoaster. I’ve got the CD at home, but I’ve not listened to it for over ten years; how come I suddenly heard it just minutes after my return to St Chad’s? Coincidence? Read on!
The room Ian had booked was a small and modest venue compared to his flamboyant past enterprises like AV, see: http://hpanwo.blogspot.co.uk/2009/11/alternative-view-3-part-1.html. The room he’d hired was behind a small entrance leading off from the kitchen that looked like the door to a broom cupboard. Ustane and I were the first to arrive and we were surprised to see nobody at the desk by the door. Then we looked around to see Ian setting up the DVD stall. His short and compact frame moved energetically between a pile of cardboard boxes and the trestle table. We soon learned that the Shift 2 tour was entirely a one-man operation. Ian transports everything in his van, he sets it all up and puts it all away afterwards entirely by himself. This is hard work for him, but it keeps the ticket price down. In the neighbouring suite to our event was a much more lavish conference hosted by some charity or other. It was held in a large auditorium with a big stage display, a neat reception desk, a tea and coffee bar and all the trimmings, a bit like AV. Sure, it would have been a lot more comfortable if Ian had laid on such luxuries, but then it would have cost an awful lot more; it’s a simple equation. Shift 2 is very good value, when you consider it was seven hours long, almost as long as a live David Icke show. This is a format that I’ve not seen from Ian before. I’ve attended numerous events in which he does a one or two hour lecture, but never before an all-day workshop.

 A minute or two behind us, the other attendees arrived. I was very surprised not to meet anybody whom I recognized, as these events tend to be as much social get-togethers for the conspiratorially-aware community as lectures. However Ustane and I soon began conversations with the others and before long provisional friendships emerged in the accelerated and condensed way they tend to in the intensity of a conference. We spoke to a cheerful young woman named Leah and a man who had had a dream the night before that he saw the auditorium we were in, even though he’d never been there before. Once again, the theme of manifestation, premonition and synchronicity emerged, and it was to become curiouser and curiouser as Ian began his speech and revealed that the previous week when he’d spoken in Portsmouth one of the attendees had experienced something even weirder: He had been severely delayed for some reason which meant that by the time he left for Portsmouth to see Shift 2 he only had half an hour left before the start of the event, but unfortunately he lived seventy miles away and so he began driving there in frustration, consigning himself to having to miss the first half of the event. But somehow he made it on time! How? He has no idea. It seemed that he experienced something similar to the phenomenon of “missing time” that is often a symptom of alien abduction. In this case maybe no aliens were involved, but something else which I’ll come to later. I would like to have spoken to that man, so I must say I was kicking myself a bit because I’d originally planned to go to the Shift 2 event in Portsmouth, but had switched my booking to Birmingham.
Ian’s workshop was split into two parts; the first was to be about the material realm, the scientific and political research which is tangible and can be analyzed. Ian is a keen student and pundit of what he calls “deep geopolitics”. This means he has a similar relationship with Fleet Street as Richard Hoagland has with hairspray manufacturers; in fact Ian gets a copy of virtually every newspaper available delivered to his door regularly and spends hours sifting through every single one of them. This sounds like an unenviable job, but it does pay off because it’s remarkable what material sometimes escapes into the mainstream media through whoever or whatever is attempting to stop it, to whoever is willing to take the effort to pick it up. I get the impression this job has become easier for Ian because he told us that “They” are getting arrogant, and they’re being more honest and open about what they’re up to; they’re releasing more and more of their true actions and motives into the public domain. “They” refers to the people he calls “Those who consider themselves to be the rightful rulers of the planet”. I find this a bit of a mouthful, despite the fact that it was recently shortened from: “Those who consider themselves to be the rightful rulers of a global fiefdom”. And you can’t even form a nice, elegant acronym out of it: “TWCTTBTRROTP” or: “TWCTTBTRROAGF”? Nah! For this reason I will continue to use the word: “Illuminati”, even though Ian dislikes this term and never uses it himself. The reason he thinks that the media is being more outspoken and less deceptive is down to something he’s mentioned before: that they have to tell us what they’re up to on one level so that the onus (Apologies for using this Skepperism) is on us to work it out and react to it. If we don’t react then we give them a mandate to do more and to go further. Another reason is that they may believe, falsely perhaps, that they will be able to negate Karma by doing this. It also fits in well with the Social Darwinism that is a prominent feature in the philosophy of Satanism: That the blame for violence lies not with the perpetrator but the victim, if the victim is vulnerable and therefore makes it easy for the perpetrator to carry out their violence. According to the Illuminati, if we don’t retaliate when we are abused then we, like the rape-victim, are “asking for it”.
Ian asked us, as he often did in this very interactive workshop, whether we thought this year, 2012, would be just another year. Few if any of us raised our hands. He congratulated us, because this is the year that the Mayan Long Count calendar changes over, see: http://hpanwo.blogspot.co.uk/2010/03/2012-rumours-of-our-deaths-have-been.html. And of course we’re now in the fifth year of the financial crisis, and he is convinced that this is a contrived event. Even the former head of Goldman Sachs, Greg Smith, is speaking out about the corrupt nature of his old company. The board of Goldman Sachs in private speak with open derision about the majority of their investors which they call “muppets”, while the important members who are destined for better fortune are called “players”; however I imagine one can become the other at a word from one of the board-members. (I wonder which James Randi is! See: http://hpanwo.blogspot.co.uk/2012/02/other-side-of-james-randi.html). The current financial domination of the world dates back to the signing of the act in 1913 which brought into being the Federal Reserve; luckily that act has a sunset clause and was always planned to expire after just ninety-nine years; well the Fed Act was signed on December the 21st of December 1913… so is there anybody else who still thinks 2012 is going to be just another year? There’s a video on YouTube of a stockbroker called Alessio Rastani speaking with really explosive candour that was later pulled by the BBC; here it is: http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=aC19fEqR5bA. Rastani himself has been discredited and demonized as a fraud and attention-seeker; a common tactic used against people telling the truth. Rastani is basically and frankly telling the viewer that the financial system is doomed, while the Government is trying to keep the public harnessed to the hopes of its recovery packages. Ian’s parents are in their eighties and Ian often tells them that they are the last generation of working class people in which the family can live off the single basic week income of the father. Today in a working-class family it is rare to find a situation in which both parents don't have to work every hour they can just to make ends meet. The Euro Crisis, together with the collapse of the US Dollar are the lead weights that will drown the world. Nigel Farage, one of the few politicians I’d trust to tell me the time of day, is willing to speak out in the European Parliament and expose this elephant in the room: http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=llDYLb7HoIk. Unfortunately, it’s a little-known fact that the EU Parliament is just an adversary body and has no legislative powers at all. The unelected EU President and his cabinet make all the decisions, even if every MEP votes against them. (Farage was involved in a light aircraft crash during his 2010 General Election campaign from which he luckily survived. I wonder if it was an accident.) Greece, as a nation, no longer exists, and is now wholly-owned collateral of the European Central Bank. Even its priceless antiquities have been sold to try and alleviate its horrific debts. It seems the crucial kingpin, as has been the case for the last few years, is Ireland, which is why Ian has been touring Ireland a lot lately with his friend Jim Corr, see: http://www.jimcorr.com/. On May the 31st the Irish people go to the polls in a referendum, just like they did with the Treaty of Lisbon; and so there is one more chance to scupper the EU agenda, but will the “NO” vote work this time? Are the Irish people awake enough to avoid the same trap they fell into over Lisbon?
Ian gave people a few tips on how to survive the coming economic meltdown. He recommends investing any capital you have into gold and other precious metals (an academic notion for me!) However, the most crucial issue has to be the basics of life; if the banks slam their doors and all the shops are shut where will we get food and water? Ian recommends keeping a cache of supplies: bottles of water, cans of food, toilet paper etc; enough to last a few weeks. I know on one level this makes sense, but I feel uncomfortable considering even this most soft brand of survivalism, see: http://hpanwo.blogspot.co.uk/2010/05/billions-will-die-we-will-win.html. The problem I have is this: If you are the only person in your street who has such a cache your neighbours may well come knocking on your door asking for you to share some of it with them. Then of course you have to decide whether to do so or not, but it’s likely that these people at your door will be hungry, thirsty and very frightened; in this frame of mind they may not take “no” for an answer. Then you will be faced with another choice: whether or not to stop them by force; in which case we will have to arm ourselves. It could be either that or losing all your precious supplies. Ian doesn’t really address this question. The idea of turning a shotgun or bludgeon against people I normally talk over the fence with and let borrow my hedge-clippers repels me deeply. I think I’ll have to take my chances without the supplies.
Ian feels hope with how Iceland has addressed this question. This is the only country in Europe which is right now significantly recovering from the recession; this is because it didn’t make the same mistake that the other countries did: getting “cash injections” from the International Monetary Fund and therefore contracting their country away to them through debt. Iceland’s wisdom could come from the fact that they’ve been using the former “Economic Hitman” John Perkins as a consultant, see: http://hpanwo.blogspot.co.uk/2009/12/dangerous-man-by-karen-sawyer.html. When he addressed the Women’s’ Institute, Ian said: “Men are fucking things up!” (See: http://hpanwo.blogspot.co.uk/2009/04/emergency-swine-flu-meeting-with-ian.html) and maybe he’s right because Iceland is unique in being ruled by mostly female politicians and their Prime Minister is somebody called Johanna Sigurtharsdottir, Europe’s first openly homosexual head of government. So if you have any gay and lesbian friends, listen to what they have to say!
 Ian makes a lot of predictions about what is to come in the future; often he is right, not because he’s psychic, but because he understands how geopolitics works; he's "read the script", as he says. I’ve had a go at this myself and have a hit to my credit. A couple of years ago I said that Argentina would begin threatening the Falkland Islands again and was right, see: http://hpanwo-voice.blogspot.co.uk/2010/03/falklands-war-ii.html. Ian thinks a war with Iran is unlikely because Iran is simply too big and strong; its population of over sixty million are very supportive of their current ruler Mahmoud Ahmedinajad and will not tolerate a regime change there. Nevertheless it is suspicious that the USS Enterprise is currently deployed in the Gulf region. I refer in this case not to Captain Kirk’s fictional starship, but to the US Navy’s oldest aircraft carrier. She was commissioned long before the Star Trek TV series was ever broadcast and is on her last mission before being taken to the breakers yard. The thing is, Enterprise is nuclear-powered and so it will cost many times as much to dispose of her safely as it would a conventionally-powered vessel. However this cost could be alleviated if she could... meet with an “unfortunate accident” that caused her to sink at sea. At the same time if she were attacked, supposedly by an enemy, it would be a new 9/11 that would horrify and galvanize the public into supporting a new war; not necessarily against Iran, but against anybody else the Government blamed for the incident. And because Enterprise is such an old ship there would be little loss to the US Navy’s capabilities. There’s a direct parallel here between this hypothesis and Pearl Harbour. The ships sunk by the Japanese in the Pearl Harbour attack were the old fleet battleships which were very much symbols of American seapower in the eyes of the public. However anybody better-informed in naval strategy will admit that by 1941 the old big-gun battleship was very much an obsolete weapons platform. The decisive weapons in the Pacific War were actually the aircraft carrier and the submarine. The Japanese flew right over the Pearl Harbour Submarine Base and never touched it and all; the aircraft carriers were very conveniently out at sea at the time on manoeuvres.
 Ian has intensively analyzed how one of the biggest lies, Climate Change, is being used as the snowplough for a whole array of globalist and tyrannical regulations. Dr David Bellamy, who spoke at AV2 and 4, see: http://hpanwo.blogspot.co.uk/2009/06/alternative-view-ii-part-1.html, was schmoozed by a group of Elitists, led by the Aga Khan, in an attempt to make him the “Professor Global Warming” in Britain; to his credit he refused. Interestingly Bellamy saw Tony Blair and the Conservative Party leader William Haig on another table and his host told him that the Elite were trying to decide which of them would become the UK’s next Prime Minister. Obviously Blair was the lucky one. Haig himself was photographed in “compromising positions” with a young man on his staff; perhaps there are other photos being held back that have kept Haig in the kennel on pain of them being sent to Ffion.
 On the 27th of July the 2012 London Olympics will begin and Ian thinks it’s very likely that some kind of false flag terrorist event will occur during the games; he prophesizes at the Closing Ceremony. I would have thought that for full effect and public awareness it would need to take place at the Opening Ceremony; after all, who bothers watching the Closing Ceremony? But there are important Occult elements to the date, the 12th of August and also Ian thinks some clues were left for us in the Closing Ceremony of the last Olympics, Beijing 2008. At the end of every Olympics Closing Ceremony there’s a scene that is themed on the city that will become the next Olympic host, and in this case it was of course London. The Olympic flag is handed over to representatives of the next nation in line. There is a video of it online at the time of writing, here: http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=QprSn_D31U0. But according to Ian, the video doesn’t last long before being taken down so I advise you to download it. In case you’re reading this when the link is dead I’ll describe it: A London bus drives along a road made up to look like a London street, with zebra crossings and traditional bus stops, a lollypop lady carries her pole on it. The bus drives up to the podium surrounded by dancers carrying thirteen umbrellas representing the thirteen victims of the Tavistock Square bus during the 7/7 attacks, and also 13 is a Satanic number. The bus door slides opens and a young girl is standing there, representing the Goddess. She steps out and is handed a football by the lollypop lady. Then she returns to the bus by walking on top of the dancers, representing the submission of the people to the Goddess. Then the bus’ top deck opens and falls apart looking exactly like the 7/7 bus did. The interior is covered in a material that looks like grass and the dancers cling to the grass: an almost perfect representation of the 7/7 scene. Then the singer Leona Lewis rises from the bus on the top of a pole, again a Goddess symbol. Then on another platform Jimmy Page, the rock star, who is also a devotee of Aleister Crowley and even used to own Crowley’s old home at Loch Ness, starts playing the song Whole Lotta Love by his old band Led Zeppelin and Leona Lewis sings it; in the background we see the Olympic flame. Ian thinks this represents the alchemical wedding between Satan and the Goddess and the Tavistock Square bombing is therefore a human sacrifice. Jimmy Page probably realizes this, but the other participants are in all likelihood ignorant of what they took part in. I’ve written a lot about the film-maker Roland Emmerich and the suspicious themes in his films, but there is a strange reference to London in his ignoble epic 2012, see: http://hpanwo.blogspot.co.uk/2010/03/2012-rumours-of-our-deaths-have-been.html. In one scene, for no apparent reason, a map of the London Underground is shown. Here’s a video about it: http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=kFHcOw9INj4. Again, this is an example of the Illuminati displaying their machinations in plain sight for us to see if we choose to. It seems that the Rockefeller Foundation has a contingency plan for a scenario in which 13,000 people die. Will the drill become truth, as with 9/11 and 7/7? The security for the upcoming Olympics will be the biggest police and domestic military operation that Britain has ever seen with more troops on the London streets than are in Afghanistan. There’s also going to be an aircraft carrier moored in the Thames, although I suspect that’s for show. What use would an aircraft carrier be against terrorists? It was rather like the tanks that used to be parked at Heathrow Airport; one doesn’t need to be “Stormin’ Norman” to understand that tanks are completely useless against terrorism. Ian thinks that we might be able to prevent false flag terrorist events by predicting them, as he may have done in 2006 in Chicago, see: http://video.google.com/videoplay?docid=-8090012349700692119. The question is: If we have predicted what’s planned to happen at the Olympics correctly, will that be enough to stop it now? For reasons Ian has revealed, the Illuminati are desperate to get the New World Order sewn up by the end of the year. They are years… nay decades, behind schedule. They’re getting desperate and Ian thinks they may be pushed into taking a chance this time.

 During our lunch break Ian asked us to get into groups and talk about the various examples of synchronicity that have happened in our lives. Ustane and I discuss these matters all the time and I’ve already explained how I experienced a remarkable one when I saw St Chad’s Cathedral. It turned out that everybody who I spoke to at Shift 2 had similar stories to tell. I find it strange how my last day-shift in Portering before I was suspended was filled with amazing events that make it impossible for me to dismiss it as coincidence. The problem is that it’s impossible to prove synchronicity, as I’ve explored in these HPANWO TV films. See: (Part 10) http://hpanwo-tv.blogspot.co.uk/2011/09/assap-seriously-strange-conference.html and: http://hpanwo-tv.blogspot.co.uk/2010/08/its-just-coincidence.html. Nothing is so unlikely that you can say: "This can never happen", which is why Skeptics are so besotted with the concept of coincidence; on their level, it’s a get-out-of-jail-free card that cannot fail. What I experienced could be coincidence, but it’s not. To understand why it's not though, we have to explore the nature of human consciousness as it emerges in the two hemispheres of the brain.
After lunch we reconvened for the last session of the event and in this part Ian delved deeper into the esoteric and spiritual aspects of his research. This is where the theme of synchronicity, premonition and manifestation, that had been underlying the whole day’s proceedings, was brought into the light. Ian gave us his own version of the synchronicity stories that we’d been sharing all day: One night many years ago he’d had a dream that the Lottery draw the next day would be the numbers of his date of birth, his wife’s date of birth, and their respective ages. When he woke up and told her, his wife instructed him to go and buy a ticket. Unfortunately Ian didn't take dreams seriously in those days and let the ticket slip his mind. The next day when the numbers were published in the papers he and his wife both blanched when they realized that those numbers did indeed come up! “Anyway, we were divorced eighteen months later.” said Ian. His wife is convinced to this day that Ian did buy a Lottery ticket and secreted the prize in an offshore account somewhere. Ian believes that the clue to unlocking the psychic and manifestational abilities of human consciousness lies in the workings of our brain. Our mammalian brain is divided into two halves, the left hemisphere and the right hemisphere. In an average right-handed male human their entire physical worldview, language, logic, our sense of the passing of time and individual waking conscious mind is operated by the left hemisphere, called the left-brain. In left-handed people this arrangement is slightly more complex, it is with women’s brains too, but is still very much centred on the left-brain. The right-brain is our source of intuition, emotion, timeless notion of existence, and where our subconscious and “super-conscious” mind dwells. Ian thinks that this is where we have our link to the soul and what Carl Jung called the collective unconscious. Of course the Conformist Illuminati-occupied world is left-brain dominated; this is why the only temples we build are shopping centres, as Andy Thomas said, see above. The psychologist Michael Gazzaniga puts it even more bluntly when he says: “The left-brain, don’t leave home without it.” Gazzaniga was involved in experiments where he severed the corpus callosum, the neural connection between the two halves of the brain, as an attempt to cure people’s epilepsy, see: http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=mJKloz2vwlc. Coincidentally… that word again… I have an early childhood memory of watching a much older TV documentary about this subject. While it’s certainly true that the left-brain is essential to our ability to function in this universe as effective organisms, what the Illuminati have done is make us what David Icke calls “left-brain prisoners”. In other words we become purely functional and soulless, biological machines; and that matches my own research and interpretation of our society completely. Fear is essentially a left-brain function because it requires an ability to envision the future and this is the dominion of the left-brain. Ian says it all boils down to sex, the fear of not getting laid! This is why there is so much envy and rivalry in attracting sexual partners; for women it’s based primarily around conventional good looks, for men it’s mostly connected to wealth and social status. Illuminati-occupied society is a fear production-line! TV programmes instil it in us from the moment we reach for the on-switch. Soap operas like EastEnders are particularly bad in this department, see: http://hpanwo.blogspot.co.uk/2008/07/grimlys.html.
If the right-brain is the key to psychic and soul-awareness then these things are obviously a massive threat to Illuminati rule because the Loomies have worked so very desperately to shut it down. In fact the shutting down of the right-brain is their ultimate and central objective and all the other things, like 9/11, the UFO cover-up, the financial system etc, are merely auxiliary to the prime purpose and goal: keeping us left-brain prisoners. Their work begins at the moment of birth with newborn babies being given up to fifteen vaccines almost as soon as they first enter the world; of course a certain number don’t survive that experience, but the Loomies don’t care. The use of vaccines to control the masses was predicted by a very wise and clever man, Rudolf Steiner, long before vaccination was in common usage. The agenda carries on in school with left-brain indoctrination and feeding children bad food like MacDonalds and Monsanto’s GM range. Also “antidepressant” drugs like Ritalin; if this lasts until adulthood it becomes SSRI drugs like Prozac. I’ve already mentioned TV. Fluoride in the water plays a major role because, among other effects, fluoride calcifies the pineal gland. As people like Graham Hancock (See Links column) and Dr Rick Strassman have discovered, the pineal gland is essential to soul-connection, as Rene Descartes guessed… or maybe didn’t just guess… it was centuries ago. Mobile phones are a nasty way of changing the nature of the brain to one more compliant to Illuminati rule; as with vaccines it kills many of the unfortunates who are subjected to it, and the perpetrators are no more concerned. Chemtrails are also a part of this operation, but how this works I will come to later. It’s sad to note that Birmingham is the most heavily fluoridated city in Britain and maybe this is one of the reasons why I feel so uncomfortable there. As Ustane and I walked back to the railway station after the event we both noticed the way that everybody we passed in the street was walking very quickly; we kept having to step aside to let speed-marching pedestrians go ahead of us. The need to rush from one place to another, like fear, requires a sense of the passing of time and so is therefore a left-brain feature. Do the people of Birmingham have especially atrophied right-brains because of the extra fluoride they consume? The ultimate expression of the left-brain prisoner is what has become known as the Skeptic… with a K. Regular HPANWO-readers hardly need reminding about my interest in this subject, but just in case, see: http://hpanwo.blogspot.co.uk/2011/11/london-skeptics-in-pub-141111.html. Skeptics have even categorized their attempt to explain away right-brain activity with a very sibilant acronym that will surely become a classic: the “RSME”, Religious, Spiritual and Mystical Experience.
 That’s the bad news. The good news is that we’re not helpless. We can fight back against these methods of shackling our right-brain with our own ways of liberating it. One of those is to avoid fluoride in water and toothpaste; hopefully we can do this while our pineal gland is still working and so prevent complete calcification. Minimize your use of mobile phones; Ian holds them up the left side of his head as a placebo! Don’t watch TV, or at least take everything you see on it with a pinch of salt. Refuse vaccinations for your child, and don’t let them be medicated with Ritalin or Junior Prozac. Another means that is not advisable except in a controlled environment is sleep deprivation. I remember seeing a news story just a few days before coming to Shift 2 about a Cornishman who’d just broken the record for the longest time without sleep: 11 days. He was interviewed at the end of it, looking pretty haggard, but still able to coherently answer the reporter’s questions. Ian told us about a friend of his in Cornwall called Tony Wright, who’d written a book called Left in the Dark about how he’d achieved right-brain awareness through staying awake for a few nights and not sleeping. I wondered if they were both the same person, and it turns out that they are; see: http://news.bbc.co.uk/1/hi/england/cornwall/6690485.stm. Sleep is something we specifically need for the left-brain, the right-brain never sleeps, which is why dreams come from the right-brain while the left-brain is kipping. Forcing the left-brain to shut down by starving it of sleep, while you’re still awake, is a good way of experiencing the right-brain’s consciousness. It is in this state of consciousness that we can fully harness the right-brain’s power, which is why then we are hit by things like synchronicity and premonitions and the ability to manifest the physical world around us. This happened to me once during a very busy period of work at my hospital. I did 5 double shifts in as many days and had a major incident during one of them. I remember going to the toilet at three AM and hearing voices calling my name in the cubicle, and when I turned on the tap on the washbasin I saw faces in the water smiling at me.
 Another method… which I really recommend you do not try at home… is to have a stroke in your left hemisphere. This is what happened to a neurologist called Jill Bolte Taylor, and although she was seriously ill, her life was in danger and she needed intensive hospital treatment as a result, the experience of the injury was an amazingly positive life-changing one, see: http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=UyyjU8fzEYU. The simplest and safest way to activate your right-brain and to disarm the attacks against it from Illuminati-controlled society is just to be aware of its presence and to trust it. This was the most important thing Ian taught us at Shift 2. I think that the right-brain gives us hints, a little dig in the ribs every now and again that is just its way of saying: “Don’t forget, I’m here.” The synchronicity and premonitions we discussed are a part of that. A time is coming when we may not need to use the arduous above activities because of changes going on in the universe around us, which is in turn affecting the sun and the Earth. This all ties in with the 2012 phenomenon that Ian also explored. A couple of years ago Ian took a trip to Peru to meet with a tribe of Indians called the Quero. These were a tribe that everybody had assumed were wiped out by the Conquistadors in the 16th Century, but in fact they just went underground, living mostly in secret settlements high in the Andes mountains and keeping away from the general population. For some reason they decided to go public in the early 1960’s and reemerged from their hiding place to the astonishment and delight of their fellow Peruvians. While he was in Peru Ian fell down the stairs and broke his leg; I remember seeing him still limping at the 2010 Glastonbury Symposium, see: http://hpanwo-tv.blogspot.co.uk/2010/07/ben-goes-on-tor.html. But this worked out for the best because he couldn’t go climbing with the rest of his group and so was free to wait at the bottom of the mountain and talk to the Quero Indians who found him there, in the true way that these incidents manifest themselves synchronistically. The Quero believe that in 2012 to 2013 the sun will go into a massive overdrive of activity that will cause it to bathe the Earth is solar flares. This will do terrible damage to electrical and electronic equipment that could take years to recover from; but, on the positive side, it could free us from the control of our right-brain by the Illuminati, so making their New World Order impossible. The legend the Quero speak of is shared by many indigenous tribes throughout the world. The Maori of New Zealand call it the “unveiling”, this is the literal translation of the Greek word apocalypse; not “end of the world”, but “unveiling”. It all fits into place! We can see now why the Illuminati agents in the Conquistadors were so desperate to commit their evil genocide on the American Indians, just like the Holy Inquisition did to witches in Europe during the thousand years previously. And that brings us onto the next interesting fact: The Vatican has just set up the first ever office of the Holy Inquisition anywhere in the world outside Rome… in the city of Lima in Peru, right on the doorstep of the Quero. Could the Chemtrails be an attempt to stop the positive effects of the solar flares reaching the Earth’s surface and so preserve Illuminati left-brain rule? I’m not sure; there are a lot of unanswered questions over Chemtrails and their true purpose, see: http://hpanwo.blogspot.co.uk/2007/10/chemtrails-and-tomorrows-world.html. However Ian feels confident, as do I, that these attempts are futile and will fail. I’m glad I went to a Shift 2 event and I’d recommend them to everybody. Ian’s done a good job striving so hard not just to present them, but to do all the donkey-work as well. We left in high spirits. Both Ustane and I were inspired and filled with hope. Ian exudes a sense of optimism that cannot be found in any other researcher, even his runner-up David Icke. It was tiring to sit there for six hours taking in all that information and processing it in my brain… both hemispheres of it… , and my bottom was very sore afterwards, but I do resonate with what he was saying. I’ve noticed this in my own life since I was discharged from the Hospital Portering Service. Things have been working out for me very well, see: http://hpanwo-tv.blogspot.co.uk/2012/04/tv-guns-and-lawyers.html. Along with my housecleaning business I’ve been offered a job as a columnist in a new UFO/conspiracy magazine, of which I’ll post details as soon as they’re available. I’m also going to edit the magazine. Ironically if I were still in Portering I probably wouldn’t have the time. So now we know that clouds do indeed have silvery linings, and why they do.

 A good symptom of a spiritual awakening is when materialistic scientists like Michael Gazzaniga have fellow scholars who contradict his views; one of them in Iain McGilchrist, and it’s good to end an article with one of his speeches: http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=MbAJMi5el5I.

Latest HPANWO Voice articles:http://hpanwo-voice.blogspot.co.uk/2012/04/mystery-skin-disease-in-vietnam.html
And:http://hpanwo-voice.blogspot.co.uk/2012/04/ben-emlyn-jones-on-alternative-future.html
And:http://hpanwo-voice.blogspot.co.uk/2012/04/upcoming-interview-on-richplanet-tv.html
And:http://hpanwo-voice.blogspot.co.uk/2012/04/truth-is-in-there-yawn.html

  Latest HPANWO TV films:http://hpanwo-tv.blogspot.co.uk/2012/04/tv-guns-and-lawyers.html
And:http://hpanwo-tv.blogspot.co.uk/2012/04/london-stones.html
And:http://hpanwo-tv.blogspot.co.uk/2012/04/whatever-happened-to-occupy.html
And:http://hpanwo-tv.blogspot.co.uk/2012/04/appeal-hearing.html

Exopolitics ET Communications Conference 2012

$
0
0


(Apologies for not producing a HPANWO main site article for some time; I’ve been very busy; see the rest of the sites)

Exopolitics Great Britain is hosting two events this year. For the fourth time there will be the main Exopolitics Expo in August, but before then, on June the 30th, they held a one day Extraterrestrial Communication Conference which I attended.
Here’s my HPANWO TV reportage of the event:http://hpanwo-tv.blogspot.co.uk/2012/07/exopolitics-et-communication-conference.html
And here’s a HPANWO Radio show where I give a report on the conference, in the last 25 minutes or so: http://hpanwo-radio.blogspot.co.uk/2012/07/programme-3-podcast-kevin-annett-and.html

The last two Exopolitics Expoes were held in Leeds University and most of the delegates felt that the facilities were lacking. Universities out of term are pretty bleak places. Mind you the hospital shop next door did well! See here for my previous reviews of the 2010 and 2011 Expoes:
2010:http://hpanwo.blogspot.co.uk/2010/08/2nd-annual-exopolitics-expo-leeds-2010.html
2011:http://hpanwo.blogspot.co.uk/2011/08/exopolitics-leeds-2011.html
The base of operations has now shifted to the Static Gallery in Liverpool where catering is far better; in fact the venue itself has a very cheap and tasty food stall which most of the delegates used. From outside, the Static Gallery looks a bit like a builders’ yard, but when you get inside you’ll see that it is in fact a simple, elegant and very stylish conference centre. I’m familiar with it because it was the location for the 2009 Beyond Knowledge Conference which I attended. I remember it well because I was suffering from the effects of a double sprain at the time. My ankle and wrist were in bandages, and I was hobbling about the place painfully.

This conference was only a single day, but a lot was packed into it, as you’ll see if you watch the HPANWO TV reportage. The basic theme, meta-analysis and conclusion of these proceedings is that, astounding as it might seem, some people are being contacted and are communicating with intelligent entities from another world. That’s a remarkable claim to make, I know; but the evidence for it exists. The entities doing the communicating are extremely varied in nature; a huge number of different species have been positively identified. Some types are reported again and again in encounters by very different people who have had no contact with each other. The most common is the “Grey”, a short skinny humanoid with a smooth, featureless body, oversized head and large blank eyes. Also there are the “mantids”; huge, intelligent insectoid beings. Despite their fearsome appearance they are often friendly and compassionate. The phrase “blue doctors” was used to describe a creature seen by both a young girl in England and also the American novelist Whitley Strieber. These are squat dwarf-like beings with thick clothing and hairy skin. The Reptoids are similar in appearance to the Reptilians reported by David Icke and others, whom witnesses see shape-shifting in and out of human form. However there’s no reason to think that the two are the same thing. The “Nordics” are the most interesting; they appear almost exactly like humans apart from unnaturally pronounced features, usually bright blond hair and blue eyes. The eyes are often larger than normal and the bone structure unusual. In fact if you dressed a Nordic up in normal clothes and let him walk down a street people wouldn’t run screaming. They might just give him a double take and think: “He looks weird”. People from all over the world, Amazonian Indians to Australian sheep-farmers; African goat-herders to English bank managers; Chinese businessmen to Russian airline pilots, have all seen these very same creatures.

The aliens seem to have a wide variety of motives and intents. Some are deeply benevolent, loving and friendly; they often instil the witness with higher spiritual feelings. Sometimes they heal physical and psychological wounds. A person can have their lives changed for the better by encounters with these beings. Some are unpleasant, violent and cause the witness a lot of pain and injury, and even in the most extreme cases death. They have been known to sexually abuse and torture the humans they abduct against their will. Some seem neutrally detached; scientist-like, observing dispassionately. One thing that I often find is that witnesses tend to extrapolate their own ET experiences onto all of ET-dom. This is a mistake, as I explain in my HPANWO TV reportage in the section about Mike Oram. Aliens are enormously varied and behave in a wide variety of ways; there’s no reason to think, as Stephen Greer does, that just because you bump into a nasty ET it’s definitely a MILAB. This brings us onto another topic: Government interest and collaboration. MILABS, MILitary ABductions, do occur. Despite some claims to the contrary, they definitely can’t explain all cases of ET interaction, but they can a few. Sometimes witnesses report both ET’s and humans, in white coats or military uniforms, working together during encounters. It seems that even when governments are not colluding with the aliens they take an interest in those encountering ET’s independently. Contactees may find that their phone gets tapped and mysterious cars follow them along the roads etc.

What are these extraterrestrials that are communicating with us? I don’t know. That’s a question that needs answering! They may in reality be a blanket term for a wide variety of phenomena. I don’t think we know for certain that they’re flying here from other stars in spacecraft; there may be another explanation. I’m convinced though that the Skeptical theory: that’s it’s all in our heads, is palpably false. Millions of people all over the world are having experiences with these beings. There is a pile of evidence supporting that they are objectively real.

This was a great conference and thanks to everybody who was involved in organizing it; and to everybody else who attended. I’m looking forward to the Exopolitics Expo in August; expect another report from me.

Latest HPANWO Voice articles:http://hpanwo-voice.blogspot.co.uk/2012/07/kevin-annetts-historic-lawsuit.html
And:http://hpanwo-voice.blogspot.co.uk/2012/07/roger-hayes-arrested.html
And:http://hpanwo-voice.blogspot.co.uk/2012/06/men-who-made-us-fat.html
And:http://hpanwo-voice.blogspot.co.uk/2012/06/richard-wiseman-skeptocrat.html

Latest HPANWO TV films:http://hpanwo-tv.blogspot.co.uk/2012/07/exopolitics-et-communication-conference.html
And:http://hpanwo-tv.blogspot.co.uk/2012/06/revelation-by-bill-napier.html
And:http://hpanwo-tv.blogspot.co.uk/2012/06/bexleyheath-ufo-incident.html
And:http://hpanwo-tv.blogspot.co.uk/2012/06/making-dignity-statements-part-2.html

Latest HPANWO Radio shows:http://hpanwo-radio.blogspot.co.uk/2012/07/programme-3-podcast-kevin-annett-and.html
And:http://hpanwo-radio.blogspot.co.uk/2012/06/programme-2-podcast.html
And:http://hpanwo-radio.blogspot.co.uk/2012/06/programme-1-podcast.html

Lourdes

$
0
0
(Sorry I haven't written a main site article for a while. I've just been too busy with other things.)
I went to see Ian R Crane live in Birmingham a couple of months ago, see: http://hpanwo.blogspot.co.uk/2012/04/shift-2-with-ian-r-crane.htmlAs I explain in the article, the venue was opposite St Chads Cathedral and the sight of that place brought back some deeply unpleasant memories to me. It was all connected to a holiday I took in 1997. I went on a pilgrimage to the holy shrine at Lourdes. This was an experienced that marked a major turning point in my life. I've mentioned several times that I'm from a Roman Catholic family. My mother was a Dutchwoman from the county of Limburgin the south east of the Netherlands, which is the only Catholic province in a predominantly Protestant nation. (Also it's quite hilly, which makes it unique in the Netherlandsin another way). When she married my dad he converted from his Bristol-Welsh Anglican roots. My mother's very orthodox upbringing combined with my dad's conversion must have caused some discussion among the newlyweds which led to them raising me and my brother in a fairly irreligious and liberal environment. My mother refused to have me baptized, much to her parents' consternation, but she wanted me to make up my own mind when I was old enough. For this I'm very grateful to her; I had my own daughter baptized and wish now that I hadn't. I chose of my own accord to be baptized Catholic when I was aged 17 and received my first Holy Communion at my family's local church in Oxford. However my Catholic beliefs were to be extinguished forever within a decade, and that pilgrimage to Lourdes in 1997 was a very big bucket of water thrown on the fire.
Lourdes is a small and a wannabe insignificant town in the foothills of the Pyreneesmountains in southern France. It has a native population of just 15,000 but has to cater for over 5 million visitors per year, making it one of the world's most visited locations. In Franceonly Paris has more tourists, and in the world only Mecca has more pilgrims. The reason for all this attention is that in February 1858 Bernadette Soubirous, the 14-year old daughter of a poor miller, claimed to have seen a "beautiful lady" whilst collecting firewood in a rocky grotto beside a nearby river. This "lady" was small, about three feet high, and was standing in a niche high up in the rock wall of the grotto. At first her parents didn't believe her, but when Bernadette went back to the grotto a few days later she saw the lady again. This time she had brought some holy water with her to throw at the apparition in case it was from the Devil, not God. It's important to realize while studying this case that the community she was growing up in was intensely religious. Everybody was a devout Catholic and any other worldview would have been unthinkable and incomprehensible. The next day Bernadette went to the grotto a third time and on this occasion the being spoke to her, in perfect Gascona, Bernadette's native language, that has been supplanted in Lourdes by French and today is extinct. The apparition asked her to return to the same spot every day for a fortnight. Bernadette did as she was asked and every afternoon knelt down to pray in front of the grotto carrying a candle and her rosary. Each day more and more people gathered to watch her. At first just the girl's family followed her, but within five days crowds of several hundred clustered on the riverbank and stood silently while the young girl prayed. Although only Bernadette could see the being, other people started to believe her and some already began wondering if Bernadette was seeing the Virgin Mary. The ninth appearance of the "lady" is the most interesting. The apparition instructed Bernadette to have a drink. The girl thought it meant the river and went over to the bank, but then the being pointed at the ground inside the grotto. Bernadette turned over a few stones and saw a puddle of damp mud. She began digging with her bare hands and soon water began to flow out of the ground. Bernadette had discovered the famous Lourdes Spring. A few weeks later some builders moved in and created a small brick tank to collect the water; today a huge network of pipes and taps are plumbed in leading to fountains, basins and the bathing pools. Three days after Bernadette dug up the spring a local woman washed herself in it and had her paralyzed arm instantly healed. The doctor who examined her could find no medical explanation for this; it was the first of the hundred or so "Lourdes Miracles" that have taken place over the years. On one occasion while Bernadette was kneeling and praying in the trance-like state that she always experienced in the presence of the "lady", the candle she was holding melted and the flame licked her hand, but on later examination her hand was found to be stained with soot, but completely unharmed.
By now the Church authorities had got involved. Bernadette's local priest, Father Peyramale, called the girl a liar and approached the local bishop for help. This was aggravated by the being's request, relayed by Bernadette, that they should come to the grotto in full procession and build a chapel there. The bishop ordered Peyramale to stay out of it. However the next day the bishop asked Bernadette to tell them who the lady was. Bernadette asked, but the lady didn't reply and "just bowed her head and smiled". It was only three days after that, after Bernadette repeatedly badgered the being with the same question, that it finally looked at her with a serious expression and said: "Que soy era l'Emaculada Concepciou", this is Gascona for "I am the Immaculate Conception". It seems there was a lot of political pressure both for and against Bernadette's actions within the church and local government that is hard to follow. At one point it is said that Bernadette's father was offered a "Golden Louis", the biggest denomination of currency at that time, which could have lifted the family out of poverty by "somebody" in exchange for Bernadette making a false confession, telling everybody that she'd lied. The full story can be studied in one of the many badly-translated guidebooks that the visitor can purchase from the numerous souvenir shops in Lourdes, but the most detailed account comes from Franz Werfel's so called "novel", The Song of Bernadette. This was published in 1942 and made into an Academy Award-winning film two years later. Werfel was not Catholic himself, nor was he French. He was a Sudetenlander German and a Jewish refugee from the Nazis. He settled in Lourdeswhile he was on the run from the French "Collaborators" and met many elderly people who had known Bernadette as children and remembered her. He claims to have based the book on their testimony. The basic factual account of what happened was recorded by the Church and by local authorities, but much of the unwritten and underlying goings on, after over one and a half centuries, I think are open to interpretation and debate.

Nevertheless, since the days of Bernadette Soubirous' experience, Lourdes has become the second biggest pilgrimage destination in the world and in 1997 I was one of those pilgrims. My brief few years as a Christian-believer began at a time of my life I have trouble remembering. I do have "missing time" in my life, but not just a few hours; on and off, a number of years! The period between the ages of about 15 and 23 are full of these lacunae, in fact I occasionally meet up with people whom I met during those years who greet me and I don't recognize them. But for motives I can't recall today, at the age of 17 I decided to be baptized; I must have experienced a feeling of what Christians call "faith" a belief that the God of the Bible: Jehovah, Yahweh, what the Muslims call "Allah" and the Freemasons "Adonai", was real. The Birmingham Diocese, which includes Oxfordshire where I live, has organized a pilgrimage to Lourdesevery year since the 1950's and over a thousand people travel there annually with the group. It's still going on today and the 2012 pilgrimage took place this June, see: http://www.birminghamlourdespilgrimage.com/Here's an article in Catholic Todayabout the event, including photoes: http://www.catholic-today.co.uk/component/k2/item/152-lourdes-2012. I recognize a few faces from these images, individuals who are clearly still involved today fifteen years later; I won't say which ones for reasons that will become clear. I joined the pilgrimage at South Mimmsservice station on the M25 just north of Londonand was immediately approached by a bouncy, grinning young man who introduced himself as Father Alfie, the chaplain of the Diocese's youth section. He was unlike any priest I'd ever seen, dressed in Bermuda shorts and a Hawaiian shirt; only his loosely-fastened dog-collar identified him as a man-of-the-cloth. Alfie is not his real name; I will be giving false names to everybody I refer to on this pilgrimage, with the exception of Mike Stanley and Jo Boyce. We boarded the motorcade of coaches and headed off to Dover. One of the coaches was called a "jumbulance", a vehicle specially adapted for the disabled pilgrims. I'm very opposed to political correctness, but I do find using the word "sick" to describe them as somewhat demeaning. We crossed the English Channel on a ferry and then boarded a chartered train at Calaiswhich took us overnight to Lourdes. The train was similarly adapted as the coach and the French railway service must be used to the massive visitor-load that Lourdesexperiences. I was a bit emotionally overwhelmed to arrive at Lourdes, one of the many times I was emotionally overwhelmed during the time I spent there. The area around the grotto where Bernadette had her visitations has been converted into a holy sanctuary on a scale that matches the Vatican. The land around the grotto was bought by the Church in 1864 and pieces of the surrounding area were added over the years until it reached its present size of 126 acres. The Domain, as it is called, has a huge esplanade running in a straight line to the hill above the grotto. On the top of that is the Rosary Basilica, see the photo above, which is a beautiful sight. Leading off from these are numerous other Basilicas and chapels, all spotlessly clean and decorated with a grandeur I've never seen before or since. There's a Stations of the Cross route which has larger than life statues and a huge underground chamber called the Basilica of St Pius XI which has the most magnificent acoustics. When the organ is played there it made me quiver at the knees! Every evening there's a very moving torchlight procession that goes up and down the esplanade accompanied by music, see: http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=f4reKbaO_50When I look back now, I can see that the Church uses extreme sights and sounds, like those in the Domain to "shock-and-awe" its adherents in order to control them. The overwhelming feelings I had are probably shared by almost everybody who arrives there. Life on the pilgrimage was easy and slow and the eight days we were there felt like eight weeks. As a member of the youth section my duties were to be a "brandcardier", which is not that different from my ordinary working duties of being a Hospital Porter; so much so that it was almost like being on a "busman's holiday". My job was to transport the "sick" pilgrims from their hostel, which was a big, modern hospital-like building called L'Accueil de Notre Dame, to the places of worship in the Domain for mass each day. These masses were extraordinarily elaborate and took several hours. Up till them I'd only been used to the services at my local church and this was a new experience for me. In the afternoon and evening there'd be another outing, to the Stations of the Cross or a musical concert or other events. Then the brancardiers would all head for the local bistroes to have a few beers, usually accompanied by dancing and singing. I said above how the Catholic Church has become adept at using grand architecture, glorious music and elaborate spectacles to turn the heads of its congregation, but in recent years it's become quite good at the happy-clappy, guitar and tambourines, touchy-feely stuff too. In fact it's almost New Age in some of the things it does at Lourdes. Instrumental to this aspect were the musical duo Mike Stanley and Jo Boyce who attended the event every year. Despite completely lapsing since first meeting them I still think they're excellent and still enjoy their songs, which without the Christian-themed lyrics at times approach a Celtic and pagan naturalist sensibility, like Song for the Trinity and Bread of Life, see: http://www.cjmmusic.com/ (I see that Mike has come down with cancer. I'm sorry to hear that and I wish him a speedy recovery) Here they are on the BBC's Songs of Praise: http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=MLjM8IlrVrk.

It all sounds wonderful, doesn't it? And in some ways it was. It was deeply intense, joyous, carefree and very nicely ungrounded without being wantonly so; but it had a false and dark side to it. The pilgrims were governed by a pseudo-military structure. We all had uniforms, which as you can see from the photoes were a blue, branded T-shirt and a yellow neckerchief, and badges to identify our roles. We were run by a Chief Brancardier who in turn had a team of deputies who dispensed orders to foot-soldiers like me. The deputy who was head of my section was an obnoxious and two-faced little man called Martin. He took an instant and groundless dislike to me, as some people do, and took every opportunity he could to wield his authority against me. "Come on, Ben, chop-chop!" he once sneered at me very loudly in front of everybody when he decided I was pushing my antiquated voiture, a "sick" pilgrims' transporter handcart, a tad too slow. This made me feel very embarrassed, not least because one of the people watching was a small, dark-haired and dark-eyed young woman called Claire whom I'd become rather sweet on; in fact in the heady atmosphere of the location, I'd experienced with her what the French call a "coup de foudre". Martin picked up my attraction for Claire straight away and used to be especially unpleasant to me when she was around for that reason. I wasn't the only person he grated on; many others on the tour found him pompous and abrasive. And, as I said in the Ian R Crane article linked above, he misled me over the day of the St Chads mass. The fact that somebody like Martin could rise to a position of authority shows that there's a serious snake in the Lourdesgarden. Of course people like that always float to the top in conventional organizations, which begs the question: how unconventionalis Lourdes? However there's a silver lining to this cloud in that Martin was the biggest inspiration behind the character Trevor in my novel Rockall, which I began writing soon after coming home from the pilgrimage, see: http://hpanwo-bb.blogspot.co.uk/2009/02/rockall-chapter-1.html. My brother, who accompanied me on the pilgrimage, kept very quiet during the trip but afterwards I found out that he shared my cynicism, and, if anything, felt it even more strongly. As you can see from the link above about this year's pilgrimage, the Queen's Diamond Jubilee was celebrated in the same way it was back in Britain, see: http://hpanwo-tv.blogspot.co.uk/2012/06/lizard-in-city.html. While I was there we also had to watch a military parade because the "Perigrimage Militaire" was in progress. During that week Christianity is not the only religion worshipped there; as Dr Lawrence Britt said in 14 Signs of Fascism: "Soldiers and military service are glamourized and glorified". There are aspects of my pilgrimage to Lourdesthat I've not mentioned here because I still find it too painful to write about, even after fifteen years. However I don't want people to get the idea it was all nasty; it wasn't. I very much enjoyed the friendships I made with the "sick" pilgrims I cared for and one day I took a few of them out to a bistro with one of the other deputy-chief brancardiers; not Martin, a nicer one whom I liked. We had one of the most enjoyable times out I've ever known and I'll never forget it. The "sick" men were all Irish and I still laugh when I remember them trying to explain to the French waiter that they wanted a "real Guinness". I also met an amazing man called Brother Brendan who was a Sacred Heart friar. But he was not your popular image of a monk at all! He used to like a drink, he smoked and he swore. I kept in touch with him for a while afterwards; he was great fun. So there were good times there as well as bad, but would I go back there again? No.

Bernadette Soubirous entered a convent when she was 22 years old. There, as Sister Bernadette of the Charity of Nevers, she worked as a nurse and used to produce works of embroidery. Never in the best of health, she died of tuberculosis at the tender age of 35. She was canonized by Pope Pius XI in 1933 and her feast day is April the 16th. When I look back at her experiences, now more scientifically-minded than I was back then, I wonder what the truth was behind what happened. I do not accept the Skeptics' dismissal of the Marian apparition at Lourdes as hallucination, hysteria, corruption and the various other straw-clutching cop-outs that the likes of Richard Dawkins wheel out; see here at 2.31: http://video.google.co.uk/videoplay?docid=9002284641446868316But at the same time, I wonder what would have happened if the entity Bernadette encountered had appeared in a place where there lived people of a different culture and mindset. You see, apart from Bernadette's statement that the being had said: "I am the Immaculate Conception" there is nothing else at all to identify it. In a society like the one Bernadette lived in I wonder if the appearance of a benign feminine entity, or "gynaeform phenomenon", would have been accepted as anything other than what it was. When Bernadette first saw it she wasn't sure; this is why she took the holy water the sprinkle on the apparition. She thought it might be the work of the Devil or a soul escaped from Purgatory. I no longer believe in the Immaculate Conception but I do accept that people experience very real encounters with non-physical beings. These come in all shapes and sizes, like aliens, ghosts, Djinn etc. They can be friendly, hostile or indifferent in personality. Sometimes, in areas where the people are secular or a different religion is predominant, entities are seen that also appear as a human female, just like at Lourdes. These entities are often very friendly, even loving. They may provide healing and spiritual inspiration. If one of these appeared in such a society, like modern Britain, and they do occasionally, they'd be described as an "angel""she-elf" or "goddess". I don't wish to offend any Catholic devotees of Lourdes who are reading this article, but I feel I have to interpret Bernadette's experience, and its legacy, in terms of the culture it emerged in. I repeat: I do not for a moment suggest that Our Lady of Lourdes does not exist, only that she may not be what most people think she is. Bernadette describes the "beautiful lady" as being clad from head to foot in a white dress with a white headscarf; only a light sash around her waist was blue. All the other Marian images I've seen depict the mother of Jesus in bi-colour, usually with a white dress and blue headscarf or vice versa; occasionally you'll see another bi-colour clothing depicted, like brown or green. This is the image of her Bernadette would have been familiar with. The most unusual feature of the being was that she had two yellow flowers clasped between her toes; this is nothing like the popular image at all.

On the other hand I could be completely wrong, and it could be that the Blessed Virgin Mary doesexist, but I doubt that very much, and there are many reasons for my doubt which are too big a subject for this article. One thing that I'm sure of is that Bernadette's encounter with this beautiful, loving being was completely real and it had an enormous impact on her life and many other people's lives, it was an influence for the better in most cases. I would never take that away from them. But I still think she should belong to nobody. The Vaticanhas claimed this entity as its own, given her a label and decided how the people who visit the place where she appeared should interpret her. I resent that deeply.

And:http://hpanwo-voice.blogspot.co.uk/2012/08/neil-armstrong-dies.html
And:http://hpanwo-voice.blogspot.co.uk/2012/08/kevin-annett-and-archbishop.html
And:http://hpanwo-voice.blogspot.co.uk/2012/08/gary-paterson.html

And:http://hpanwo-tv.blogspot.co.uk/2012/07/london-olympics-opening-ceremony.html
And:http://hpanwo-tv.blogspot.co.uk/2012/07/battle-of-beanfield.html
And:http://hpanwo-tv.blogspot.co.uk/2012/07/the-gyptians.html

And:http://hpanwo-radio.blogspot.co.uk/2012/08/programme-9-podcast-ian-r-crane.html
And:http://hpanwo-radio.blogspot.co.uk/2012/08/programme-8-podcast-exopolitics-special.html
And:http://hpanwo-radio.blogspot.co.uk/2012/08/programme-7-podcast-return-of-kevin.html
Viewing all 83 articles
Browse latest View live